INDUSTRIAL LIST 'IL 1080

I Specially designed equipment., toolingand fixtures for the manufacture ormeasuring of gas turbine blades orvanes, as follows; specially designedcomponents and accessories therefor;and specially designed software ·for theequipment, components and accessories:

Explanatory notes:1 Manufacture (making) includesrefurbishing.2 This definition also covers machinery andequipment for the manufacture of blades or 'vanes in the compressor section of aircraft orairclaft-derived gas turbine engines where thetechnology is the same as for the manufac­ture of blades or vanes in the turbine section.

a Blade or vane belt grinding machines;b Blade or vane edge radiusing machines;c Blade or vane aerofoil milling or grinding

machines;d Blade or vane blank preforming

machines;Blade or vane rolling machines;Blade or vane aerofoil shaping machinesexcept metal removing types;Blade or vane root grinding machines;Blade or vane aerofoil scribing equipment.

11 Technology (except installation,operation and maintenance technology)for use of the following unembargoedequipment:

a Blade or vane aerofoil or root automaticmeasuring equipment.Note: If the apparaturs does not have amechanical measuring and electrical trans­mitting device, but consists of an opticalprojector only, the apparatus is notcovered by the above.

b Precision vacuum investment castingequipment, including core-makingequipment;

c Small-hole drilling equipment forproducing holes having depths more thanfour times their diameter and less than0.03 inch (0.76mm) in diameter;

d Directional solidification castingequipment and directional recrystalliz­ation equipment;

e Segmented cast blade or vane bondingequipment;

f Integral blade-and-disc castingequipment;

g Blade or vane coating equipment, exceptfurnaces, molten-metal baths and ion­plating baths;

h Ceramic blade or vane moulding andfinishing machines;Moulds, cores and tooling for themanufacture and finishing of:1 Cast hollow turbine blades or vanes;2 Turbine blades or vanes produced by

powder compaction;Composite metal turbine blade or vanemoulding and finishing machines;

of superalloys k Inertial blade or vane welding machines.

particles, etc.) in a closed cavity to createequal force in all direction upon a metalpowder filled container for consolidatingthe powder into a part.

a Technology for the design of tools, diesand fixtures specially designed for thefollowing processes:1 "Hot die forging";2 "Superplastic forming";3 "Diffusion bonding";4 "Metal powder compaction" using:

i "Vacuum hot pressing";ii "High pressure extrusion"; oriii "Isostatic pressing";

5 "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing";b Technical data consisting of process para­

meters as listed below used to control:1 "Hot die forging":

i Temperature;ii Strain rate;

2 "Superplastic forming" of aluminiumalloys, titanium alloys and superalloys:i Surface preparation;ii Strain rate;iii Temperature;iv Pressure;

3 "Diffusion bonding"and titanium alloys:i Surface preparation;ii Temperature;iii Pressure;

4 "Metal powder compaction" using:i "Vacuum hot pressing":

a Temperature;b Pressure;c Cycle time;

ii "High-pressure extrusion":a Temperature;b Pressure;c Cycle time;

iii "Isostatic pressing":a Temperature;b Pressure;c Cycle time;

5 "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing" of ealuminium alloys, and titanium alloys: fi Pressure;ii Cycle time; g

6 "Hot isostatic densification" of htitanium alloys, aluminium alloys andsuperalloys:i Temperature;ii Pressure;iii Cycle time.

IL 1075Spin-forming and flow-forming machinesspecially designed or adapted for usewith numerical or computer controlsand specially designed components andsoftware therefor.

11. Listed as follows:

IL 1001Technology for metal-working manu­facturing processes and speciallydesigned software, as follows:

a "Hot die forging" is a deformationprocess where die temperatures are at thesame nominal temperature as theworkpiece and exceed 850K (577 d C,10700 P);

b "Superplastic forming" is a deformationprocess using heat for metals that arenormally characterised by low values ofelongation (less than 20 per cent) at thebreaking point as determined at roomtemperature by conventional tensilestrength-testing, in order to achieveelongations during processing which are at'least 2 times those values;

c "Diffusion bonding" is a solid-statemolecular joining of at least two separatemetals into a single piece with a jointstrength equivalent to that of the weakestmaterial;

d "Metal powder compaction" is a processcapable of yielding parts having a densityof 98 per cent or more of the theoreticalmaximum density;

e "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing" is adeformation process which uses a fluid­filled flexible bladder in direct contactwith the workpiece;

f "Hot isostatic densification" is a processof pressurizing a casting at temperaturesexceeding 375K (l02°C, 215.6°P) in aclosed cavity through various media (gas,liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equalforce in all directions to reduce oreliminate internal voids in the casting;

g '''Vacuum hot pressing" is a processwhich uses a press with heated dies toconsolidate metal powder under reducedatmospheric pressure into a part;

h "High pressure extrusion" is a processyielding a single-pass reduction ratio of 4to 1 or greater in a cross-sectional area ofthe resulting part;"Isostatic pressing" is a process whichuses a pressurizing (gas, liquid, solid

Italic type. Views will be sought from the UK'sCOCOM partners prior to approval being grantedto the listed goods. Such views will not normally,however, be sought for goods described in italictype. The UK authorities retain the discretion torefuse any licence application.

Group AMetal-workingmachinery

I. Definitions of terms for this Item:

Security,.export control 14 June 1985 1

INDUSTRIAL LISTIL 1081Specially designed or modified equip­ment, tools, dies, moulds and fixturesfor the manufacture or inspection ofaircraft, airframe ,tructures or aircraftfastenen, as follows; specially designedcomponents and accessories therefor;and specially designed software for theequipment, components and accessories:

b

a Equipment, tools, dies, moulds or fixturesfor:1 Hydraulic stretch forming:

i Whose machine motions or forcesare digitally controlled or controlledby electrical analogue devices; or

ii Which are capable of thermal­conditioning the workpiece;

2 The milling of aircraft skins or spars;b Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for:

1 Diffusion bonding;2 Superplastic forming;3 Hot die forging;4 Metal powder compaction by vacuum

hot pressing, high-pressure extrusionor isostatic pressing;

5 Direct-acting hydraulic pressing ofaluminium alloys and titanium alloys;

6 The manufacture, inspection, insertingor securing of specially designed high­strength aircraft fasteners.

Explanatory note: For the definition ofthe processes and control of the metal­working manufacturing technologiesmentioned above, see Item IL 1001.

Unimproved machinery covered by sub­item a 2 above originally produced morethan 10 years prior to the proposedexport.

IL 1086Specially designed or modified equip­ment, tools, dies, moulds, fixtures andgauges for the manufacture or inspectionof aircraft and aircraft-derived gasturbine engines, as follows; speciallydesigned components and accessoriestherefor; and specially designed soft­ware for the equipment, componentsand accessories:

a Equipment, tools, dies, moulds, fixturesand gauges:1 For automated production inspection;2 For automated welding;

b Tools, dies, fixtures and gauges:1 For solid-state joining by inertial

welding or thermal bonding;2 For manufacture and inspection of

high-performance gas turbinebearings;

3 For rolling specially configured ringssuch as nacelle rings;

4 FQr forming and finishing turbinediscs;

c· Compressor or turbine disc broachingmachines.

IL 1088Gear .making or finishing machinery, asfollows:

a Bevel gear making machinery:1 Gear grinding machinery (non­

generating type);

2 Security export control 14 June 1985

2 Other machinery capable of theproduction of bevel gears of modulefiner than 0.5mm (diametral pitch finerthan 48) and meeting a quality standardbetter than DIN 58405 Class 6.Technical note: If rated in AGMA orAdmiralty standards and not rated inDIN 58405, AGMA 11 or AdmiraltyClass 1 shall be considered to be theequivalent of DIN 58405 Class 6.

Machinery capable of producing gears inexcess of AGMA quality level 13 orequivalent.

Technical note: If not rated in AGMAstandards, DIN 3693 Class 4 shall beconsidered equivalent to AGMAquality level 13.

IL 1091Numerical control units, numericallycontrolled machine-tools, dimensionalinspection machines, direct numericalcontrol systems, specially designed sub­assemblies, and specially designedsoftware, as follows:

a Units for numerically controllingsimultaneously coordinated (contouringand continuous path) movements ofmachine-tools and dimensional inspectionmachines in two or more axes, exceptthose having all of the followingcharacteristics:

No more than two contouring inter­polating (any mathematical functionincluding linear and circular) axes canbe simultaneously coordinated. Unitsmay have:lOne or more additional axes for

which rate of movement is notcoordinated, varied or modulatedwith that of another axis;

2 One additional set of twocontouring axes provided a separatefeed rate number, standard oroptional, does not control morethan any two contouring axes; or

3 Two contouring axes switchable out.of any number of axes;

ii Minimum programmable incrementequal to or greater than 0.001 mm;

iii Interfaces limited as follows:1 No integral interface designed to

meet ANSI/IEEE standard488-1978, IEC publication 625-1; orany equivalent standard; and

2 No more than two interfacesmeeting EIA standard RS-232-C orany equivalent standard;

iv On-line (real-time) modification of thetool path, feed rate and spindle datalimited to the following:1 Cutter diameter compensation

normal to the centreline path;2 Automatic acceleration and

deceleration for starting, corneringand stopping;

3 Axis transducer compensationincluding lead screw pitch com­pensation (measurements on oneaxis may not compensate anotheraxis);

4 Constant surface speed with orwithout limits;

5 Spindle growth compensation;6 Manual feed rate and spindle speed

override;

7 Fixed and repetitive cycles (does notinclude automatic cut vectorgeneration);

8 Tool and fixture offset;9 Part programme tape editing,

excluding source programmelanguage and centreline locationdata (CLDATA);

10 Tool length compensation;11 Part programme storage;12 Variable pitch threaJing;13 Inch/metric conversion;14 Feed rate override based on spark

voltage for electrical dischargemachines;

v Word size equal to or less than 16 bits(excluding parity bit(s»;

vi Software/firmware, including soft­ware/firmware of any programmableunit or device furnished, shall notexceed control unit functions asprovided in i to v above, and isrestricted as follows:1 Only the following application

programmes can be furnishedwhich shall be executable withoutfurther compilation, assembly,interpretation, or processing, otherthan control unit parameter initial­ization, and memory storageloading, and each shall be suppliedas an entity rather than in modularform:a An operating programme to

allow the unit to perform itsnormal functions;

b One or more diagnostic pro­grammes to verify control ormachine performance andpermit localization of hardwaremalfunctions;

c A translator programme withwhich the end-user canprogramme the control-to­machine interface;

2 Programme documentation forapplication programmes shall notcontain the following:a Listing of programme in­

structions (except that necessaryfor diagnostics for routinehardware maintenance);

b Description of programmeorganization or function beyondthat required for programme useand for maintenance of hard­ware with which theseprogrammes operate;

c Flow charts, logic diagrams orthe algorithms employed (exceptthose necessary for use ofdiagnostics for routine hardwaremaintenance);

d Any reference to specificmemory storage locations(except those necessary f~r

diagnostics for routine hardwaremaintenance);

e Any other information about thedesign or function of the soft­ware which would assist in theanalysis or modification or all orof part of it.

Explanatory notes:1 For "digital computers" either

"incorporated" in or "associated"with, but not "embedded" in,controllers, see Item IL 1565.

Notes:Numerical control units which have all ofthe following characteristics to non-aerospace, non-nuclear civil end-users,when the numerical control units areeither exported by themselves or exportedwith equipment excluded from embargoby sub-item b above:a No more than three contouring inter­

polating (any mathematical functionincluding linear and circular) axes canbe simultaneously coordinated. (Unitsmay be capable of controlling one ormore additional axes for which rate ofmovement is not coordinated, variedor modulated with that of anotheraxis);

b .Meeting the requirements ofsub-itemsa ii to vi above.

2 Floor-type horizontal boring mills coveredby sub-item b i above to non-aerospacecivil end-users for civil end-uses, providedthat all of the following conditions aremet:a Maximum transverse (X-axis) travel

equal to or le'ss than 15,000 mm;b Max~mum vertical (Y-axis) travel equal

to or less than 5,000 mm;'c Maximum (Z-axis) travel equal to or

less than 3,000 mm;

Can feasibly be neither:a Removed from such' equipment or

systems; norb Used for other purposes.

5 "Incorporated" in equipment or systemsis defined as:a Can feasibly be either:

I Removed from such equipment orsystems; or

ii Used for other purposes; andb Is essential to the operation of such

equipment or systems.6 "Associated" with equipment or systems

is defined as:a Can feasibly be either:

i Removed from such equipment orsystems; or

ii Used for other purposes; andb Is not essential to the operation of such

equipment or systems.NB "Removal" in Notes 4,5 and 6 aboveis understood to mean not just physicalremoval but removal with retention ofcomputing capabilities.

7 A "Direct Numerical Control system"(DNC) is defined as "a system connectinga set of numerically controlled machinesto a common memory for part pro­gramme or machine programme storagewith provision for on-demand distributionof data to the machines" (Ref. ISO/DIS2806.2).

8 Axis nomenclature shall be in accordancewith international standard ISO 841,"Numerical Control Machines - Axisand Motion Nomenclature".

9 The value of the positioning accuracydoes not include the width of backlash.The value is determined by the usualstatistical methods (random tests); ie byapproaching from only one direction of aminimum of 5 measurement points up to amaximum of 25 measurement positions asrandom tests along one axis. Nationalstandards may be used for this measuringmethod; eg the German standard VDI"Statistical testing of the operational andpositioning accuracy of machine-toolsVDI DGQ3441, March, 1977".

Technical notes:1 "Numerical control" is defined as the

"automatic control of a process per­formed by a device that makes use ofnumeric data usually introduced as theoperation is in progress" (Ref. ISO 2382).

2 "Contouring control" is defined as: "twoor more numerically controlled motionsoperating in accordance with instructionsthat specify the next required position andthe required feed rates to that position.These feed rates are varied in relation toeach other so that a desired contour isgenerated" (Ref. ISO/DIS 2806).

3 "Digital computer" is defined in Note 16to Item IL 1565."Embedded" in equipment or systems is 'j'

defined as:

Technical note:Positioning accuracy is that accuracywhich would be obtained in a tempera­ture-controlled environment of 20°C.±.. 2°C with any mechanical compen­sation techniques shipped with themachine or any electronic compen­sation described in sub-item a iv.Positioning accuracy of machinesshipped without numerical controlunits will be that attained with acontrol unit used during checkout ofthe machine and with feedback systemsidentical to those that will be used withthe machine, or by accuracy previouslyobtained with an identical machine andfeedback system and control unitwhich will be connected to themachine. (See technical note 9 below.)

ii Machine tools (other than boring mills,milling machines and machiningcentres described in i above) anddimensional inspection machines,having all of the following character­istics:1 Radial-axis motion measured at the

spindle axis equal to or greater than0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to-peak) inone revolution of the spindle (forlathes, turning machines, contourgrinding machines, etc.);

2 Meeting the requirements of i 1, i 6and i 7 above.(See also Item IL 1370 for "highprecision turning machines ");

"Direct Numerical Control systems"(ONC) consisting of a dedicated storedprogramme computer acting as a hostcomputer and controlling, on-line or off­line, one or more numerically controlledmachine-tools or inspection machines, asdefined in sub-item b above, relatedsoftware, and interface and communi­cation equipment for data transferbetween the host computer memory, theinterpolation functions, and thenumerically-controlled machine-tools;

d Specially designed sub-assemblies andsoftware which, according to the manu­facturer's technical specifications, canupgrade the capabilities of numericalcontrol units and machine-tools either sothat they would become embargoed bysub-items a, b or c above, or so that they 1would cease to be eligible for export underthe provisions of the italic notes below.Note: Specially designed printed circuitboard sub-assemblies are embargoed bythis sub-item.(See also Item IL 1093 for "machine-toolparts and components".)

2 Technology for the design andproduction (except assembly andtesting) of two-axis numericalcontrol units with an "embedded"computer remains embargoed.

Boring mills, milling machines, andmachining centres having all of thefollowing characteristics:1 Not more than three axes capable of

simultaneously coordinated con­touring motion, ie the total numberof linear plus rotary contouringaxes cannot exceed three. (Asecondary parallel contouring axis,eg W axis on horizontal boringmills, is not counted in the total ofthree contouring axes. A secondaryrotary table, the centreline of whichis parallel to the primary rotarytable, is also not counted in thetotal of three contouring axes.Machines may have non-contouringparallel or non-contouring, non­parallel rotary axes in addition tothe three axes capable of simul­taneously coordinated contouringmotion. Machines having thecapability of being simultaneously ccoordinated in more than three axesare not excluded from embargoeven if the numerical control unitattached to the machine Hmits it tothree simultaneously coordinatedcontouring axes. For example, amachine with a control unitswitchable between any three out offour contouring axes is notexcluded from embargo);

2 Maximum slide travel in any axisequal to or less than 3,000 mm;

3 Spindle drive motor power equal toor less than 35kW;

4 Single working spindle (the machinemay have multiple tool heads orturrets as standard or optional, butonly one working spindle may beoperative at a time). A spindlecapable of driving a multiple drillhead is considered as a singlespindle;

5 Axial and radial motion measuredat the spindle axis in one revolutionof the spindle equal to or greaterthan D x 2 x 10-5mm TIR (peak-to­peak) where D is the spindlediameter in mm;

6 An incremental positioning accu­racy equal to or greater (coarser)than.±.. 0.OO2mm in any 200mm oftravel;

7 Overall positioning accuracy in anyaxis equal to or greater (coarser)than:a .±.. O.Olmm for machines with

total length of axis travel equalto or less than 300 mm;

b .±.. (0.01 + (0.0025/300 x (L300») mm for machines with atotal length of axis travel, L,greater than 300 mm and equalto or less than 3,300 mm;

c .±.. 0.035 mm for machines with atotal length of axis travel greater 4than 3,300 mm.

b Machine-tools and dimensional inspectionmachines which, according to the manu­facturer's technical specifications, can beequipped with numerical control unitscovered by sub-item a above, except:

Security export control 14 June 1985 3

a Made of, lined with, or covered with anyof the fluorocarbon materials covered bysub-item IL 1754 a 2, unreinforced, heatshrinkable and having an inner diameter(before shrinkage) of less than 28.57 m(Pis in);Reinforced tubing (including connectorsand fittings for usage with such tubing)incorporating coagulated dispersiongrades of polytetra-fluoroethylene;copolymers of tetra-fluoroethylene andhexafluoropropylene; or .any of thefluorocarbon materials covered by sub­item IL 1754 a 2 and designed for oper­ating (working) pressures of 210.9 kg/cm2

(3,000 psi) or greater, whether or notspecially processed to make the flowsurfaces electrically conductive.

Valves, cocks and pressure regulators tobona fide civil end-users for non-aerospaceend-use.IL 1142Tubing, as follows:

a Consumable electrode vacuum arcfurnaces with a capacity in excess of20,000 kg (44,092 lb);

b. Skull type vacuum arc furnaces;c Vacuum induction furnaces with a

capacity in excess of 2,273 kg (5,000 11;»designed to operate at pressures lowerthan 0.05 mm of mercury, at temperatureshigher than 1,375 K (1,loo°C, 2,012°F),from which the molten metal may bepoured into a mould within the samevacuum chamber without breaking thevacuum;

d Vacuum induction furnaces incorporatingsusceptors, designed to operate attemperatures in excess of 2,273K(2,OOO°C) and having a working diametergreater than 100 mm.Note: 'Vacuum induction furnaces'include all portions of the furnace systemwithin the vacuum chamber.(See also Items IL 1080 and 1301.)

Group CElectrical andpower-generatingequipment

IL 1203Electric vacuum furnaces, as follows,

by specially designed components andcontrols therefor, and specially designedsoftware for such furnaces, componentsor controls:

Italic type. Views will be sought from the UK'sCOCOM partners prior to approval being grantedto the listed goods. Such views will not normally,however, be sought for goods described in italic

IL 1131 type. The UK authorities retain the discretion torefuse any licence application.

Pumps (except vacuum pumps) havingany of the following characteristics:

Pumps described in sub-item b to bona-fidecivil end-users for non-aerospace end-uses.

a Designed to move molten metalselectro-magnetic forces;

b Having all flow contact surfaced made of90 per cent or more tantalum, titanium orzirconium, either separately or combined,except when such surfaces are made ofmaterials containing more than 97 percent and less than 99.7 per cent titanium.(See also Item IL 1133.)

Chemical andpetroleumequipment

a Cryopump systems (Le. systems in whichthe circulation of cooled or liquefied gas isused to achieve a vacuum, static ordynamic, by lowering the temperature ofthe environment) designed to operate attemperatures of less than -200°C(-328°F) measured at atmosphericpressure;

b Vacuum pump systems capable ofevacuating a chamber of volume greaterthan one (1) litre to pressures below 10-8

torr (1.3 x 10-6 pascals) while thetemperature in the chamber is maintainedabove 800°C (1,472°P);

Note: For computer-related terms, see ItemsIL 1565 or 1566.

IL 1110Equipment for the production of liquidfluorine, and especially designedcomponents therefor.

Italic type. Views will be sought from the UK's bCOCOM partners prior to approval being grantedto the listed goods. Such views will not normally,however, be sought for goods described in italictype. The UK authorities retain the discretion torefuse any licence application.

IL 1129Vacuum pump systems, as follows, and IL 1145specially designed components, controls Containers, jacketed only, speciallyand accessories therefor: designed for the storage or transpor-

tation of liquid fluorine.

IL 1133Valves, cocks and pressure regulators,having all flow contact surfaces made of90 per cent or more tantalum, titaniumor zirconium, either separately orcombined, except when such surfacesare made of materials containing morethan 97 per cent and less than 99.7 percent titanium.

Group B

(See also Item Bl on the Atomic Energy List;and Item IL 1131.)

a Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindlesand bearings as a minimal assembly,except those assemblies with axial andradial axis motion measured along thespindle axis in one revolution of thespindle equal to or greater (coarser) thanthe following:i 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to-peak) for

lathes and turning machines; orii D x 2 X 10-5 mm TIR (peak-to-peak),

where D is the spindle diameter inmillimetres, for milling machines,boring mills, jig grinders, andmachining centres;

b Lead screws, including ball nut screws,except those having all of the followingcharacteristics:i Accuracy equal to or greater (coarser)

than 0.004 mm/300 mm;ii Overall accuracy equal to or greater

(coarser) than (0.0025 + 5 x 10-6 X

L)mm, where L is the effective lengthin millimetres of the screw;

ill Concentricity of the centreline of thejournal bearing surface and thecentreline of the major diameter of thescrew equal to or greater (coarser) than0.005 mm. TIR (peak-to-peak) at adistance of three times the diameter ofthe screw or less from the journalbearing surface;

c Linear and rotary position feedback unitsincluding inductive type devices,graduated scales, and laser systems,except:i Linear types having an accuracy equal

to or greater (coarser) than (0.0004 +13 x 10-6 x L)mm for L equal to or lessthan 100 mm and (0.0015 + 2 x 10-6 xL)mm, for L greater than 100 mmwhere L is the effective length in milli­metres of the linear measurement; and

ii Rotary types having an accuracy equalto or greater (coarser) than twoseconds of arc;

d Linear induction motors used as drives forslides, having all the following character­istics;i Stroke greater than 200 mm;ii Nominal force rating greater than 45

Newton;lii Minimum controlled incremental

movement less than 0.001 mm.

INDUSTRIAL LISTd Spindle-drive motor equal to or less

than 75kW);e Meeting the requirements ofsub-items

b i 1 and b i 4 to 7 above.

IL 1093Components and specially designedparts for machine tools and dimensionalinspection machines covered by Item IL1091, as follows:

4 Seourity export control 14 June 1985

IL 1205Electro-chemical, semi-conductorand radio-active devices for the directconversion of chemical, solar ornuclear energy to electrical energy, asfollows:

a Electro-chemical devices, as follows andspecially designed components therefor:1 Puel cells operating at temperatures of

523K (250°C, 482°P) or less, includingregenerative cells, ie cells forgenerating electric power, to which allthe consumable components are sup­plied from outside the cell;Explanatory note: The temperature of523K or less is intended to refer to thefuel cell and not to the fuel con­ditioning equipment, which Inay beeither an ancillary or an integral part ofthe fuel cell battery and which mayoperate at over 523K.

2 Primary cells and batteries having anyof the following characteristics:i Possessing a means of activation

and having an open circuit storagelife in the unactivated condition, ata temperature of 294K (21°C, 700 P)of 10 years or more;

ii Silver-zinc reserve batteries pos­sessing a means of activation andhaving an open circuit storage lifein the unactivated condition, at atemperature of 294K (21°C, 70 0 P),of 3 years or more;

iii Utilising a lithium anode withlithium salt solute in organic solvent(non aqueous) electrolyte andhaving an energy density at the24-hour discharge rate of greaterthan 100 watt-hours per pound at297K (24°C, 75°P) and greater than35 watt-hours per pound at 244K(-29°C, -20 0 P).Explanatory note: Energy density isobtained by multiplying the averagepower in watts (average voltagetimes average current in amperes)by the duration of the discharge inhours to 90 per cent of the initialload voltage and dividing by thetotal weight of the cell (or battery)in pounds. As regards secondary(rechargeable) batteries, energydensity is measured after 500charge/discharge cycles.

3 Molten salt electrolyte cells andbatteries which normally operate attemperatures of 773K (500°C, 932°P)or below;

b Photo-voltaic cells as follows, andspecially designed 'components therefor:1 With a power output of 14mW or more

per sq cm under l00mW per sq cmtungsten 2,800oK (2,527°C, 4,581°F)illumination; or

2 All gallium arsenide photo-voltaiccells excluding those having a poweroutput of less than 4mW measured bythe above techniques; or

3 With a power output of 450mW ormore per sq cm under IOW per sq cmsilicon carbide 1,750 0 K (1,477°C,2,691 OF) illumination;

4, Electromagnetic (including laser) andionized particle radiation resistant;

c Power sources based on radio-activematerials systems other than nuclearreactors, except:i Those having an output power of less

than 0.5W and a total weight (force) ofmore than 890N (90.7 kg, 200 lb);

ii Those specially designed anddeveloped for medical use within thehuman body;

Note:1 See also Item IL 1570.2 This Item does not embargo the

following cells and power sourcedevices, and specially designedcomponents therefor (nothing in thisNote shall be construed as sanctioningthe export of technology for such cells,power source devices or speciallydesigned components):a Fuel cells embargoed by sub-item a

1 above with a maximum outputpower greater than 10 kW whichuse gaseous pure hydrogen andoxygen/air reactants, alkalineelectrolyte and a catalyst support bycarbon either pressed on a metalmesh electrode or attached to aconducting porous plastic;

b Primary cells and batteries coveredby sub-item a 2 iii above which arespecially designed for consumerapplications in watches, pace­makers, calculators and hearingaids;

c Power source devices covered bysub-item c above which have anoutput power of 0.5W or more andan overall efficiency of 6 per cent orless. (Overall efficiency is obtainedby dividing the electrical output,expressed in watts, by the thermalinput, expressed in watts. It isunderstood that this efficiency is tobe measured at the beginning oflife.)

IL 1206Electric arc devices forgenerating a flow of ionised gasin which the arc column is con­stricted (except devices whereinthe flow of gas is for isolationpurposes only and devices ofless than 100 kW for cutting,welding, melting, plating orspraying); equipment incorpor­ating such devices; speciallydesigned components, access­ories and control or testequipment; and speciallydesigned software for suchdevices, equipment, com­ponents, accessories, or controlor test equipment.

Group DGeneral industrialequipmentItalic type. Views will be sought from the UK'sCOCOM partners prior to approval being grantedto the listed goods. Such views will not normally,however, be sought for goods described in italictype. The UK authorities retain the discretion torefuse any licence application.

IL 1301Equipment and technology for the.production of "superalloys" as follows:

a Equipment specially designed for theproduction of "superalloys";Notes:1 Sub-item a does not include the

following equipment:i Electric arc and induction furnaces,

basic oxygen furnaces, andremelting equipment using othertechniques for the production ofcarbon steels, low-alloy steels andstainless steels;

ii Degassing equipment used for theproduction of carbon steels, low­alloy steels and stainless steels;

iii Hot and cold rolling mills,extrusion presses, and swaging andforging machines;

iv Decarburizing and annealing andpickling equipment;

v Surface finishing equipment;vi Slitting and cutting equipment;

2 Vacuum induction furnaces used in theproduction of superalloy powders,however, are embargoed by this sub­item;

3 For the embargo status of otherelectric vacuum furnaces, see Item IL1203;

b Technology specific to the production of"superalloys", regardless of the type ofequipment with which it may be intendedto use such technology.Notes:1 Sub-item b does not include tech­

nology on the equipment excluded byNote 1 to sub-item a above.

2 Melting, remelting and degassing tech­nology specific to the production ofsuperaIloys, however, is embargoed bysub-item b.

3 This Item embargoes equipmentspecially designed for and technologyspecific to the production of "super­alloys" in the crude and semi­fabricated forms listed below:Crude forms:Anodes', balls, bars (including notchedbars and wire bars), billets, blocks,blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes,crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules,ingots, lumps, pellets, pigs, powder,rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge,sticks.Semi-fabricated forms (whether or notcoated, plated, drilled or punched):i Wrought or worked materials fabri­

cated by rolling, drawing, ex­truding, forging, impact extruding,pressing, graining, atomising andgrinding, Le. angles, channels,circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils andleaf, forging, plate, powder,pressings and stampings, ribbons,rings, rods (including bare weldingrods, wire rods, and rolled wire),sections, shapes, sheets, strip, pipeand tubes (including tube rounds,squares, and hollows), drawn orextruded wire.

ii Cast material produced by castingin sand, die, metal, plaster or othertypes of moulds, including highpressure castings, sintered forms,and forms made by powdermetallurgy.

4 For m,aterial~ and manufacturingprocesses at later stages- in theproduction process, see also otherItems, for example, Items IL 1431 and1460 for gas turbine engines.Technical Rote: "SuperaUoys" are

Security export control 14 June 19S5 6

pattern comparison or other machinescanning techniques;"Digitally controlled" electrical testequipment for the identification of openand shore circuits on bare printed circuitboards, capable of:1 Continuity testing (4 ohms or less) at a

rate of 2,500 or more measurementsper second; or

2 High voltage testing (50 volts or more)at a rate of 10,000 or more measure­ments per minute;

f "Digitally controlled" multispindle drillsand routers having any of the followingcharacteristics:1 Absolute positioning accuracy of ...±.. 10

micrometres (0.0004 inch) or better;2 Minimum time needed for drill bit

changes of 5 seconds or less;3 X and Y positioning speeds of 0.125

metres per second (300 inches perminute) or higher for drilling or forrouting;

g "Digitally controlled" cyclic voltametricstripping equipment specially designed forprinted circuit board plating bathmonitoring and analysis.Notes:1 See also Item IL 1522 b for the

embargo of printed circuit boardmanufacturing equipment incorpor­ating a laser.

2 This Item does not embargo equipmentwith controls using the following:1 Cams and other purely mechanical

means;2 Switches, including thumbwheel

switches;3 Plugboards;4 On-off and analogue controllers;5 Diode matrices;6 Punched paper tape controllers

without a capability to compute,manipulate, or store and re-runprogramme data.

Technical note: The term "digitallycontrolled" refers to equipment, thefunctions of which are, partly or entirely,automatically controlled by stored anddigitally coded electrical signals.

a Equipment specially designed for themanufacture and testing of electron tubes,optical elements and specially designedcomponents therefor embargoed by ItemsIL 1541, 1542, 1555, 1556, 1558 and 1559;Equipment specially designed for themanufacture or testing of semi-conductordevices, microcircuits and assemblies, asfollows, and systems incorporating orhaving the characteristics of suchequipment:1 Equipment for the processing of

materials for the manufacture ofdevices and components as specified inthe heading of this sub-item;

2 Masks, mask substrates, mask~makingequipment and image-transfer equip­ment for the manufacture of devicesand components as specified in theheading of this sub-item;Technical note: The term "masks"refers to those used in electron beam

IL 1355Equipment for the manufacture ortesting of electronic components andmaterials, as follows, and speciallydesigned components, accessories andsoftware therefor:

exceeding 414MPa (60,000 psi),' and1 Chamber cavity with an inside dia­

meter (ie the maximum inside diameter eof the working chamber) not exceeding508 mm (20 inches).

Equipment specially designed for removalof resists or printed circuit boardmaterials by dry (eg plasma) methods;Computer-aided design (CAD) equipmentfor printed circuit boards, having any ofthe following functions:1 Generation of artwork design with an

interactive capability;2. Generation of test string lists for multi­

layer boards;3 Generation of data or programmes for

"digitally controlled" printed circuit bboard drilling equipment;

4 Generation of data or programmes for"digitally controlled" printed circuitboard shaping and profiling equip­ment;

5 Generation of data for control of thesequencing of processes of the equip­ment for printed circuit board manu- .facture covered by sub-item c;

High-speed automated continuous panelprocessors for plating capable of deliver­ing more than or equal to 860 A/m2 (80A/ft2) of plate current;"Digitally controlled" inspection equip­ment for the detection of defects inprinted cifcuit boards using optical

IL 1352Nozzles, dies and extruder barrelsspecially designed for the processing ofthe f1uorocarbon materials covered byItem IL 1754 a 2.

IL 1353Equipment specially designed for themanufacture of cable and optical fibresembargoed by Item IL 1526.

NB: The inside chamber dimensionreferenced in sub-paragraphs a 1 and b 2above is the chamber in which both theworking temperature and the workingpressure are achieved. That dimension will bethe smaller of either the inside diameter ofthe pressure chamber or the inside diameterof the insulated furnace chamber, dependingon which of the two chambers is locatedinside the other. For isostatic presses having acontrolled thermal environment, the in­sertion of fixturing leaves a diameter of lessthan 406 mm (16 inches) in the chamber forthe piece to be pressed. For isostatic pressesoperating at ambient temperature, theinsertion of fixturing leaves a diameter of lessthan 508 mm (20 inches) in the chamber forthe piece to be pressed.

IL 1354Equipment designed for themanufacture or tesdng of printed circuitboards, as follows, and speciallydesigned components and accessories,and specially designed software for suchequipment:

Equipment specially designed for the manu­facture of cable described in Item IL 1526 b.

a Isothermal rolling mills, except thosecapable of operating only at ambienttemperatures.Technical note: In an isothermal rollingmill a constant instantaneous temperatureprofile is maintained in the contact areabetween the workpiece and the rolls.

b Other mills specially designed orredesigned for the rolling of metals andalloys with a melting point exceeding1,900°C (3.,452OF).

IL 1305Metal rolling mills, as follows; speciallydesigned components, accessories andcontrols therefor; and specially designedsoftware for such mills components,accessories and controls:

INDUSTRIAL LISTnickel-, cobalt-, or iron-base alloyshaving strengths superior to the AISI300 series (as of the 1st May 1982) attemperatures over 922 K (649°C,1226°F) under severe environmentaland operating conditions. Excludedare carbon steels, low-alloy steels andstainless steels having strengths inferiorto the AISI 300 series (as of the 1stMay 1982).

IL 1312Isostadc presses, as follows; speciallydesigned dies and moulds (except thoseused in isostatic presses operating atambient temperatures), components,:accessories and controls therefor; andspecially designed software for thepresses, components, accessories andcontrols:

a Capable of achieving a maximum workingpressure of 138MPa (20,000 psi) or greaterand possessing a chamber cavity with aninside diameter in excess of 406 mm (16inches); or

b Having a controlled thermal environmentwithin the closed cavity and possessing aworking cavity with an inside diameter of127 mm (5 inches) or more.

Technical note: Isostatic presses are those acapable of pressurizing a closed cavitythrough various media (gas, liquid, solidparticles, etc.) to create equal pressure in all bdirections within the cavity upon a workpieceor material.[sostatic presses embargoed by sub-items aand b above, provided that the equipmentwill be used for specific non-strategicapplications and will not be used for anynuclear or aerospace app/ications andprovided that:a [sostatic presses having controlled thermal

environment within the closed cavity arelimited as follows:1 Maximum working pressure not

exceeding 207MPa (30,000 psi),' and1 Chamber cavity with an inside dia­

meter (ie the maximum inside diameterof the working chamber) not exceeding406 mm (16 inches), when the con­trolled thermal environment which can cbe achieved and maintained does notexceed 1,5()()OC;

b [sostatic presses other than those dealtwith under sub-paragraph a above are dlimited as follows:1 Maximum working pressure not

8 Security export control 14 June 1985

lithography, X-ray lithography, andfor ultraviolet lithography, as well asthe usual ultraviolet and visible photo­lithography.

3 "Digitally controlled" inspectionequipment for the detection of defectsin processed wafers, substrates or chipsusing optical pattern comparison orother machine scanning techniques;Technical note: Conventional scanningelectron microscopes, except whenspecially designed and instrumentedfor automatic pattern inspection, arenot covered by this sub-item.

4 Specially designed "digitallycontrolled" nleasuring and analysisequipment;

5 Equipment for the assembly ofmicrocircuits;

6 "Digitally controlled" wafer probingequipment;

7 Test equipment as follows (forstandard test instruments, see Item IL1529):i Computer-controlled equipment or

equipment with a computer­management compatible interfacespecially designed for testingdiscrete semi-conductor devices andunencapsulated dice, capable ofperforming any of the followingfunctions:a Measurement of time intervals

of less than 10 nanoseconds;b Measurement of parameters (eg

fT, S-parameters, noise (figure)at frequencies greater than 250MHz;

c Resolution of currents of lessthan 100 picoamperes;

d Measurements of spectralresponse at wavelengths outsidethe range from 450 to 950 nano­metres;

Technical note: Discrete semi­conductor devices include, forexample, diodes, transistors,thyristors, photocells, and solarcells.

ii "Digitally controlled" equipmentspecially designed for testing micro­circuits, and assemblies thereof,capable of performing any of thefollowing functions:a Functional (truth table) testing

at a pattern rate greater than2MHz;

b Resolution of currents of lessthan 1 nanoampere;

c Testing of integrated circuits(not mounted on circuit boards)in packages having more than atotal of 24 terminals;(This sub-item does not coverequipment specially designed forand dedicated to the testing ofcircuits not covered by Item IL1564.)

d Measurement of rise times, falltimes and edge placement timeswith a resolution of less than 20nanoseconds;

Technical notes for sub-item b:1 The terms "microcircuit" and

"assembly" are defined in ItemIL 1564.

2 Test equipment which is not of ageneral-purpose nature andwhich is specially designed for,and d.edicated to, testingassemblies or a class of

assemblies for home and enter­tainment applications is notcovered by this sub-item.

3 Test equipment which is not of ageneral purpose nature andwhich is specially designed for,and dedicated to, testingelectronic components, as­semblies, sub-assemblies andmicrocircuits specifically ex­cluded by Item IL 1564 is notembargoed by this sub-itenl,provided such test equipmentdoes not incorporate computingfacilities with user-accessibleprogramming capabilities.

iii Equipment specially designed fordetermining the performance offocal plane arrays at wavelengthsgreater than 1200 nanometres,using "digitally controlled"measurements or computer-aidedevaluation and having any of thefollowing characteristics:1 Using scanning light spot

diameters of less than 0.12 mm(0.005 inch);

2 Designed for measuring photo­senSitive performance param­meters and for evaluationfrequency response, modulationtransfer function, uniformity ofresponsivity or noise;

3 Designed for evaluating arrayscapable of creating images ofgreater than 32 x 32 lineelements;

iv Specially designed for bubblememories;

8 Class 10 filters capable of providing anenvironment of 10 or less particles of0.3 micrometre or greater per cubicfoot and filter materials therefor .

Note: Sub-item b above also embargoessuch equipment used or modified for usein the manufacture or testing or otherdevices such as: imaging devices, electro­optical devices, acoustic-wave devices,film-memory devices.

Explanatory notes:1 For equipment which is used in the

manufacture and processing of semi­conductors and semi-conductormaterials and which is speciallydesigned to employ lasers or lasertechnology, see I tern IL 1522.

2 The term "digitally controlled" refersto automated equipment whosefunctions are partially or entirelycontrolled by stored, digitally-coded,electrical signals. This does not coverequipment with controls using thefollowing:a Cams and other purely mechanical

means;b Switches including thumbwheel

switches;c Plugboards;d On-off and analogue controllers:e Diode matrices;f Punched paper tape controllers

without a capability to compute,manipulate or store and re-runprogramme data.

3 Equipment covered by sub-item b 1above is defined as follows:NB: Boron nitride crucibles andfIXtures used in the preparation ofsemi-conductor materials areconsidered to be specially designedaccessories under this Item.

a Equipment for producing poly­CrYStalline silicon embargOed byItem IL 1757 f having a purity of99.99 per cent or greater in the formof rods (ingots, boules), pellets,sheets, tubes or small particles;

b Equipment specially designed forpurifying or processing III-V andII-VI semi-conductor materialscovered by Item IL 1757, exceptcrystal pullers, for which see sub­paragraph c below;

c Crystal pullers, furnaces, and gassystems, as follows:1 Types with specially designed

"digitally controlled" tempera­ture, power input or gas, liquidor vapour flow;

2 Diffusion, oxidation andannealing furnaces for operationat pressures above 1 atmosphere(nominal);

3 Annealing or re-crystallizingequipment other than constanttemperature furnaces employinghigh rates of energy transfercapable of processing wafers at arate greater than 50 squarecentimetres per minute;

4 Plasma-enhanced or photo­enhanced chemical reactorequipment;

5 Equipment for automaticcontrol of crystal taper anddiameter, except taper anddiameter control mechanismsusing any of the followingequipment techniques:i Radiation pyrometers;ii Thermocouples;iii RF power sensors;iv Mass weighing (without

digital or anomaly controlpermitting the growth ofsemi-conductors);

6 Crystal pullers having any of thefollowing characteristics:i Rechargeable without

replacing the crucible, container;

ii Capable of operation atpressures above or below 105

pascals (1 atmosphereabsolute):

iii Capable of pulling crystals ofa diameter greater than 76.2mm (3 in);

iv Specially designed tominimize convection currentsin the melt by the use ofmagnetic fields or multiplecrucibles;

v Capable of pulling sheet orribbon crystals;The shipment to civil end­users of crystal pullersembargoed by sub-paragraph6 ii above which can beoperated at pressures up to2.5 x ]Q5 pasca/s (2.5 atmos­phere absolute).

7 Vacuum induction-heated zone­refining equipment for operationat a pres£ure of 0.01 pascal orless;

d Equipment for epitaxial growthhaving any of the followingcharacteristics:1 Operation at pressures below 10s

pascals (I atmosphere absolute);Security export control 14 June 1986 7-

INDUSTRIAL LIST2 "Digitally controlled";3 Rotating vertical-support,

radiant-heated reactors;4 Specially designed for processing

bubble memories;5 Metal-organic chemical vapour

deposition reactors;6 For liquid phase epitaxy;

e Molecular beam epitaxial growthequipment;

f Magnetically-enhanced sputteringequipment;

Technical note: 'Magnetically­enhanced' refers to equipmentincorporating a cathode assemblyhaving an integral magneticstructure for enhancing the plasmaintensity.

g Equipment designed for ion im­plantation, or for ion-enhanced orphoto-enhanced diffusion;

b Equipment for selective or non­selective removal by dry methods ofpassivation layers, dielectrics, semi­conductor materials, resists ormetals except horizontal, cylindri­cal, plasma etchers without digitalcontrol, end-point detection,automatic loading or rotatingmechanisms and not having thecapability for parallel plate etchingas used in semi-conductor devicemanufacture;NB: This sub-paragraph does notinclude vacuum sputtering equip­ment designed to operate in thesputter-etch mode.Equipment for semi-conductordevice fabrication operating below105 pascals (1 atmosphere absolute)for the chemical vapour depositionof oxides, nitrides, metals andpolysilicon;NB: This sub-paragraph does notcover reactive-sputtering equip­ment.Electron beam systems (includingscanning electron microscopes),capable of mask-making or semi­conductor device processing andhaving any of the followingcharacteristics:1 Electrostatic beam deflection;2 Shaped, non-Gaussian beam

profile;3 Beam blanking capability;4 Digital-to-analogue conversion

rate greater than 3MHz;5 Digital-to-analogue conversion

accuracy greater than 12 bits;6 Target-to-beam position feed­

back control precision of 1micrometre or finer;

NB: This sub-paragraph does notcover electron beam depositionsystems, and j 3 above does notcover scanning electron micro­scopes equipped for Auger analysis.

k Automatic sawing equipment,specially designed for the processingof semi-conductor wafers andcapable of slicing ingots of 3 in(76.2 mm) or greater in diameter;Surface finishing equipment,specially designed for theprocessing of semi-conductorwafers and having any of thefollowing characteristics:i Waxless or non-adhesive

mounting;U Double-sided simultaneous

8 Security export control 14 June 1985

polishing or lapping;iii Capable of polishing and

lapping wafers greater than 2inches (50.8 mm) in diameter;

iv Lapping or polishing two stageson the same machine;

m Interconnection equipment special­ly designed to permit the integrationof equipment embargoed by thisI tern into a complete system, andspecially designed softwaretherefor .

4 Equipment covered by sub-item b 2above is defined as follows:a Finished masks, reticles and

designs, therefor;b Hard surface (eg chromium,

silicon, iron oxide) coated sub­strates (eg glass, quartz, sapphire)for the preparation of masks havingdimensions greater than 76.2 x 76.2mm (3 x 3 in);

c Computer-aided design (CAD)equipment, for transformingschematic or logic diagrams intodesigns for producing semi­conductor devices or microcircuits,having any of the followingfunctions:1 Storage of pattern cells for

subdivision of integratedcircuits;

2 Scaling, positioning, or rotationof pattern cells;

3 Interactive graphic capabilities;4 Design rule and circuit checking;5 Circuit layout modification of

the arrangement of the elements;NB: Software which performs anyof the functions in this sub­paragraph, or which can be used fortransient analysis, for logic analysisor logic checking, for automaticrouting or cell placement, for thegeneration of test vectors or forprocess simulation is speciallydesigned software embargoed bythe heading of this Item.

d Mask fabrication machines usingphoto-optical methods as follows:1 Step and repeat cameras capable

of producing arrays larger than63.5 x 63.5 mm (2.5 x 2.5 in), orcapable of producing a singleexposure larger than 3.75 x 3.75mm (0.15 x 0.15 in) in the focalplane, or capable of producinguseful line widths of 3.5 micro­metres or less;

2 Pattern generators speciallydesigned for the generation ormanufacture of masks or thecreation of patterns in photo­sensitive layers and with place­ment precision finer than 10micrometres;

3 Mask fabrication equipmentcontaining automatic adjust­ment of focus or adjustment ofthe mask material into the focalplane;

4 Equipment for altering masks orreticles to remove defects;(For electron-beam systems, seenote 3 j above.)

e Mask inspection equipment asfollows:1 For comparison with a precision

of 0.75 micrometre or finer overan area of 63.5 x 63.5 mm (2.5 x2.? in) or greater;

2 "Digitally controlled" equip­ment with a resolution of 0.25micrometre or finer and with aprecision of 0.75 micrometre orfiner over a distance in one ortwo co-ordinates of 63.5 mm(2.5 in) or greater;

3 "Digitally controlled" defectinspection equipment;NB: Conventional scanningelectron microscopes, exceptwhen specially designed andinstrumented for automaticpattern inspection, are notcovered by this sub-paragraph.

f Align and expose equipment usingphoto-optical methods, includingprojection image transfer equip­ment, capable of performing any ofthe following functions:1 Production of useful pattern size

of less than 5 micrometres;2 Alignment with a precision finer

than 1 micrometre;3 Field coverage greater than 76.2

x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 in);4 Wafer backside alignment;5 Automatic alignment by the

sensing of patterns or indexmarks on the substrate;

6 Projection image transfer forprocessing slices (wafers) of 50.8mm (2 in) or greater in diameter;NB: Non-contacting (proximity)image transfer equipment iscovered only by 1 to 5 above.

g Electron beam, ion beam, or X-rayequipment for projection imagetransfer;(For laser equipment, see Note 1above.)

h Photo-optical or non photo-opticalstep and repeat or partial fieldequipnlent for the transfer of theimage on to the wafer;Mask contact transfer equipmentfor imaging a field greater than 76.2x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 in).

5 Equipment embargoed by sub-item b 4above is defined as follows:a Specially designed for the measure­

ment of oxygen or carbon contentin semi-conductor materials;

b Equipment for concurrent etchingand doping profile analysis(employing capacitance-voltage orcurrent-voltage analysis tech­niques);

c Equipment for line-width measure­ment with a resolution of 1.0 micro­metre or finer;

d Specially designed flatness measure­ment instruments capable ofmeasuring deviations from flatnessof 10 micrometres or less with aresolution of 1.0 micrometre orfiner.

6 Equipment covered by sub-item b 5above is defined as follows:a "Digitally controlled" die (chip)

mounters and bonders with a pos­itioning accuracy finer than 50micrometres or incremental stepsfiner than 6.4 micrometres;

b "Digitally controlled" wire bondersand welders for performing con­secutive bonding operations;

c Equipment for producing multiplebonds in a single operation (egbeam lead bonders, chip carrierbonders, tape bonders);

IL 1360"Digitally controlled" equipmentcapable of automatic X-ray orientationand angle correction of double-rotatedstress-compensated (Se) quartz crystalsembargoed by Item IL 1587 with atolerance of 10 seconds of arcmaintained simultaneously in bothangles of rotation.

(For the definition of "digitally controlled"see Item IL 1355.)

3 The term "semi7'"automatic" refers tomachinery requiring the assistance of ahuman operator to complete part butnot all of its functions during eachcomplete cycle of operations.

4 The term "functions" in Notes 2 and 3above does not include the initialloading or final unloading of materialfrom the machine.

IL 1359Specially designed tooling and fixturesfor the manufacture of fibre-opticconnectors and couplers embargoed byItem IL 1526 f.

IL 1361Test facilities and equipment for thedesign or development of aircraft or gasturbine aero-engines as follows, andspecially designed components, access­ories and software therefor:

a Supersonic (Mach 1.4 to Mach 5), hyper­sonic (Mach 5 to Mach 15) and hyper­velocity (above Mach 15) wind tunnels,except wind tunnels specially designed foreducational purposes and having a testsection size (measured internally) of lessthan 25 cm (10 in). By "test section size"is understopd the diameter of the circle, orthe side of the square, or the longest sideof the rectangle constituting possibleshapes of the test section;

b Devices for simulating flow-environmentsof Mach 5 and above, regardless of theactual Mach number at which the devicesoperate, including hot' shot tunnels,plasma arc tunnels, shock tubes, gastunnels and light gas guns;

e Wind tunnels and devices, other than twodinlensional (2-D) sections, that ,haveunique capabilities for simulatingReynolds number flow in excess of 25 x1()6, at transonic velocities;

d Automatic control systems, instrumen­tation (including sensors), and automateddata-acquisition equipment, speciallydesigned for use with wind tunnels anddevices embargoed by sub-items a, b or cabove;

e Models, specially designed for use withwind tunnels or with the devices coveredby sub-item band c above, of embargoedaircraft, helicopters, airfoils , spacecraft,space~ launch vehicies, rockets or surface­effect vehicles.~Note: Specially designed models are those

equipped with sensors and a means oftransmitting data from the· sensors tothe data-acquisition system or

SecuritY eX:Jort control 14 June 1985 9

Equipment for the manufacture of singleand multi-aperture forms embargoed bysub-items IL 1588 b, e and d, as follows:1 Automatic presses to produce

embargoed types;2 Press dies to produce embargoed

types;3 Automatic equipment for monitoring,

grading, sorting, exercising or testingof embargoed types;

Equipment for the manufacture of thinfilm memory storage or switching deviceshaving square hysteresis loops and auto­matic equipment for monitoring, grading,sorting, exercising or testing of devicesembargoed by sub-item IL 1588 e;Automatic equipment for monitoring,exercising or testing assemblies of devicesembargoed by sub-items IL 1588 b, e, dand e;Equipment for the application of magneticcoatings to recording media embargoedby sub-item IL 1572 d, or free fromembargo under Note 3 c 4 to Item IL1572;Automatic and semi-automatic equipmentfor monitoring, grading, exercising ortesting recording media embargoed bysub-item IL 1572 d or free from embargounder Note 3 c 4 to Item IL 1572.Explanatory notes:1 For this Item, "single aperture forms"

described in Item IL 1588 b with amaximum dimension less than 0.76mm (30 mils) are considered embar­goed types.

2 The term "automatic" refers tomachinery not requiring the assistanct'of a human operator to complete itsfunction or functions during eachcomplete cycle of operations.

for special fibre surface treatment or forproducing prepregs and preforms coveredby Item IL 1763 c.Note: Equipment covered by sub-item eabove includes but it is not limited torollers, tension stretch~rs, coating equip­ment, cutting equipment and clicker dies.

f Technical data (including processing con­ditions) and procedures for the regulationof temperature, pressures or atmospherein autoclaves when used for the pro­duction of composites or partiallyprocessed composites using materialscovered by Item IL 1763.

Explanatory note: Specially designed oradapted components and accessories forthe machines covered by this entry in­clude, but are not limited to, moulds,mandrels, dies, fixtures and tooling forthe preform pressing, curing, casting,sintering or bonding of compositestructures, laminates and manufacturesthereof covered by Item IL 1763 d.

IL 1358Equipment specially designed for themanufacture or testing of devices andassemblies thereof embargoed by ItemIL 1588' b, c, d or e and for magneticrecording media, other than tape, em­bargoed by Item IL 1572 d or free fromembargo under Note 3 c 4 to Item IL1572 (for magnetic tape productionequipment, see Item IL 1356), asfollows, and specially designedcomponents and software therefor:

d Semi-automatic or automatic hotcap sealers, in which the cap isheated locally to a higher tem­perature than the body of thepackage, specially designed forceramic microcircuit packages em­bargoed by Itern IL 1564 n bandwhich have a throughout equal toor greater than one package perminute.

7 Equipment covered by sub-item b 6above is defined as that which has anyof the following:a Positioning accuracy finer than 50

micrometres (0.002 in), or in­cremental steps finer than 6.4micrometres (0.0002 in);

b Individual die location read-out(X-y position information) duringtesting;

e Capability of testing devices havingmore than a total of 24 terminals;

d Automatic slice (wafer) alignment.

IL 1356Equipment specially designed for thecontinuous coating of polyester base­magnetic tape subject to embargo underItem IL 1572 d or free from embargounder Note 3 to Item IL 1572, andspecially designed components therefor.

IL 1357Equipment, technical data and pro­cedures for the production of fibrescovered by Item IL 1763 or theircomposites, as follows, and specially adesigned components and accessoriesand specially designed software therefor:

a Filament winding machines of which themotions for positioning, wrapping andwinding fibres are co-ordinated andprogrammed in three or more axes,specially designed to fabricate compositestructures or laminates from fibrous andfilamentary materials; and co-ordinating band programming controls;

b Tape-laying machines of which themotions for positioning and laying tapeand sheets are co-ordinated andprogrammed in two or more axes,specially designed for the manufacture of ecomposite airframes and missilestructures;

c Interlacing machines, including adaptersand modification kits, for weaving, inter- dlacing or braiding fibres to fabricatecomposite structures, except textilemachinery whkh has not been modifiedfor the above end-uses;

d Specially designed or adapted equipment efor the production of fibrous andfilamentary materials covered by IL 1763sub-items a and b above, as follows:1 Equipment for converting polymeric

fibres (such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon,or polycarbosilane) including specialprovision to strain the fibre duringheating;

2 Equipment for the vapour depositionof elements or compounds on heatedfilamentary substrates; and

3 Equipment for the wet-spinning ofrefractory ceramics (such as aluminiumoxide);

e Specially designed or adapted equipment

b Specially designed equipment for theproduction and testing of flexiblematerials for skirts, seals, air curtains,bags and fingers for surface-effectvehicles;Specially designed equipment for theproduction of water-screw propellersembargoed by Item IL 1416 e and f;Specially designed equipment for theproduction, dynamic balancing and auto-mated testing and inspection of lift fansfor surface-effect vehicles;Specially designed equipment for theproduction of water-jet propulsion pumpsrated at 3,000 hp or greater, or multiple­pump system equivalents thereof;

f Specially designed equipment for theproduction, dynamic balancing andautomatic testing of sectored disc andconcentric-drum rotors for DChomopolar machines.(See also Item IL 1416.)

Technical note: The methods used for dis­criminating acoustic emissions frolninnocuous noise sources include pattern­recognition techniques.

IL 1365Equipment specially designed for in­service monitoring of acoustic emissionsin airborne vehicles, or underwatervehicles embargoed by Item IL 1418,capable of discriminating acousticemissions related to crack growth frominnocuous noise sources and capable ofspatial location of the crack, andspecially designed components, access­ories and software therefor.

IL 1370Machine-tools for generating opticalquality surfaces, specially designed com­ponents and accessories therefor, asfollows, and specially designed softwarethereof:

a Automated control systems, instrumen­tation (including sensors) and dataacquisition equipment specially designedfor water tunnels;

b Automated equipment to control airpressure acting on the surface of the waterin the test section during the operation ofthe water tunnel;

c Components and accessories for watertunnels, as follows:1 Balance and support systems;2 Automated flow or noise measuring

devices; and3 Models of hydrofoil vessels, surface­

effect vehicles and specially designedequipment and components embar­goed by Item IL 1416 a, b, e, f and hfor use in water tunnels;

d Databases generated by use of equipmentembargoed by this Item.

Explanatory note: The water tunnels referredto in this Item are used for the hydrodynamictesting of a fixed model, using a movingfluid.

IL 1363Specially designed water tunnel equip­ment, components, accessories anddatabases for the design and develop­ment of vessels, as follows, and speciallydesigned software therefor:

for, except:i Analogue equipment;ii Ancillary equipment not covered by

Items IL 1529, 1531, 1565 or 1568.Explanatory note: Vibration and acoustictest systems typically consist of one or more cexciters (thrusters), or acoustic noisegenerators, together with ancillary equipmentfor instrumentation, control, data dacquisition and analysis. This Item coversonly the vibration and acoustic test equip­ment itself. The ancillary equipment, e.g.digital and logic instrumentation, computers, eFFT's, etc, are to be judged in their own rightagainst the relevant items of these Lists.

Notes:1 Supersonic wind tunnels which are

capable ofMach velocities of 1.4 or morebut less than 5, and are not speciallydesigned for or fitted with means ofpreheating the air, provided that it isdetermined that the tunnels could notreasonably be used for strategic purposes.

2 Specially designed components embar­goed by this Item, for wind tunnels andfor facilities and equipment covered bysub-item g previously licensed for exportprovided that such components will notupgrade the performance of the windtunnel, facilities or equipment and, fornormally-consumable replacementcomponents, the quantity will not exceeda 6-month supply.

IL 1362Vibration test equipment as follows:

INDUSTRIAL LISTequipped with features for using non-'intrusive sensors (ie not directlyconnected to the model or not locatedin the flow adjacent to the model).

f Specially designed electromagnetic inter­ference and electromagnetic pulse(EMI/EMP) simulators;

g Specially designed test facilities and'equipment for the development of gasturbine aero-engines and components, asfollows:1 Special test facilities capable of apply­

ing dynamic flight loads, measuringperformance or simulating the designoperation environments for rotatingassemblies or aero-engines;

2 Test facilities, test rigs and simulatorsfor meauring combustion system andhot gas flow path performance, heattransfer and durability for staticassem bUes and aero-engine com­ponents;

3 Specially designed test rigs, equipmentor modified gas turbine engines whichare utilized for development of gasturbine aero-engine internal flowsystems (gas path seals, air-oil sealsand disc cavity flow fields).

Turning machines using a single pointcutting tool and having all of the followingcharacteristincs:1 Slide positioning accuracy less (finer)

than 0.0005 mm per 300 mm of travel,TIR (peak-to-peak);

,2 Slide positioning repeatability less(finer) than 0.00025 mm per 300 mm oftravel, TIR (peak-to-peak);

3 Spindle run-out (radial and axial) lessthan 0.0004 mm TIR (peak-to-peak);

4 Angular deviation of the slide move­ment (yaw, pitch and roll) less (finer)than 2 seconds of arc (peak-to-peak)over full travels;

5 Slide perpendicularity less than 0.001per 300 mm of travel, TIR (peak-to­peak);

b Fly cutting machines having both of thefollowing characteristics:1 Spindle run-out (radial and axial) less

than 0.0004 mm TIR (peak-to-peak);2 Angular deviation of slide movement

(yaw, pitch and roll) less (finer) than 2seconds of arc (peak-to-peak) over fulltravel;

a Specially designed equipment for Inanu­facturing anisotropic, orthotropic orsandwich structures embargoed by ItemIL 1416 h 3.Technical notes:1 Anisotropic construction is the use of

fibre reinforcing members aligned sothat the load carrying ability of thestructure can be primarily orientated inthe direction of expected stress.

2 Orthotropic,construction is.a means ofstiffening plates in which the structuralmembers are at right angles to eachother.

3 Sandwich construction is the use ofstructural members or plates which arefabricated and permanently affixed inlayers to enhance their strength andreduce thfir weight.

IL 1364Machinery and equipment for the manu- afacture of hydrofoil vessel and surface­effect vehicle structures and components,as follows, and specially designed com­ponents and accessorieslherefor:

a Vibration test equipment using digitalcontrol techniques and specially designedancillary equipment and softwaretherefor, except:i Individual exciters (thrusters) with a

maximum thrust of less than 100 kN(22,500 lb);

ii Analogue equipment;iii Mechanical and pneumatic exciters

(thrusters);iv Vibrometers;v Ancillary equipment not covered by

Items IL 1529, 1531, 1565, or 1568;b High intensity acoustic test equipment

capable of producing an overall soundpressure level of 140 dB or greater (refer­enced to 2 x 10-5 N/m2) or with a ratedoutput of 4kW or greater and speciallydesigned ancillary equipment and soft­ware therefor, except:i Analogue equipment;ii Ancillary equipment not covered by

Items IL 1529, 1531, 1565 or 1568;c Ground vibration (including modal

survey) test equipment that uses digitalcontrol techniques and specially designedancillary equipment and software there-

10 Security export control 14 June 1985

Table 1 (see IL 1371, eX~)larlatlDrv note 2 A)

0.00008"0.00012"0.00016"0.0002"

Maximum out ofround toleranceincluding taper ofcylindrical roller(±)

0.0001 "0.0004"0.005"0.0002"0.001"0.001"

(±)

0.00004"0.00006"0.00008"0.0001 "

0.000025"0.0001 "0.001"0.00005"0.001"0.001"

ceramic or hybrid (ceramic plus metal)materials and designed to ope~ate attemperatures over 150°C and at ONvalues equal to or greater than 1.5 x1()6.NB: ON is defined at the product ofthe bearing bore diameter inmillimetres and the bearing rotationalvelocity in revolutions per minute.

Explanatory notes:1 Core-section modules and specially

designed components of industrial gasturbine engines derived from gas turbineaero-engines controlled by Item IL 1460

IL 1372Technology for industrial gas turbineengines, as follows:

(±)

0.00004"0.00006"0.00008"0.0001"

Outside diameter Maximum out of Maximum out oftolerance variation round tolerance round toleranceper shipment including taper of

cylindrical roller(±) L±.J (±)

0.00001 " 0.00001 " 0.00004"0.00001 " 0.00001 " 0.00004"0.00002" 0.00002" 0.00006"0.00003" 0.00003" 0.00008"

0.0000076" ).000008" 0.00004"0.0000075" 0.000008" 0.00004"0.00001" 0.00001 " 0.00006"0.000015" 0.000015" 0.00008"

. Security ~xpo't control 14 June 1985 11

Outside diameter Maximum out oftolerance variation round toleranceper shipment

0.000025"0.0001 "0.0002"0.00005"0.0002"0.0002"

Sphericity or Diameter tolerance Diameter tolerancediameter variation per unit container per shipmentper ball(±) (±) (±)

Chrome steel such as 52 100,511 00 and 501 00Carbon steelrvlonel metalStainless steelBrassBronze

Ball material

c. Separable ball bearings are not viewedas including those bearings, one part ofwhich serves as an integral part of theequipment incorporating the bearing.

D. Ceramic bearings as covered by ItemIL 1371 consist of bearing elements(e.g. balls, rollers or races) made from

a Technology common to industrial gasIllustrative examples of tolerances for turbine engines and gas turbine aero-graded rollers for non-standard bearings engines is covered by Item IL 1460.are shown in table 3. b Technology common to industrial gas

turbine engines and marine gas turbineengines is covered by Item IL 1431.

B. Rollers as covered by Item IL 1371 emay be identified among non-standardrollers, that is, rollers falling outside ofthe tolerances for graded rollers forstandard bearings which are shown intable 2.

The above explanatory note applies to therollers for bearings covered by sub-item a2 and b, having the characteristics of a 2.It does not apply to rollers for bearingscovered by sub-items a 1 and b, having thecharacteristics of a 1, because these areindicated by virtue of materials used.

Table 2

Roller diameter

Over Including

Omm 26 mm26 mm 42 mm42 mm 64 mm64 mm 100mm

Table 3

Roller diameter

Over Including

Example No. 1

0 mm 6.5 mm6.5 mm 18 mm

18 mm 26 mm26 mm 42 mm

Example 2

0 mm 6.5 mm6.5 mm 18 mm

18 mm 26 mm26 mm 42 mm

Sphericity or diameter variation per ball is the geometric quality which indicates themaximum permissible variation from absolute roundness in all planes through the centre ofthe ball.Diameter tolerance per unit container is the maximum degree to which the average diameterof the largest ball and the average diameter of the smallest ball, within the unit container,may vary from the specific size for indicted grade.Diameter tolerance per shipment is the maximum permissible deviation from the specific sizewithin the shipment, for the grade indicated.

IL 1371Anti-friction bearings, as follows:

a Ball and roller bearings having an innerbore diameter of 10 mm or less andtolerances of ABEC 5, RBEC 5 (ornational equivalents) or better and eitherof the following characteristics:1 Made of special materials, ie with

rings, balls or rollers made from anysteel alloy or other material (includingbut not limited to high-speed toolsteels; Monel metal; beryllium;metaloids, ceramics and sintered metalcomposites), except the following:low-carbon steel; SAE-52100 highcarbon chromium steel; SAE-4615nickel molybdenum steel; AISI-440C(SAE-51440C) stainless steel (ornational equivalents);

2 Manufacture of use at normal oper­ating temperatures over 150°C (302°F)either by use of special materials or byspecial heat treatment;

b Ball and roller bearings (exclusive ofseparable ball bearings and thrust ballbearings) having an inner bore diameterexceeding 10 mm and having tolerances ofABEC 7, RBEC 7 (or national equivalents)or better and either of the characteristicsin a 1 or a 2 above;

c Ball and roller bearings having tolerancesbetter than ABEC 7 (or nationalequivalents);

d Gas-lubricated foil bearings;e Bearing parts usable only for bearings

covered by this Item, as follows:Outer rings, inner rings, retainers, balls,rollers and sub-assemblies.Explanatory notes:

1 This Item is not intended to cover hollowbearings.

2 A. Balls as covered by Item IL 1371 maybe identified among balls manufac­tured to the tolerances in table 1 orcloser:

c Specially designed components, asfollows:1 Spindle assemblies, consisting of

spindles and bearings as a minimalassembly, except those assemblies withaxial and radial axis motion measuredalong the spindle axis in one revolutionof the spindle equal to or gre'ater(coarser) than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak­to-peak);

2 Linear induction motors used as drivesfor slides, having all of the followingcharacteristics:i Stroke greater than 200 mm;ii Nominal force rating greater than

45N;iii Minimum controlled incremental

movement less than 0.001 mm;d Specially designed accessories, ie single

point diamond cutting tool inserts havingall of the following characteristics:1 Flawless and chip-free cutting edge

when magnified 400 times in anydirection;

2 Cutting radius between 0.1 and 5 mm;and

3 Cutting radius out-of-roundness lessthan 0.002 mm TIR (peak-to-peak).

Explanatory note: Machines will be evalu­ated under the conditions yielding themost accurate values, including but notlimited to the incorporation of controlsystems which permit mechanical,electronic and software compensation.

INDUSTRIAL LISTor marine gas turbine engines controlledby Item IL 1431 shall be treated underthe provisions of those respective items.

2 Industrial gas turbine engines adaptedas marine gas turbine engines arecovered by Item IL 1431.

IL 1385Specially designed production equip­ment for compasses, gyroscopes (gyros),accelerometers and inertial equipmentembargoed by Item IL 1485.

Technical note:Production equipment embargoed by thisItem includes the following:a For ring laser gyro equipment, the

following equipment used to characterizemirrors, having the threshold accuracyshown or better:1 Rectilinear scatterometer (10 ppm);2 Polar scatterometer (10 ppm);3 Reflectometer (50 ppm);4 Profilometer (5 angstroms);

b For other inertial equipment:1 Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU)

module tester;2 IMU platform tester;3 IMU stable element handling fixture;4 IMU platform balance fixture;5 Gyro tuning test station;6 Gyro dynamic balance station;7 Gyro Run-in/motor test station;8 Gyro evacuation and fill station;9 Centrifuge fixture for gyro bearings;10 Accelerometer axis align station;11 Accelerometer test station.

IL 1391"Robots", "robot" controllers and"robot" "end-effectors", as follows,and specially designed components andspecially designed software therefor:

a "Robots" having any of the followingcharacteristics, and specially designedcomponents therefor:Note: "Robot" mechanical structures areincluded in specially designed componentsfor the above.1 Capable of employing feedback in­

formation on-line (real-time) from oneor more "sensors" to generate "pro­grammes" or modify programmedinstructions or numerical programmedata, except those using informationderived only from "sensors" used tomeasure:i The internal state of the "robot",

Le. velocity, position (other thaninertial position measuringsystems), drive motor current,voltage, fluid or gas pressure ortemperature;

it Through-the-arc current (orvoltage) for weld seam tracking; or

ill Binary or scalar values for:a Position, via photo-electric,

inductive or capacitive proximity"sensors";

b Tool drive motor voltage orcurrent or hydraulic/pneumaticpressure for determination offorce or torque; and

c External safety functions;2 Specially designed to comply with

national safety standards applicable toexplosive munitions environments;

12 Security export control 14 June 1985

3 Incorporating means of protectinghydraulic lines against externallyinduced punctures caused by ballisticfragments (e.g. incorporating self­sealing lines) and designed to usehydraulic fluids with flash pointshigher than 839 K (566°C, 1050°F);

4 Specially designed for underwater use(Le. incorporating special techniquesor components for sealing, pressurecompensation or corrosion resistance);

5 Operable at altitudes exceeding 30,000metres;

6 Specially designed for outdoorapplications and meeting military cspecifications therefor;

7 Specially designed or rated for oper­ating in an electromagnetic pulse(EMP) environment;

8 Specially designed or rated asradiation-hardened beyond thatnecessary to withstand normalindustrial (Le. non-nuclear industry)ionising radiation;

9 Equipped with "robot" manipulatorarms which contain titanium-basedalloys covered by Item IL 1671 orfibrous and filamentary nlaterialscovered by Item IL 1763;

10 Equipped with precision measuringdevices covered by Item IL 1532;

11 Specially designed to move auto­nomously its entire structure throughthree-dimensional space in a simul­taneously coordinated manner, exceptsystems in which the "robot" moveson a fixed track;

Note: This sub-item does not embargo"robots" specially designed forhousehold use or those modifiedfrom household "robots" foreducational purposes (pre­university) if not embargoed by theother provisions of this Item.

b Electronic controllers having any of thefollowing characteristics:

Notes:1 For controllers capable of controlling

numerically controlled machine-toolsor dimensional-inspection machines,see Item IL 1091.

2 For "digital computers" either"incorporated in" or "associatedwith" but not "embedded in"controllers, see Item IL 1565.

1 Controllers specially designed to bepart of a "robot" embargoed by a 2 to8, a 10 or 11 above;

2 Minimum programmable incrementless (finer) than 0.001 mm per linearaxis;

3 Having more than one integralinterface which meets or exceedsANSI/IEEE standard 488-1978, IECpublication 625-1 or any equivalentstandard for parallel data exchange;

4 Capable of being programmed bymeans other than lead-through, key-inor teach-pendant techniques;

5 Word size exceeds 16 bit (excludingparity bit(s»;

6 Incorporating interpolation algorithmsfor an order of interpolation higherthan linear or circular;

7 Permitting on-line (real-time) gener­ation or modification of the pro­grammed path, velocity and functionsother thap the following:

i Manual velocity override;ii Fixed linear or rotary axis offset;iii Manual "robot" path editing

(including manual path compen­sation) excluding "sourcelanguage" used to programmeautomatically the "robot" path,velocity or function;

iv Branching to pre-programmedmodification of "robot" path,velocity or function;

v Fixed cycles (e.g. macro instructionsor pre-programmed sub-routines);

vi Key-in or teach-in modifications."End-effectors" having any of thefollowing characteristics:1 Equipped with one or more "sensors" ,

except those used to measure the para­meters or values specified in a 1 i, ii oriii above;

2 Having integrated or computer-aideddata processing, except those using"sensors" used to measure the para­meters or values specified in a 1 i, ii oriii above;

3 Equipped with an integral interfacewhich meets or exceeds ANSI/IEEEStandard 488-1978, IEC publication625-1, or any equivalent standard forparallel data exchange;

4 Having any of the characteristics in a 2to 8 and a 10 above.

Notes:1 Definitions of the terniS used in this

Item:a A "robot" is a manupulation

mechanism which is repro­grammable, multifunctional andcapable of positioning ororientating material, parts, tools orspecial devices through variablemovements in three-dimensionalspace. "Robots" incorporate twoor more closed or open loop servo­devices (including stepping motors).They are reprogrammed by meansof the teach/playback method, anelectronic computer or a pro­grammable logic controller."Robots" may be of the continuouspath or point-to-point variety andmay use "sensors".

NB: The above definition does notinclude the following devices:1 Manipulation mechanisms

which are only manually/tele­operator controllable;

2 Fixed sequence manipulationmechanisms which are auto­mated moving devices, operatingaccording to mechanically fixedprogrammed motions. Theprogramme is mechanicallylimited by fixed stops, such aspins or cams. The sequence ofmotions and the selection ofpaths or angles are not variableor changeable by mechanical,electronic or electrical means;

3 Mechanically controlled variablesequence manipulation mechan­isms which are automatedmoving devices, operatingaccording to mechanically fixedprogrammed motions. Theprogramme is mechanicallylimited by fixed, but adjustablestops, such as pins or cams. The

sequence of motions and theselection of paths or angles arevariable within the fixed pro­gramme pattern. Variations ormodifications of the programmepattern (e.g. changes of pins orexchanges of cams) in one ormore motion axes areaccomplished only throughmechanical operations;

4 Non-servo-controlled variablesequence manipulation mechan­isms which are automatedmoving devices, operatingaccording to mechanically fixedprogrammed motions. Theprogramme is variable but thesequence proceeds only by thebinary signal from mechanicallyfixed electrical binary devices oradjustable stops;

5 Stacker cranes defined asCartesian coordinate manipu­lator systems manufactured asan integral part of a verticalarray of storage bins anddesigned to access the contentsof those bins for storage orretrieval.

b "End-effectors" include grippers,"active tooling units" and anyother tooling that is attached to thebaseplate on the end of the"robot's" manipulator arm(s);NB: An "active tooling unit" is adevice for applying motive power,process energy or sensing to theworkpiece.

c For the purposes of this Item, a"sensor" is defined as a detector ofa physical phenomenon, the outputof which (after conversion into asignal that can be interpreted by acontroller) is able to generate"programmes" or modify pro­grammed instructions or numericalprogramme data. This includes"sensors" with machine vision,infrared imaging, acousticalimaging, tactile feel, inertialposition measuring, optical oracoustic ranging or force or torquemeasuring capabilities.

NB: For computer-related terms, seeItems IL 1565 er 1566.

2 HRobots" embargoed by sub-item a 1above, to civil end-users, other thannuclear or aerospace, when limited asfollows:a The Hrobot" has none of the

characteristics found in sub-items a2 to 11;

b The controller is not speciallydesigned to be part of a "robot"embargoed by sub-item a 2 to 8, a10 or 11;

c The controller does not exceed theparameters found in sub-item b 2 to7;

d HEnd-effectors" shall not exceedthe parameters of sub-item c;

e The software provided shall be inHobject code" only;

f Documentation shall be limited tothat necessary to perform theintended operation or for the main­tenance and repair of the "robot",·

I Vision systems shall be limited asfollows:

1 Capable of processing no morethan 100,000 pixels using anindustrial television camera, orno more than 65,536 pixels usinga solid-state camera; "

2 Using a single-scene analysisprocessor limited to no morethan 16-bit word size (excludingparity bit(s)), and no parallelprocessing for the same task;

3 The software provided for thevision processor shall be inHobject code" only and shallnot be capable of three­dimensional mathematicalmodelling or three-dimensionalscene analysis,'

NB: This scene analysis limi­tation does not precludeapproximation of the thirddimension by viewing at a givenangle, nor limited grey scaleinterpretation for the perceptionof depth or texture for theapproved tasks (2V1D).

4 Vision system notprogrammableby the user except:i To input reference images

through the system's camera;ii To input values of fixed

parameters, including teach­in parameters; or

iii To select pre-programmedsub-routines;

5 Not capable of continuousreaction or continuous updatingthe Hrobot" position while the"robot" is moving.NB: This precludes the use ofvision systems for weld seamtracking during the weldingoperation but does not precludestraight-line or single-plane weldseam tracking using a singlepass.

6 Capable of no more than onescene analysis every 0.1 second;

h It is considered that the "robot" isnot intended for use in the pro­duction of embargoed electronics,micro-electronics products.

Group ETransportationequipmentItalic type. Views will be sought from the UK'sCOCOM partners prior to approval being grantedto the listed goods. Such views will not normally,however, be sought for goods described in italictype. The UK authorities retain the discretion torefuse any licence application.

IL 1416Vessels, surface-effect vehicles, water­screw propellers and hub assemblies,water-screw propeller systems, moistureand particulate separator systems andspecially designed' components, asfollows:

a Hydrofoil vessels with automaticallycontrolled foil systems which are capableof speeds of· above 40 knots in roughwater (Sea State Five);

b &1rface-effect vehicles, ie hovercraft, aircushion vehicles (both sidewall andskirted varieties) and all variations ofvehicles using the wing-in-ground effectfor positive lift;

c Small waterplane area twin-hull(SWATH) vessels having underwater hullswhose cross-sectional area varies along thelongitudinal axis between points twomajor diameters from the bow and twomajor diameters from the stern;

Technical note: SWATH vessels are thosewhich maintain buoyancy by means ofsubmerged hulls using slender struts tosupport the deck and superstructure of thevessel above the waterline.

d Vessels incorporating:i Equipment covered by any Munitions

List Item, or by any of the followingItems IL 1485, 1501, 1502 and 1510;

ii Degaussing facilities; oriii Closed ventilation systems designed

into the vessel which are designed tomaintain air purity and positivepressure regardless of the conditionsexternal to the vessel except wherethose closed ventilation systems arespecially designed for and incorporatedin the vessel's medical facilities only;

Note: This sub-item does not apply tovessels containing equipment covered byItems 1485, 1501, 1502 or 1510 whoseexport has been previously authorized.

e Water-screw propellers and hubassemblies, as follows:1 Supercavitating propellers rated at

greater than 10,000 hp,2 Controllable-pitch propellers and hub

assemblies rated at greater than 20,000hp;

f Water-screw propeller systems, as follows:1 Contrarotating propeller systems rated

at greater than 20,000 hp,2 Ventilated, base-ventilated and super­

ventilated, propeller systems;3 Systems employing pre-swirl and post­

swirl techniques for smoothing theflow into a propeller so as to improvepropulsive efficiency of:i SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels,

and surface-effect vehicles; orii Other vessels whose propeller

rotational speed is above 200 rpm,or having propellers with a ratingexceeding 50,000 hp per shaft;

I Moisture and particulate separatorsystems which are capable of removing99.9 per cent of particles larger than 2micro-metres in diameter with a maximumpressure loss of 1.6kPa (16 millibar) for gasturbine engine air inlets.

Note: Technology control for thenloisture and particulate separatorsystems covered by sub-item I above islimited to the following:

1 Technology for preventing waterleakage around the filter stages; and

2 Technology for integrating the com­ponents \i..,f such a system.

b Spec:ally designed components for vessels,covered by sub-items a, band c above, asfollows:1 Advanced hull forms which incorpor­

ate any of the following:

Security export control 14 June 1985 13

INDUSTRIAL LISTi Stepped hulls for hydrofoil vessels;Ii Hulls for air cushion vehicles with

trapezoidal platforms;IU Hulls for surface-effect vehicles

with catamaran-like sidewalls;Iv Hulls for wing-in-ground effect

vehicles;v Underwater hulls and struts for

SWATH vessels;2 Fully submerged subcavitating or

supercavitating hydrofoils;3 Lightweight structural components for

SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels andsurface effect vehicles, constructedusing anisotropic, orthotropic orsandwich construction methods.

Technical notes:1 Anisotropic construction methods

relate to the use of fibre reinforcingmembers aligned so that the load­carrying ability of the structure canbe primarily orientated in thedirection of expected stress.

2 Orthotropic construction methodsrelate to means of stiffening plates,in which the structural members areat right angles to each other.

3 Sandwich construction methodsrelate t.o the use of structuralmembers or plates which arefabricated and permanently affixedin layers to enhance their strengthand reduce their weight.

4 Flexible skirts, seals and fingers forsurface-effect vehicles;

5 Systems for automatically controllingthe stability of SWATH vessels,hydrofoil vessels or surface-effectvehicles;

6 Power transmission shaft systemswhich incorporate composite materialcomponents, for SWATH vessels,hydrofoil vessels or surface-effectvehicles;

7 Lightweight, high capacity (K factorgreater than 150) gearing (planetary,cross-connect and multiple input/output gears and bearings) forSWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels andsurface-effect vehicles;

Technical note:For the K factor, see AGMA tables ofK factor values (based on toothprofile, pinion and gear materials andsurface endurance limits).

8 Water-cooled electrical propulsionmachinery (motor and generator), in­cluding AC-AC synchronous and AC­DC systems, sectored-disc andconcentric-drum rotors for DChomopolar machines, for SWATHvessels, hydrofoil vessels and surface­effect vehicles;

9 Superconducting electrical propulsionmachinery for SWATH vessels,hydrofoil vessels and surface-effectvehicles;.

10 Lift fans for surface-effect vehicles,rated at greater than 400 hp;

11 Waterjet propulsor systems rated at3,000 input hp or greater for hydrofoilvessels and surface-effect vehicles;

(See also Item ML 9 on the MunitionsList.)

(For marine gas turbine engines, seealso Item IL 1431.)

IL 1418Deep submergence vehicles, manned orunmanned, tethered or untethered,capable of operating at depths exceeding1000 metres, and specially designedequipment, components and materialstherefor, including but not limited topressure housings or pressure hullsspecially designed for normal operatingpressures of more than 101 bars.

Note: For syntactic foam, see Item IL 1759.

IL 1425Floating docks, software and technologytherefor,' as follows:

8 Floating docks specially designed for useat remote locations (Le. without supportfrom shore bases).Note: These docks incorporate thefollowing three facilities at least:

1 Welding and pipe fitting repair shop(s);2 Electrical and electronic repair shop(s);3 Mechanical repair or metal working

(machine) shop(s);and normally contain more than 3,000kW (4,000 hp) of electrical powergeneration equipment.

b Floating docks specially equipped topermit the operation, maintenance orrepair of nuclear reactors;

c Floating docks having all the followingcharacteristics:1 A lifting capacity of more than 40,000

short tons (36,364 metric tons).2 Larger than 120 metres in length and

30 metres in width, measured betweenthe pontoons;

d Specially designed software for computer­controlled pumping and flooding systemsfor the above floating docks, to permit thedocking of listing vessels;

e Technology covered by this Item is limitedto the following:1 That portion of the design of a floating

dock covered by sub-item a abovewhich relates to the incorporation ofthe three types of facilities described inthe Note to sub-item 8; and

2 Design, production and use of onboardfloating dock facilities covered by sub­item b above which permit the oper­ation, maintenance and repair ofnuclear reactors.

IL 1431Marine gas turbine engines (marinepropulsion or shipboard power gener­ation engines), whether orginallydesigned as such or adapted for suchuse, and specially designed componentstherefor.

embargo, for industrial gas turbineengines) the unmodified version of suchengines and their specially designedcomponents (see also Item IL 1460).

2. Engines and their specially designedcomponents covered by this Item for non­marine propulsion or non-shipboard civilend-use, provided that:a The numbers to be exported are con­

sidered appropriate for the stated end­use,'

b Only the minimum necessary tech­nology for maintenance, repair andoperation is transferred; and

c None of the following technologies istransferred:1 Technology which is common to

aero-engine technology embargoedby item IL 1460 and is not coveredby the italic notes under that Item;

2 Technology for liquid-cooledturbine blades or vanes and nozzlescapable of operating in hot gastemperature environments greaterthan Iooo°C and their associatedsystems,'Technical note: HAssociated sys­tems" are closely connected to theengine and consist of the speciallydesigned cooling fluid and fuelcontrol systems, pumps, condensersand fluid purification systems.

3 Technology for fuel nozzles, com­bustors and gas turbine engine­mounted fuel-handling systems(fuel pumping, metering andcontrols) which permit marine gasturbines to burn heavy residual fueloils (ASTM grades 5 and 6 orequivalent);Technical note: ASTM grade 5residual fuel oil has a maximumkinematic viscosity of 81 centi­strokes at 50°C (122°F), and ASTMgrade 6 residual fuel oil has akinematic viscosity range of92 - 638centistrokes at 50°C (122 OF).Kinematic viscosity is measured bythe Saybolt-furol viscosimeter (thetest measures the time in secondsfor 60 cc of the oil to pass throughthe furol orifice).

4 Technology for high-temperature(above 700°C gas temperature) heatexchangers for pre-heating com­pressor exit air;

5 Technology for lightweight,compact combined gas turbine andsteam (COGAS) systems havingheat recovery rates of more than40,000 BTU/hr. per cubic foot ofwaste heat boiler volume, or morethan 1000 BTU/hr. per pound ofwaste heat boiler weight, designed.for use with gas turbine engines formarine propulsion or shipboardpower generation.

3 Core section modules and speciallydesigned components covered by Item IL1460 shall be treated under the provisionsof that Item even if the gas turbine aero­engine has been modified for use inmarine propulsion or shipboard powergeneration.

The Department of Trade and Industry Notes: IL 1460or Ministrv of Defence should be 1 Embargo of aero or industrial gas turbineconsulted about any vessel incorpor-. engines and their specially designed com- Aircraft and helicopters, aero-enginesating any item in this schedule, or ponents which have been adapted for and aircraft and helicopter equipment,having arrangements for demagnetis- marine propulsion or shipboard power and technology therefor, as follows:ation. generation 40es not re-embargo (or Note: The provisions of this Item, do not

14 Security export control 14 June 1985

release technology for computer-aided design(CAD) or computer-aided design/manufac­turing (CAD/CAM); or technology relatingto manufacturing equipment or hardware,embargoed by Items IL 1080, 1081, 1086,1088, 1091, 1312, 1357, 1361, 1362, 1371,1522, 1529 or any other Item, for theproduction or evaluation of aero-engines,APUs, "helicopter power transfer systems"or their specially designed components, ortechnology specific to production or super­alloys as embargoed by Item IL 1301.

a Aircraft and helicopters, except thosewhich do not contain equipment coveredby the Munitions List or Items IL 1485 or1501 (unless the export of such equipmentis permitted under the italic Notes toItems IL 1485 and 1501 and which areconsidered to be of types which are inbona fide normal civil use;

b Technology for aircraft and helicopterairframes, for aircraft propellers, and foraircraft and helicopter airframe andaircraft-propeller components, as follows,and specially desinged software therefor:1 Design technology using computer-

aided aerodynamic analyses for inter­gration of the fuselage, propulsionsystem and lifting and control surfacesto optimize aerodynamic performancethroughout the flight regime of anaircraft;

2 Technology for the design of activeflight control systems, as follows:i Technology for configuration

design for interconnecting multiplemicroelectronic processing elements(on-board computers) to achievehigh-speed data transfer and high­speed data integration for controllaw implementation;

ii Technology for control lawcompensation for sensor locationand dynamic airframe loads, iecompensation for sensor vibrationenvironment and for variation ofsensor location from centre ofgravity;

iii Technology for electronic manage­ment of systems redundancy anddata redundancy for fault detection,fault tolerance and fault isolation;Note: This sub-item does notembargo technology for the designof physcial redundancy in hydraulicor mechanical systems or inelectrical wiring.

iv Technology for design of flightcontrols which permit in-flightreconfiguration of force andmoment controls;Technical Note: Active flightcontrol systems function to preventundesirable aircraft motions orstructural loads by autonomouslyprocessing outputs from multiplesensors and then providing necess­ary preventative commands toeffect automatic control.

3 Design technology for protection offlight control, navigation and pro­pulsion control data into a flightmanagement system for flight pathoptimization;

4 Design technology for protection ofavionic and electrical sub-systemsagainst electromagnetic puIs (EMP)and electromagnetic interference(EMI) hazards for sources external tothe aircraft, as follows:

Technology for design of shieldingsystems;

ii Technology for the configurationdesign of hardened electrical circuitsand sub-systems;

iii Determination of hardening criteriafor the above;

5 Technology for the design, productionand reconstruction of adhesivelybonded airframe structural membersdesigned to withstand operationaltemperatures in excess of 120°C(248°F);Note: Airframe structural membersmentioned in this sub-item do notinclude engine nacelles and thrustreversers.

6 Technology for the design andproduction or propeller bladesconstructed wholly or partly ofcomposite materials, and speciallydesigned hubs therefor;Note: This sub-item does not embargotechnology for the production ofpropeller blades:a Constructed wholly of wood or

glass-fibre-reinforced plastics; orb Which are constructed mainly of

wood or glass-fIbre-reinforcedplastics and which use othermaterials only in the leading edge ortip.

7 Technology for the design andproduction of digital electronic,synchrophasers specially designed forpropellers; technology for the designof digital electronic controls forpropellers; and technology for theproduction of digital electroniccontrols for the propellers described in6 above;

8 Technology for the design andproduction of active laminar flowcontrol lifting surfaces;Note: Design technology covered bythis sub-item includes the data used tosubstantiate the design approach.

c "Helicopter power transfer systems" andtechnology therefor, except:i Those "helicopter power transfer

systems" destined for use in "civilhelicopters" only, as follows:1 Those which have been in civil use

in bona fide "civil helicopters" formore than eight years;

2 Those which it is considered do notcontain, and were not fabricatedutilizing, any of the technologiesshown in Note 9;

3 Those for replacement in orservicing of specific, previouslyexported helicopters;

ii Data not in the public domain resultingfrom "helicopter power transfersystem" performance and installationdesign studies; fabrication technology,or overhaul and refurbishingtechnology for specific "helicopterpower transfer systems" in civil use inbona fide "civil helicopters" for morethan eight years, unless they remainlisted in Note 9;Note: "Helicopter power transfersystem" perfornlance and installationdesign data do not include technologyfor: computer-aided design (CAD);computer-aided design/manufacturing(CAD/CAM); or parametricperformance analysis, engine analysisand selection, or component designutilizing unpublished technical data.

d Gas turbine engines and auxiliary powerunits (APUs) for use in aircraft or> heli­copters and technology therefor, except:i Those destined for use in "civil

aircraft" or "civil helicopters" only,as follows:1 Jet, turboprop and turboshaft

aircraft engines in civil use in bonafide Hcivil aircraft" or Hcivilhelicopters" for more than eightyears, or which it is considered donot contain, and were notfabricated utilizing, any of thetechnologies shown in Note 8;

2 Gas turbine powered aicraft APUsin civil use in bona fide "civilaircraft" or "civil helicopters" formore than eight years, or which it isconsidered do not contain, andwere not fabricated utilizing, any ofthe technologies shown in Note 8;

ii Data not in the public domain resultingfrom aircraft performance and instal­lation design studies; fabricationtechnology, or overhaul and refur­bishing technology for specific gasturbine aero-engines or gas turbinepowered aircraft APUs in civil use inbona fide "civil aircraft" or "civilhelicopters" for more than twelveyears, unless they renlain listed in Note8;Note: Aircraft performance and instal­lation design data do not includetechnology for: computer-aided design(CAD); computer-aided design/manu­facturing (CAD/CAM); or parametricengine performance analysis, enginecycle analysis and selection, or com­ponent aerodynamic design utilizingunpublished technical data.

e Specially designed components for gasturbine engines, APUs and Hhelicopterpower transfer systems", embargoed by cand d above, as follows:1 Embodying technologies listed under

Notes 8 or 9;2 Hot-section components;3 Engine control system components;4 Gas turbine engine or APU rotor

system components (includingbearings).Note: (Aero-engines, APUs or "heli­copter power transfer systems" whichhave any special feature designed for amilitary application are embargoed bythe Munitions List. See also Items IL1485 and 1501. For technology relatingto industrial gas turbine engines, seeItem IL 1372; for marine gas turbineengines and related technology, seeItem IL 1431.)

Notes:1 "Civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters"

are defined under Note 10.2 The period of bona fide civil use referred

to in sub-items c and d above begins withthe date that the particular engine or"helicopter power transfer system"(rnodel and specifications) or its mostrf~cent modification was certified asairworthy for commercial service orcommercial navigability under thestandards and requirements of thegovernliJent of the country in which it wasmanufactured. However, it is recognizedt~t many modifications which mayrequire recertification may pertain tominor safety or operational changes whichdo not significantly enhance the per­formance of a particular gas turbine aero..

Security eXJ)ort t:ontrol 14 June 1985 16

IN~USTRIAL LISTengine or improve its reliability. It isintended, for control purposes, that:a A gas turbine aero-engine which is

recertified as the result of incorpor­ating any technology listed in Note 8will be treated as a newly certifiedengine. Recertification which does notresult from incorporation of suchtechnology, or modifications which donot require recertification by nationalauthorities, will not affect the currentperiod of civil use of the engine;

b Modification of a gas turbine APU byincorporation of any technology listedin Note 8 will cause it to be treated as anew APU. Other modifications willnot affect the current period of civiluse of the APU;

e Modification of a "helicopter powertransfer system" by incorporation ofany technology listed in Note 9 willrestart the control period for the "heli­copter power transfer system" asthough it were newly certified in ahelicopter. Other modifications willnot affect the current period of civiluse of the "helicopter power transfersystem" .

3 "Helicopter power transfer systems"referred to in sub-item e above are definedas all those components which transferpower from the engine to the main andtail rotor blade(s).

4 Exports of technology, including transferof skills and data, necessary for thedesign, fabrication, assembly andproduction testing of gas turbine enginesembargoed by sub-item d above or of thespecially designed components embargoedby sub-item e above shall be subject to theembargo except, for civil use only, asprovided in a to g below and in Notes 7and 8. It is intended that the export of anyof these technologies to a military end­user or for military end-use be subject tothe embargo. This Note does not removefrom embargo computer-aided design(CAD) or computer-aided design/manu­facturing (CAD/CAM) technology. Onlytechnology which is non-CAD, non­CAD/CAM may be shipped as providedfor in the appropriate sub-paragraph(s).This Note also does not release technologyrelating to manufacturing equipment orhardware, covered by Items IL 1080,1086, 1088, 1091, 1312, 1357, 1361, 1522,1529 or any other Item, for the productionor evaluation of gas turbine engines ortheir specially designed components, ortechnology specific to production ofsuperalloys as embargoed by Item IL1301.a Technology, including transfer of skills

and technical data, necessary foraircraft performance analyses andinstallation design studies of specificgas turbine aero-engines or aircraft gasturbine APUs embargoed by sub-itemd above or of their specially designedcomponents embargoed by sub-item eabove shall be subject to the embargofor a period of twelve years, as definedin Note 2, after those engines haveentered into bona fide civil use. Fromthe end of the embargo period, theabove technology may be shipped tocivil end-users for civil end-uses.

b Fabrication technologies listed in Note8 for gas turbine aero-engines oraircraft gas turbine APUs embargoedby sub-item d above or for their

16 Security export control 14 June 1985

specially designed components embar­goed by sub-item e above shall remain 5embargoed until those engines orAPUs have been in civil use for morethan twelve years, as defined in Note 2,unless they remain listed in Note 8.Those fabrication technologies (otherthan CAD/CAM) to civil end-usersforcivil end-uses provided that suchengine technologies have been inengines or APUs in civil use for morethan eight years, as defined in Note 2.

e Fabrication technology for gas turbineaero-engines or aircraft gas turbineAPUs embargoed by sub-item d above,or for specially designed componentsembargoed by sub-item e above, whichdo not embody any technology listed inNote 8.Fabrication technologies (other thanCAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civilend-uses.

d Technology for assembly and pro­duction testing of gas turbine aero­engines or aircraft gas turbine APUsembargoed by sub-item d above, or oftheir specially designed componentsembargoed by sub-item e above.Technology (other than CAD/CAM)to civil end-users for civil end-uses.

e Technology for on-site installation,operation, maintenance and repair ofgas turbine engines or APUs embar­goed by sub-item d above.Technology (other than CAD/CAM)to civil end-users for civil end-uses.

f Overhaul and refurbishing technologiesfor gas turbine engines or APUsembargoed by sub-item d above or forspecially designed components embar­goed by sub-item e above, whichembody any technology listed in Note8, shall remain embargoed until thoseengines or APUs have been in civil usefor more than twelve years, as definedin Note 2.Overhaul and refurbishing technologies(other than CAD or CAD/CAM) tocivil end-users for civil end-usesprovided that such engines or APUshave been in civil use for more thaneight years, as defined in Note 2.

g Overhaul and refurbishing technologiesfor gas turbine engines or APUsembargoed by sub-item d above or forspecially designed components embar­goed by sub-item e above, which donot embody any technology listed inNote 8, shall remain embargoed untilthose engines or APUs have been incivil use for more than eight years, asdefined in Note 2.Know-how (other than CAD or CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end­uses.

NB: The provision of a to g above applyprovided that:a Technology as described in this Note,

including unpublished data (all dataother than those generally available tothe public), to be provided will be theminimum necessary in content andquality for the purposes of the trans­action; and

b It is considered that the speciallydesigned components to be assembledinto gas turbine engines or APUsproduce~ by the recipient withtechnology supplied under this Note,and all the gas turbine engines andAPUs thereby assembled, will be for

civil use as described in Note 10.

Exports of technology including transferof skills and data, necessary for thedesign, fabrication, assembly and pro­duction testing of "helicopter powertransfer systems" embargoed by sub-iteme above, or of the specially designed com­ponents embarboed by sub-item e above,shall be subject to the embargo except, forcivil use only, as provided in a to g belowand in Note 9. It is intended that theexport of any of these technologies to amilitary end-user or for military end-usebe subject to embargo. This note does notremove from embargo computer-aideddesign (CAD) or computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology.Only technology which is non-CAD, non­CAD/CAM may be shipped as providedfor in the appropriate sub-paragraph(s).This Note also does not release technologyrelating to manufacturing equipment orhardware, covered by Items IL 1088,1091, 1312, 1357, 1371, 1522, 1529 or anyother Item, for the production orevaluation of "helicopter power transfersystems" or their specially designedcomponents.a Technology, including transfer of skills

and technical data, necessary for"helicopter power transfer systems"performance analyses and installationdesign studies of specific "helicopterpower transfer systems" embargoed bysub-item e above or of their speciallydesigned components embargoed bysub-item e above shall be subject to theembargo for a period of eight years, asdefined in Note 2, after those systemshave entered into bona fide civil use.From the end of the embargo period,the above technology may be shippedto civil end-users for civil end-uses.

b Fabrication technologies listed in Note9 for "helicopter power transfersystems" embargoed by sub-item eabove or for specially designed"helicopter power transfer systems"components embargoed by sub-item eabove shall remain embargoed untilthose technologies have been in bonafide "civil helicopters" in civil use formore than eight years, as defined inNote 2, unless the technology remainslisted in Note 9.Those fabrication technologies (otherthan CAD/CAM) to civil end-users forcivil end-uses, provided that suchHhelicopter power transfer system"technologies have been in bona fideHcivil helicopters" in civil use for morethan six years, as defined in Note 2.

e Fabrication technology for' 'helicopterpower transfer systems" embargoed bysub-item e above or for speciallydesigned "helicopter power transfersystem" components embargoed bysub-item e above, which do notembody any technology listed in Note9.Fabrication technology (other thanCAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civilend-uses.

d Technology for assembly and pro­duction testing of "helicopter powertransfer systems" embargoed by sub­item e above or of their speciallydesigned components embargoed bysub-item e above.Technology (other than CAD/CAM)to civil end-users for civil end-uses.

{*} Embargo period extended by three years to 16th September, 1~98!5.(* *) Embargo period extended by three years to 7th April 1986.

Secur~tyexport control 14 June 1985 17

E2GL

E20EA

E20EAE3NE

Type certi­ficate number

CFM-56

None

JT9D-7FJT9D-7R4

None

JT9D-7FNone

None

None

NoneJT9D-7~4E1

None

None

Engine

/04/81

30/09/7425/11/80

08/11/79

30/09/74

01/78 JT8D-17 E2EA

None

30/09/74 JT9D-7F E20EA16/09/70 (*) CF6-6 E23EA

None

13/01/78 TFE-731 E6WE

07/04/71 (**) JT8D·15 E2EA

Initial certifi­cation date

Combustors with combustion in severalstages

Maintenance of compressor of turbine tipclearance through methods employingactive compensating casing technology:• compressor alone• turbine alone• compressor and turbine

Ceramic bearings

Nozzles with thrust vectoring (not includingreverse thrust) None

NB: Technology for computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is not released bythe deletion of any technology from the above list. '

Adjustable flow path geometry andassociated control systems for:• fans None• gas generator turbine(s) None• fan/power turbine(s) None• propelling nozzles None

(Adjustable flow path geometry and associated control systems do not include: inlet guidevanes, variable pitch fans, variable stators or bleed valves for compressors.)

Full authority or hybrid digital electroniccontrol and respective sensor equipment 25/11/80 JT9D-7R4 E3NE

High temperature (capable of utilizinggases heated above 1, 100 ° C) heatexchangers for preheating compressor exitair None

Ceramic, ceramic-composite or compositehot-section components (cambuster,turbine blades and vanes;' seals, discs,flow path)

Turbine blades on basis of directionalsolidification or monocrystal technology• directional solidification• monocrystal technology

Turbine blades consisting of several partsconnected by diffusion bonding

Fibre technology in frames or in highlystressed discs, casings, blades and vanes

Protective coating technology for air­cooled turbine blades and vanes withinternal and external cooling passages andtheir related flow paths capable ofoperating in high gas temperaturesenvironments (in excess of 1,499°C),irrespective of the actual gas temperatureenvironment in which they will be used,involving applications or metallic orceramic materials by vapour, pack, plasma,electron beam, sputtering or sinteringprocesses

Metallic coatings• plasma sprayed• otherCeramic coatings

Application of powder metallurgy for fancompressor and turbine blades or vanes;discs, wheels, reduction gears, enginemain shafts and frames• discs• fan, compressor and turbine blades or

vanes, wheels, reduction gears, enginemain shafts and frames

Cooled components on basis ofelectrostream or laser drilling methods;• electrostream drilling• laser drilling

Electron beam drilling for small holes inturbine blades and vanes (Item IL 1080 I csets out the parameters for small holes)

Titanium or superalloy-casting on basis ofcentrifugal techniques

Ceramic core casting technology for castingholes in turbine blades and vanes

11. Construction methods

I. Materials and manufacturing procedures

Table 1 (See IL 1460 ba)e Technology for on-site installationoperation, maintenance and repair of"helicopter power transfer systems"embargoed by sub-item c above.Technology (other than CAD/CAM)to civil end-users for civil end-uses.

f Overhaul and refurbishing technologiesfor "helicopter power transfersystems" embargoed by sub-item cabove, or for specially designed com­ponents embargoed by sub-item eabove, which embody any technologylisted in Note 9, shall remainembargoed until those "helicopterpower transfer systems" have been incivil use for more than eight years, asdefined in Note 2.Overhaul and refurbishing technologies(other than CAD or CAD/CAM) tocivil end-users for civil end-uses,provided that such "helicopter powertransfer system" technologies havebeen in bona fide "civil helicopters" incivil use for more than six years, asdefined in Note 2.

g Overhaul and refurbishing technologiesfor "helicopter power transfersystems" embargoed by sub-item cabove, which do not embody any tech­nology listed in Note 9, shall remainembargoed until those "helicopterpower transfer systems" have been incivl use for more than eight years, asdefined in Note 2.Overhaul and refurbishing technologies(other than CAD or CAD/CAM) tocivil end-users for civil end-uses.

NB: The provisions of a to g above applyprovided that:a Technology as described in this Note,

including unpublished technical data(all data other than that generallyavailable to the public), to be providedwill be the minimum necessary incontent and quality for the purposes ofthe transaction; and

b It is considered that the speciallydesigned components to be assembledinto "helicopter power transfersystems" produced by the recipient withtechnology supplied under this Note,and the "helicopter power transfersystems" thereby' asserrlbled will be forcivil use as described in Note 10.

6 The shipment for civil end-uses by civilusers, of·a "Helicopter power transfer systems"

embargoed by sub-item c above whenincorporated in bona fide ('civilhelicopters" as defined in Note 10;

b Gas turbine engines or APUs em­bargoed by sub-item d above forincorporation into or incorporated inbona fide "civil aircraft" or "civilhelicopters" as defined in Note 10;

c Specially designed components em­bargoed by sub-item e above, for use inengines, APUs or "helicopter powertransfer systems" authorised forproduction in proscribed destinationsor previously exported under a or babove, provided that:1 The specially designed components

will only be incorporated inengines, APUs or Hhelicopterpower transfer systems" producedfor use in bona fide "civil aircraft"or "civil helicopters" as defined inNote 10; and

2 It is considered that exports of

NB: Technology for computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is not released bythe deletion of any technology from the above list.

27/01/76 Bell 214B H6SW

02/09/77 AS350C 84

None

None

None

None

None

None

21/11/78 Sikorsky S76 H1NE

None

None

specially designed components forIIlhe/icopter power transfersystems" embodying technologieslisted in Note 9, or for gas turbineaero-engines or aircraft gas turbineAPUs embodying technologieslisted in Note 8, are in quantitiesappropriate:i To support the assembly of that

number of Hhelicopter powertransfer systems", engines orAPUs required for instal/ationin, and as standard spares for,bona fide Hcivil aircraft" orHcivil helicopters" in currentproduction; or

ii To support current civil fleetoperations.

7 This Item does not embargo for civil usegas turbine engines, APUs and "heli­copter power transfer systems" andmodifications (and technology therefor)certified or recertified for civil use, asdescribed in Note 2 prior to the 1stJanuary 1979, and not embargoed by thefollowing definitions:Helicopters over 4530 kg (10,000 lb)empty weight, and power transmissionssystems therefor;Note: Empty weight is understood toinclude normal installation and normalminimum crew, but does not include fuelor pay-load.Aero-engines, as follows:i Piston engines;ii Jet engines of less than 2,265 kg (5,000

Ib) thrust;iii Turboprop or turboshaft engines of

less than 2,500 horsepower or with aresidual thrust of less than 453 kg(1,000 lb).

Table 2 (See 11 1460 b9')

I. Materials and manufacturing procedures

A. Rotor heads, containing:• Elastomeric bearings (oscillating

bearings using flexible syntheticmaterial to allow the relative movementof the supported parts)

• Load carrying structures applying fibretechnology

• Hot-isostatically pressed materialsB. Gear boxes, containing:• Novikoff-type gears

• Gears or gear support structures basedon materials applying directionalsolidification or monocrystal technology

• High contact-ratio double-helical (arrow-shaped) gears

• Fibre technology

• Hot-isostatically pressed components

• Casings without shims and theinterchangeable bevel gears associatedwith them

• Gear tooth surfaced hardened byvacuum carburizing or ion nitriding

C. Drive shaft systems containing super­critical drive shafts

11. Construction methods

A. Components fabricated by diffusionbonding

B. High-survivability loss-of-Iubricationtechnology for high-speed bearings (DNequal to or greater than 2.4 millionwhere D is expressed in millimetres andN in rpm)

Initial certifi- Helicoptercation date

None

None

Type certi­ficate number

IL 1485Compasses, gyrosropes (gyros), accelero­meter and intertial equipment, andspecially designed software therefor, asfollows; and specially designedcomponents therefor:

(See also Items IL 1385 and 1465.)

a Gyro compasses with provision for deter­mining and transmitting ship's levelreference data (roll, pitch) in addition toown ship's course data;

b Integrated flight instrument systemswhich include gyro-stabilisers or automatic

, pilots for aircraft and specially designedintegration software therefor, exceptthose systems integrated solely forVOR/ILS navigation and approaches;Explanatory note: An integrated flightinstrument system is a primary instrumentdisplay system of attitude and azimuthwith facilities for giving manoeuvreguidance information to the pilot andoften integrated with an auto-pilot to theextent of embodying a common unit forsetting up the required demands.

c Gyro-astro compasses and other deviceswhich derive position or orientation bymeans of automatically tracking celestialbodies;

d Gyro-stabilisers used for other purposesthan aircraft control except those forstabilising an entire surface vessel;

e Automatic pilots used for purposes other

business use. The total number of aircraftor helicopters (and aero-engines or"helicopter power transfer systems") bytype which may be included within theterms "civii aircraft" and "civiihelicopters" shall not exceed that numberwhich appears to constitute a reasonablerequirement for operation of publishedscheduled services or for legitimate civil,private or business use.

IL 1465"Spacecraft" and launch vehicles, asfollows:

"Spacecraft", manned or unmanned (notincluding their payloads);Note: For controls applicable to productscontained in "spacecraft" payloads, seethe appropriate List Items.Launch vehicles;Propulsion systems, guidance equipment,attitude control equipment; and on-boardcommunications equipment for remotecontrol of the equipment embargoed bysub-items a or b above;

d Specially designed components for theabove.

Technical Note: "Spacecraft" are defined asactive and passive satellites and space probes.Note: Scientific-mission space probes whichdo not contain equipment either embargoedby sub-item c above or embargoed by anyother Item in these Lists are not embargoedby this Item. I

9 Sub-item c above does not embargo foruse in bona fide "civil helicopters" those a"helicopter power transfer systems"which it is considered contain none of thetechnologies listed below. "Helicopterpower transfer systems" embodying any bof these technologies, and these tech­nologies themselves, shall remain under ccontrol for eight years after the initialcertification date (shown in table 2), unlessthe expiration date is extended:

8 Sub-item d above does not embargo foruse in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civilhelicopters" those engines which it isconsidered contain none of the tech­nologies listed. Gas turbine enginesembodying any of these technologies shallremain under embargo until the technologyhas been in civil use for eight years, asdefined in Note 2, after the initialcertification date (shown in table 1). Thetechnologies shown in table 1 shall remainunder control for twelve years after theinitial certification date of engine, unlessthe expiration date of the embargo periodis extended:

10 The terms "civil aircraft" and "civil heli­copters" are understood to include onlythose types of civil aircraft and helicopterswhich are listed by designation inpublished airworthiness certification listsby the civil aviation authorities to flycommercial civil internal and externalroutes or for legitimate civil, private or.

18 Security export control 14 June 1985

iv Direction finding equipment oper­ating at frequencies greater. than5MHz;

v Rated for continuous operationover a range of ambient temperatureextending from below -55°C toabove + 55°C.

Notes:1 Standard commercial airborne

equipment listed in sub-items b 1 iiand iii above needed to equip civilaircraft (see Note 10 under Item IL1460) or as normal standard equip­ment incorporated in civil aircraftbeing exported for civil commercialuse, provided that such equipmentis equivalent in all characteristicsand performance to standard equip­ment of aircraft not subject toembargo; anda (For Loran-C equipment

covered by sub-item b 1 ii) is inconformity with ICA 0 stan­dards, assures no functionexceeding those resulting fromsuch standards, and is notdesigned to make use ofhyperbolic grids at frequenciesgreater than 3MHz. (Standardcommercial airborne equipmentdesigned to make use of hyper­bolic grids at frequencies of lessthan 3 MHz may be exported ifHcoordinate conversion equip­ment" which has been in normalcivil use for less than one year orwhich could not be shippedunder the provisions of Item IL1565, is not included and is notseparately supplied); or

b (For equipment covered by sub­item b 1 iii) are frequency­modulated radio altimeterswhich have been in normal civiluse for a period of more thanone year.

2 Direction finding equipmentspecially designed for search andrescue purposes and operating at afrequency of 121.5 MHz or 243MHz 'is not covered by this sub­item. This exclusion also applies topersonal locator beacons operatingin this form and which may alsohave an additional channelselectable for voice mode only.Technical note: By "coordinateconversion equipment" is meantelectronic equipment designed tocompute the position of the aircraftin one coordinate system whenfurnished position information inanother coordinate system.

2 Ground and marine equipment for usewith airborne navigation equipmentutilising the constant velocity or therectilinear propagation characteristicsof electromagnetic waves havingfrequency less than 4 x 1014Hz (0.75micron);

3 Ground and marine direction findingequipment operating at frequenciesgreater than 30 MHz;.Equipment described in b 3when:i The equipment is to be installed at

civil airports or for use on civil airroutes)·

U The equipment is designed to oper­ate at frequencies between 30 MHzand 157 MHz, excluding single sideband equipment;

Security export control 14 June 1985 19

a Airborne communication equipmenthaving any of the followingcharacteristics, and specially designedcomponents and software therefor:1 Designed to operate at frequencies

greater than 156 MHz;2 Incorporating facilities for:

i The rapid selection of more than200 channels per equipment; or

ii Equipment using frequency syn­thesis techniques (see also Item IL1531) except equipment operatingin the frequency range of 108 to 136MHz with 720 channels or fewer atnot less than 25 kHz spacing, andwhich has been in normal civil usefor at least one year;

3 Rated for continuous operation over arange of ambient temperatures ex­tending from below -55°C to above+ 55°C;

4 Designed for modulating methods em­ploying any form of digital modulationusing tilne and frequency redundancysuch as 'Quantised FrequencyModulation' (QFM);Standard commercial airborne equip­ment needed to equip civil aircraft oras normal standard equipmentincorporated in civil aircraft beingexported for civil commercial useprovided that it contains none of thecharacteristics in sub-item 4 above.

b Navigation and direction findingequipment, as follows, specially designedcomponents and software therefor, andspecialised testing, calibrating andtraining/simulating equipment therefor:1 Airborne' navigation equipment and

direction finding equipment as follows:i Designed to make use of 'Doppler'

frequency phenomena;Navigation equipment described insub-item b 1 i provided that it is tobe installed in civil aircraft or heli­copters, and is normal standardequipment ofa type installed in civilaircraft or helicopters.

ii Utilising the constant velocity or therectilinear propagation character­istics of electromagnetic waveshaving frequency less than 4 x1014Hz (0.75 microns);

iii Radio altimeters, the following:a Pulse modulated;b Frequency modulated having a

displayed electrical outputaccuracy better than..±. 0.914 m(..±. 3 ft) over the range between..±. 3 per cent above 30.4 m (100ft);

c Frequency modulated whichhave been in normal civil use forless than one year;

Technical note: The accuracy isrelated to that provided by theelectrical output circuits of the alti­meter at any altitude. The wordaccuracy also refers to the equip­ment's accuracy over time. Thisaccuracy over time is defined forthe instrument itself withoutreference either to a calibratedvalue or to a designated electricalvalue.See also Itern ML 11

Italic type. Views will be sought from the UK'sCOCOM partners prior to approval being grantedto the listed goods. Such views will not normally,however, be sought for goods described in italictype. The UK authorities retain the discretion torefuse any licence application.

Equipment and software embargoed by thisItem, as follows:a Types and series including their specially

designed integration software elnbargoedby sub-item b, provided the equipmentand software have been in normal civil usefor more than two years, are standardequipment and software or aircraftexcluded from control under Item IL1460, and are, or are to be, installed incivil aircraft;

b Types and series covered by sub-item d,provided the equipment has been innormal civil use for more than two yearsand it is considered that it is intendedfor aclearly civil application in the importingcountry;

c Specially designed components covered bythis Item and equipment covered by sub­item j, provided they are not embargoedby sub-items f, g or h and are intended foruse with exports meeting the conditions ofsub-paragraphs a and b of this Note.

than aircraft control and specially designed 'lL 1501integration software therefor, exceptmarine types for surface vessels; Navigation, direction finding, radar and

f Accelerometers with a threshold of 0.005 airborne communication equipment:g or less or a linearity error within 0.25 per (See also sub-items IL 1485 band i, 1573cent of full scale output or both, which and 1574.)are designed for use in inertial navigationsystems or in guidance systems of alltypes;

g Gyros with a rated free directional driftrate (rated free precession) of less than 0.5degree (1 Sigma or rms) per hour in a 1 genvironment;

h Continuous output accelerometers whichutilize "servo" or "force balance"techniques and gyros, both specified tofunction at acceleration levels greater thanloog;Inertial or other equipment using accelero­meters embargoed by sub-items f or habove or gyros embargoed by sub-item gor h above, and systems incorporatingsuch equipment, and specially designedintegration software therefor;Specially designed test, calibration andalignment equipment for the above.

Electronicequipmentincludingcommunicationsand radar

Group F

INDUSTRIAL LISTHi The equipment employs a loop

system or a system employing anumber of spaced vertical aerialsuniformly disposed around thecircumference of a circle excludingelectronically commutated types.

4 Timing receivers whose only functionis automatically providing time derivedfrom satellite signals to within 1 milli­second of Universal Coordinate Time(UCT) or better;

5 Ground or marine navigation andgeodetic positioning systems designedfor use with satellite-provided timingpositioning or navigation information;

c Radar equipment as follows, and speciallydesigned components specialised testing,calibrating and training/simulatingequipment, and specially designed soft­ware therefor:(For lidar equipment see Item IL 1522)1 Airborne radar equipment;

Equipment embargoed by this sub­item when it is to be installed in civilaircraft (see Note 10 under Item IL1460), and which:a Has been in normal commercial

service for at least one year;b Is specially designed for use as a

commercial weather radar;c Is a normal and reasonable equip­

ment for such civil aircraft.2 Ground and marine radar equipment

having one or more of the followingfeatures:i Operating at a frequency not in

normal civil use or at a frequency ofmore than 10.5 GHz;

ii Operating at a frequency of lessthan 1.5 GHz and having a peakoutput power from the transmittergreater than 2.5 MW; or operatingat a frequency within the range of1.5 to 3.5 GHz and having a peakoutput power from the transmittergreater than 1.5 MW; or operatingat a frequency within the range of3.5 to 6 GHz and. having a peakoutput power from the transmittergreater than 1MW; or operating ata frequency within the range of 6 to10.5 GHz and having a peak outputpower from the transmitter greaterthan 500 kW;

iii Operating at a frequency of lessthan 3.5 GHz and having an 80 percent or better probability ofdetection for a 10 sq m target at afree space range of 250 nauticalmiles; or operating at a frequencywithin the range of 3.5 to 10.5 GHzand having an 80 per cent or betterprobability of detection for 10 sq mtarget at a free space range of 100nautical miles;

iv Utilising other than pulse modu­lation with a constant or staggeredpulse repetition frequency, in whichthe carrier frequency of the trans­mitted signal is not changeddeliberately between groups ofpulses, from pulse to pulse, orwithin a single pulse; except civilcommercial airport radars using acarrier frequency that may changefrom pulse to pulse between twofixed frequencies separated in timeand in frequency by constantmagnitudes;

v Utilising a Doppler technique forany purpose other than MTI

20 Security export control 14 June 1985

systems using a conventionaldouble or triple pulse delay linecancellation technique: except thoseutilised for surveillance and controlradars for aerial navigation in civilairports;

vi Including any digital signal pro­cessing techniques used for auto­matic target tracking, or having afacility for electronic tracking;

vii Including signal processing tech­niques other than those covered bysub-item c 2 vi above, which havebeen in normal civil use for a periodof less than two years;

viiiIn the case of ground radar, havingbeen in commercial use for a periodof less than one year.

a Radar equipment embargoed only bysub-items c 2 i, ii oriii above, providedthat both of the following conditionsare met:i It is specially designed for the sur­

veillance and coordination of air­field surface traffic; and

ii It is to be installed at airportsoperating scheduled commercialflights;

b Radar equipment embargoed only bysub-items c 2 ii or iii above, or by both,provided that all the following con­ditions are met:i Operating at a frequency of not

more than 1.5 GHz and having apeak output power from the trans­mitter not greater than 5 MW; oroperating at a frequency within therange of 1.5 to 3.5 GHz and havinga peak output power not greaterthan 2.5 MW;

ii Having an 80 per cent or betterprobability of detection for a 10 sqm target at a free space range of270nautical miles;

iii Having a pulse repetition frequencyexceeding 300 pulses per second;

iv It is to be installed for air trafficcontrol of scheduled internationalcommercial flights;

c Radar equipment covered only by sub­items c 2 iv or v above, provided it is tobe installed for air traffic controlpurposes in international airports andhas been in normal civil use for aperiod of not less than three years;

d Radar equipment covered by sub-itemc 2 vi above, provided it is speciallydesigned for marine, harbour ormeteorological use, or has been innormal civil use for not less than threeyears;

e Radar equipment covered by sub-itemc 2 vii above, provided it is speciallydesigned for marine (or harbour) use,or radar equipment embargoed only bysub-items c 2 vii or viii above, or both,provided it is specially designed formeteorological observation.

Note: Nothing in the following shall beconstrued as permitting the export ofspecially designed software or technology fornavigation, direction finding, radar andairborne communication equipment, ortechnology for specially designedcomponents therefor, except for theminimum software and technology for theuse (Le. the installation, operation andmaintenance) of the following equipment.This Item does not embargo the following:a Standard commercial airborne equipment

listed in sUbritem b 1 ii above needed to

equip civil aircraft or as normal standardequipment incorporated in civil aircraftbeing exported for civil commercial useprovided such equipment is in conformitywith ICAO standards and assures nofunction exceeding those resulting fromsuch standards, is not designed to usesatellite-broadcasted navigation signalsand is not designed to make use ofhyperbolic grids at frequencies greaterthan 3 MHz. (Standard commercialairborne equipment designed to make useof hyperbolic grids at frequencies of lessthan 3 MHz may be exported ifcoordinate conversion equipment, whichhas been in normal civil use for less thanone year, or which could not be shippedunder the provisions of Item IL 1565, isnot included and is not separatelysupplied.) Normal civil equipmentreleased by this paragraph consists of:Marker beacons, ILS, VOR ("OMNI"),Omega, Loran A and B;

b Ground and marine equipment listed insub-item b 2 above, for use with airbornenavigation equipment using the constantvelocity or rectilinear propagationcharacteristics of electromagnetic waveshaving a frequency less than 4 x 1014

(wavelength 0.75 micrometre), providedthe ground equipment is for use at civilairports or for civil use in association withcivil airborne equipment; and1 Is in conformity with ICAO standards

and assures no function exceedingthose resulting from sUl:h standards;

2 Is not designed to make use ofhyperbolic grids at frequencies greaterthan 3 MHz;

c Equipment listed in sub-item b 5 abovewhich is restricted to use with TRANSITsatellite systems or other unembargoedsystems and which is not also embargoedby sub-item b 4 above;

d Secondary radar equipment embargoedby sub-item c above specially designed forcivil air traffic identification and controlpurposes;

e Equipment assemblies for civil marineautomatic radar plotting aids or electronicrelative motion analyzers designed toachieve the requirements published by theInternational Maritime Organization inaccordance with the Safety of Life at Sea(SOLAS) conventions, provided thedesigned tracking speeds do not exceedrelative values of greater than 150 knots(77.1 metres/second);

f Ground radar of the hand-held andautomobile mounted type used for vehiclespeed monitoring by police authoritiesand operating in the frequency band from10.5 to 10.55 GHz.

IL 1502Communication, detection or trackingequipment of a kind using ultra-violetradiation, infrared radiation or ultra­sonic waves; and specially designed soft­ware and components therefor.

Notes:1 This Item is not intended to cover infrared

or ultra-violet sensing devices not other­wise embargoed by Munitions List ItemML 15 and which contain imageintensifiers embargoed by Item IL 1555.

technical data are also relevant toequipment embargoed by· thisdefinition.

4 With respect to repairs and alterationsto ships owned and controlle~ byorganisations in prescrIbeddestinations, then those systems orequipment embargoed by Item IL 1510shall not be installed pursuant to suchrepair or alterations, unless previouslyapproved.(See also Item IL 1416.) ,... ,

5 Passive hydrophone senSItivIties. ~It~din this item are based on senSItIVItybeing defined as 20 times the logarithmto the base 10 of the ratio or rmsoutput voltage to a 1 volt reference,when the hydrophone sensor is placedin a plane wave acoustic field having anrms pressure of 1 micropascal. Forexample, a hydrophone of -160 d,B(reference 1 volt per micropascal) Willyield an output voltage of 10-8 volts insuch a field, while one of -180 dBsensitivity would yield only 10-9 voltsinput.

6 Acoustic hydrophones and tranducerswhich have all of the othercharacteristics of sub-item iB, butwhich either:a Have a sensitivity no greater than

-204 dB (reference 1 volt permicropascal); and are designed foroperation at greater than 100 metresdepth but not greater than 1000metres depth; or

b Are not acceleration-compensated,have a sensitivity no greater than-180 dB (reference 1 volt permicropascal) and are not designedfor operation at depths greater than100 metres.

7 Towed acoustic hydrophone arrljlYshaving all of the follOWIngcharacteristics:a Not specially designed for

operation at greater than 100 metresdepth or at tow speeds in excess of8knots;

b Not incorporating temperature orheading sensors;

c Having hydrophone groupsuniformly spaced at not less than 25metres and not more than 60metres;

d Having an assembled diameter of40mm or greater and using metallicstrength members only;

e Not having multipiexedhydrophone group signals;

f Not having a configuration formultiple or overlapping acousticaperture operation; .

g Not having characteristics betterthan those specified in sub-itemsiBt and 2 above;

h Not having associated processingequipment which 'provides any ofthe following features:1 Electronica/ly-steerable beam­

forming capabilities;2 Side lobe suppression techniques

such as shading coefficients;3 On-line real-time processing or

off-line batch preproce~s;~g

cepabi/ities exceeding the limitsspecified in Items IL 1529andIL 1565

Notes:1 Signal and data processing par~mete~s

for related equipment are defIned InItems IL 1529 and 1565, andparameters for related marineapplication cable in Item IL 1526. .

2 Magnetic detection and locatingapparatus are covered by Item IL ~571.

3 Nothing in this Item shall permit theexport of technology or technical ~ataassociated with the design, "I

manufacture or upgrading of an itemexcepted from embargo by thisdefinition, when such technology or

Marine systems or equipment, as fol!o~s:

A Active (transmitting, or transmItttngand receiving) systems or equipment,including but not limited to depthsounders and fish-finders and theirassociated beamfonners, as follows:1 Depth sounders used solely for

measuring the depth of water or, thedistance of submerged or buriedobjects or fish or whales verticallybelow the apparatus;

2 Horizontally-operated fish, whaleor object detection or locationsystems, having all of the followingcharacteristics:a Transmitting frequency of 15

kHz or greater;b Sound pressure level less than

250 dB (reference 1 micropascalat 1 metre) for equipment withoperating frequency between 15and 30 kHz, with no decibellimitation for equipmentoperating at frequencies of 30kHz or higher;

c Transmission capability limitedto ..±. 10 per cent of the designcentre frequency;

d Not designed to withstandpressure during nonnaloperation at depths greater than1000 metres;

e Displaying a range of 5000metres or less;

3 Electronic noise sources forvertically directional use only, ormechanical (eg air gun or vapour­shock gun) or chemical (egexplosive) noise sources;

B Passive (receiving, whether or notrelated in normal application toseparate active equipment) acoustichydrophones or transduc~rs,having allof the following charactenstlcs:1 Incorporating sensitive elements

made of piezoelectric ceramics orcrystal, and with a sensitivity nogreater than - 192 dB (reference 1volt per micropascal);

2 Not designed for operation atdepths greater than 100 metres; and

3 Independently mounted orconfigured and not reason~bly

capable of assembly by the user Intoa towed hydrophone array;

ii Terrestrial systems or equipment havingall the following characteristics: .a Not reasonably capable of conversion

by the user to underwater ~r marineapplications embargoed by thIS Item;

b Not employing geophones or othertransducers embargoed by this Item.

2 The Item is not intended to embargo towed hydrophone arrays andultrasonic devices which operate in beamformers) and specially designedcontact with a controlled material to be software thereof, except:inspected, or which are used for indus~rial

cleaning, sorting or materials handhng,industrial and civilian intrusion alarms,traffic and industrial movement controland counting systems, medical appli­cations emulsification, homogenisation,or sim~le educational or entertainmentdevices.

3 This Item is not intended to embargounderwater ultrasonic communicationsequipment designed. for operatio~. withamplitude modulation and having acommunications range of 500 m or less(Sea State 1), a carrier frequenc~of 40 to60 kHz and a carrier power supplIed to thetransducer of 1 W or less.

4 This Item is not intended to embargo thefollowing: .a Industrial equipment emplOyIng cells

not embargoed by Item IL 1548;b Industrial and civilian intrusion alarm,

traffic and industrial movementcontrol and counting systems;

c Medical equipment;d Industrial equipments used for

inspection, sorting or analysis of theproperties of materials; ,

e Simple educational or entertainmentdevices which employ photo cells;

f Flame detectors for industrial furnaces;g. Equipment for non-contact temper­

ature measurement for laboratory orindustrial purposes utilizing a singledetector cell with no scanning of thedetector;

h Instruments capable of measuringradiated power or energy having arespons time constant exceeding 10milliseconds;Equipment designed for measuringradiated power or energy for labora­tory, agricultural or industrialpurposes using a single detector cellwith no scanning of the detector andsingle detector cell assemblies orprobes specially desig~ed therefor,having a response tIme constantexceeding 1 microsecond; .Infrared geodetic equipment, prOVIdedthat equipment uses a lighting sourceother than a laser and is manuallyoperated or uses a lighting source(other than a laser or a light-emitt~ng

diode) remote from the measunngequipment; , ,Note: Simple educatIonal deVIces a:edefined as devices designed for use Inteaching basic scientific principles anddemonstrating the operation of thoseprinciples in educational institution~.

(For comITlunications equipment emploYIngfibre optics see Item IL 1519.)

IL 1510Marine or terrestrial acoustic orultrasonic systems or equipmentspecially designed for detecting orlocating underwater or subterraneanobjects or features, and speciallydesigned compone~ts of such s~st!ms orequipment (including but ~ot bml~ed togeophones (except moving coIl ~r

moving magnet electromagneticgeophones), hydrophones, tranducers,

Security export control 14 June 1985 21

a Employing analogue transmissiontechniques with analogue input andoutput, designed to deliver, carry orreceive baseband frequencies higher than19 MHz into, or in, a communicationssystem, but only higher than 300 kHz forequipment suitable for use withunderwater cable;Note: Analogue transmission techniquesinclude, inter alia, frelluency divisionmultiplex (FDM),

b Employing digital transmission techniquesdesigned for operation at a total bit rate atthe highest level multiplex point exceeding8.5 Megabits per second, with analogueinput and output, designed for use oncommunications circuits;Notes:1 Nothing in the above shall be

construed as sanctioning the export oftechnology for equipment employingdigital transmission techniquesdesigned for operation at a total bitrate at the highest level multiplex pointexceeding 2.1 Megabits per second,except technology for installation,operation or maintenance.

2 Digital transmission techniquesinclude, inter alia, pulse codemodulation (PCM).

c Data communication equipmentemploying digital transmission withdigital input and output, includingtelegraphic and data transmission, havingany of the following characteristics:1 Designed for operation at a data

signalling rate in bits per second,excluding servicing and administrativechannels, numerically exceeding either:i When using FDM voice channel:

a 9,600; orb 320 per cent of the channel (or

sub-channel) bandwidth inhertz; or

ii When using baseband: 19,200;2 Employing an automatic error

detection and correction system havingboth of the following characteristics:i Retransmission is not required for

correction; andii A data signalling rate exceeding 300

bits per second;3 Statistical multiplexers designed for

operation at a "data signalling rate" inbits per second, excluding servicingand administrative channels,numerically exceeding either:i 4,800; orii 160 per cent of the channel (or sub­

channel) bandwidth in hertz.

IL 1519Single- and multi-channel communi...cation transmission equipment,including terminal, intermediateamplifier or repeater equipment andmultiplex busses and multiplexequipment used for communicationswithin or between communication orother equipment and systems by line,cable, optical fibre or radio means, andassociated modems and multiplexexquipment as follows, and speciallydesigned software therefor:

steps under the control of a similar bit toys such as model planes and boats andstream. having electric field strength of no more than

(See also Item IL 1517 c.) 200 microvolts per metre at a distance of 500metres.

IL 1517Radio transmitters, except radio relaycommunications equipment (for whichsee Item IL 1520), as follows, andspecially designed components therefor:

a Transmitters or transmitter-amplifiersdesigned to operate at output frequenciesgreater than 960 MHz;Transmitters or transmitter amplifiersdesigned to provide any of the followingfeatures:1 Any system of pulse modulation (this

does not include amplitude frequencyof phase modulated televisions ortelegraphic transmitters or pulse­width, modulated sound broadcastingtransmitters);

2 Rated for operation over a range ofambient temperatures extending frombelow -40°C to above + 60°C;

c Transmitters for spread spectrum andfrequency agile systems having a totaltransmitted bandwidth which is:1 100 or more times greater than the

bandwidth of anyone informationchannel; and

2 In excess of 50 kHz.(For the definition of "spreadspectum" and "frequency agility" , seeTechnical notes to Item IL 1516.)(For quartz crystals, see Item IL 1587;and for radio transmittersincorporating transmitter drive units,exciters and master oscillators usingfrequency synthesis, see also Item IL1531.)

Note:This item is not intended to cover thefollowing transmitters or transmitteramplifiers, or systems containing suchequipment, accessories and sub-assembliestherefor:a Specially designed for medical

applications and operating at ISMfrequencies;

b Having an output power of not more than10 W which are specially designed for:1 Industrial or civil intrusion detection

and alarm;2 Industrial and traffic detection,

counting, speed measurement,identification and movement control;

3 Carrying the information from theequipment above, or the informationof environmental, air or water,pollution detection or measurementsystems;

c Transmitters using wideband amplifiersdesigned for non-frequency agile civilapplications, such as television and mobileservice.

IL 1518Telemetering and telecontrol equipmentsuitable for use with aircraft (piloted orpilotless), space vehicles or weapons(guided or unguided), and testequipment specially designed for suchequipment.Note: This Item is not intended to coverequipment and parts therefor speciallydesigned to bi used for remote control of

IL 1516Receivers, as follows, and specially bdesigned components, accessories andsoftware therefor:

INDUSTRIAL LISTIL 1514Pulse modulators capable of providingelectric impulses of peak powerexceeding 20 MW or of a duration ofless than 0.1 microsecond, or wUh a dutycycle in excess of 0.005; and pulsetransformer, pulse-forming equipmentor delay lines being specialisedcomponents of such modulators.

(For instruments using time compression ofthe input signal or FFT techniques associatedwith receivers, see Item IL 1529 b 4.)a Panoramic radio receivers (which search

or scan automatically a part of theelectromagnetic spectrum and indicate oridentify the received signals); exceptancillary equipment for commercialreceivers with which the frequencysearched does not exceed a bandwidth of20 MHz or does not incorporate a rasteror storage display capability;

b "Digitally-controlled" radio receivers,whether or not computer controlled,which search or scan automatically a partof the electromagnetic spectrum, in whichthe switching operation takes less than 10milliseconds, and which indicate oridentify the received signals, except non­ruggedised, "digitally-controlled", pre­set radio receivers designed for use in civilcommunications which have 200 selectivechannels or fewer (for digitally-controlledradio receivers using frequencysynthesizers see also Item IL 1531);

c Receivers' for spread spectrum andfrequency agile systems having a totaltransmitted bandwidth which is:i 100 or more times greater than the

band-width or anyone informationchannel; and

ii In excess of 50 kHz;d Receivers which incorporate digital signal

processing, except receivers speciallydesigned for internationally allocated civilfrequency bands only and which do notpermit user-accessible reprogrammabilityof the digital signal processing circuits.Note:This Item is not intended to cover radiofrequency analysers (see Item IL 1533) orfield strength meters (see Item IL 1529).

Technical notes:1 Spread spectrum is defined as the

technique whereby energy in a relativelynarrow band communication channel isspread over a much wider energyspectrum under the control of a randomor pseudo-random bit stream. On receipt,the signal is correlated with the same bitstream to achieve the reverse process ofreducing the bandwidth to its originalform. By allocating different bit streamsto different subscribers transmittingsimultaneously, significantly greater usecan be made of available bandwidth.

2 "Frequency agility" (or frequencyhopping) is another form of spreadspectrum in which the transmissionfrequency of a single communicationchannel is made to change by discrete

22 Security export control 14 June 1985

considered separately under theprovisions of Item IL 1519; and

b No equipment with a basebandwidth exceeding the limits setforth in Note 1 c to Item IL 1519 isincluded.

3 Equipment, and specially designedcomponents and accessories therefor,covered by sub-item a above for com­munications satellite earth stations,provided that it is to be installed foroperation in the framework of anINTELSA T, MARISA T, EVTELSA Tor INMARSA T satellite communi­cation system.

4 Equipment, and specially designedcomponents and accessories therefor,covered by sub-item a above with amaximum capacity of 1,920 voicechannels of 4 kHz each, for industrialuse, e.g. remote supervision, controland metering of oil and gas pipelines,public utility services (e.g. electricitynetworks) including telephonechannels for the operation of suchnetworks and the engineering servicecircuits required for the maintenanceof telecommunications links.

5 Tropospheric scatter communicationequipment, and specially designedcomponents and accessories therefor,covered by sub-item a above, providedthat it will be permanently installed atspecified sites for civil communicationpurposes and has all of the followingcharacteristics:a Fixed frequency of2.7 GHz or less;b Frequency modulation,'c Power amplifier output of10 kW or

less.

Technical note: The bandwidth is defined asthe band of frequencies over which the poweramplification does not drop to less than one­half of its maximum value.Notes:1 This Item does not embargo the following

amplifiers and specially designedcomponents and accessories therefor:a Those specially designed for civil

television receivers (aerial amplifiers);b Those specially designed for com­

munity television distribution systems;c Those operating in the range of 380 to

512 MHz and designed for civilcommunication equipment providedthe power output does not exceed20W;

d Those with an output power exceeding50W when:i Designed for use in radio

communication equipment forfrequencies not exceeding 32 MHz;or

ii Having a barlidwidth of 10 MHz or. less.

2 For amplifiers designed to operate atfrequencies above 1 GHz, see Item IL1537.

3 For parametric amplifiers, see Item IL1537.

IL 1521Solid-state broadband amplifiers andrelated equipment having an untunedbandwidth which exceeds 100 MUz oran output power which exceeds SOW,and specially designed components andaccessories therefor.

Radio relay communication equipmentdesigned for use at frequencies exceeding960 MHz, except:i Microwave radio links for fixed civil

installations operating at fixedfrequencies not exceeding 15 GHz,with a capacity of up to 1,920 voicechannels of 4 kHz each or of atelevision channel of 6 MHz maximumnominal bandwidth and associatedsound channels;

ii Ground communication radioequipment for use with temporarilyfixed services operated by the civilianauthorities of the importing countryand designed to be used at fixedfrequencies not exceeding 15 GHz witha power output of not more than 5W;

b Stand-alone radio transmission mediasimulators/channel estimators andspecially designed software therefor,specially designed for testing equipmentcovered by a above, except those in whichadjustments are only made manually.1 Equipment, and specially designed

components and accessories therefor,covered by sub-item a above, speciallydesigned for the transmission oftelevision signals between camera andstudio or between studio and televisiontransmitter, and not exceeding a line­of-sight distance with respect to anyone installation.

2 Equipment, and specially designedcomponents and accessories therefore,covered by sub-item a above, to bepermanently installed in a circuitoperated by the civilian authorities ofthe importing country for civiltelevision transmission or for generalcommercial traffic, provided that:a Associated multiplex equipment is

b Facismile equipment other than thatembargoed under the note to Item IL1527;

c Equipment employing exclusively thedirect current transmission technique;

3 Equipment covered by sub-item b above,and components, accessories, sub­assemblies and cable therefor, providedthat it is for other than underwater use, isto be permanently installed in a non-fibreoptic circuit operated by the civilianauthorities of the importing country, andis to be used for general commercialtraffic, as follows:1 A total digital bit rate at the highest

level multiplex point of 45 Megabitsper second or less; and

2 i A total number of voice channelsper each physical bearer (wire orradio) of 672 or less; or

ii A monochrome or colour televisionchannel with a maximum nominalbandwidth of 6 MHz, andassociated sound channels.

4 Electronic measuring and test equipmentsuitable for use with PCM transmissionequipment defined in CCITTRecommendation series G. 700· to 746(ITV Geneva) for PCM over 8.5 Megabitsper second and up to 45 Megabits persecond.

IL 1520Radio relay communication equipment,specially designed test equipment andsoftware as follows, and speciallydesigned components and accesso."iestherefor:

Notes:1 This sub-item is not intended to

cover frequency divisionmultiplexers used to subdivide avoice channel or data channels notexceeding the limits of 1 above.

2 For statistical multiplexers whichsatisfy the definitions of either"data (message) switching" or"stored-programme controlledcircuit switching", as well as for thedefinitions of these terms, see ItemIL 1567.

d Components and accessories speciallydesigned for the above equipment, andtest equipment specially designed for theequipment covered by b above. (See ItemIL 1526 for connectors includingwavelength multiplexers.)Technical notes:1 "Data signalling rate" is as defined in

ITV Recommendation 53-36, takinginto account that for non-binarymodulation, "bauds" and "bits persecond" are not equal. Bits for coding,checking and synchronisationfunctions are to be included.

2 In the case of data communicationequipment designed to operate in onevoice channel, "bandwidth" willnormally be as defined in CCITTRecommendation, G .151, namely3,100 Hz. In the case of CCITT orCCIR voice frequency telegraphsystems, "bandwidth" may beconsidered as the number of channelstimes the channel spacing.

e Electronic measuring equipment, suitablefor use with PCM transmission equipmentdefined in CCITT Recommendation seriesG.700 to 746 (ITV Geneva) for PCM up ato 8.5 Megabits per second.

Notes:1 Equipment embargoed by sub-item a

above and specially designed componentsand accessories therefor, as follows:a Equipment specially designed for the

transmission of television signals bycable between camera and studio orbetween studio and televisiontransmitter not exceeding 80 km (50miles) for a link with respect to anyoneistallation; (For radio relay links seeItem IL 1520.)

b Equipment to be used for close circuittelevision and television distribution(community aerial systems or cabletelevision systems) with an upperfrequency limit of 960 MHz;

c Equipment designed to deliver, carryor receive baseband frequencies up toand including 62 MHz.

2 This item is not intended to cover:a Telemetering, telecommand and tele­

signalling equipment designed forindustrial purposes, together with datatransmission equipment not intendedfor the transmission of written orprinted text and specially designedcomponents, accessories and testequipment therefor. By telemetering,telecommand and telesignal/ingequipment is meant sensing heads forthe conversion of information intoelectrical information, the systemsused for its long-distance transmission,the processes used to translateelectrical information in coded data(telemetering), into control signals(telecommand) and into display signals(telesignal/ing);

Security e:XpOt1 control 14 June 1986 23

a Underwater communication cable, as. follows:

1 Reversed-twist, double-armouredcable used for towing or suspendingand communicating with submergeddevices;

2 Unarmoured or single-armoured oceancable having an attenuation of 3.0 dBper nautical mile (1.62 dB/km) or lessmeasured at a frequency of 600 kHz;

Coaxial cable with an inner diameter ofthe outer conductor of the core greaterthan 14 mm (0.551 inch), having:1 An air dielectric in which the spacing is

accomplished by discs, beads, spiral,screw or any other means;

2 A foam dielectric and a solid copper oraluminium outer conductor;Note: Technology for the manufactureof foam dielectrics used in cablesremains free from embargo.

ppm for a 48-hour period over atemperature range of ±. 10°C around astandard temperature and at a standardpressure. (Standard temperature andpressure as indicated in lEC PublicationNo. 160.)"Tunable" refers to the ability of a laserto produce an output at any wavelengthwithin its tuning range. A line-selectablelaser which can operate only on discretewavelengths is not considered tunable.

Notes:1 The term 'specially designed components'

is intended, among other things, toinclude active and passive components insemi-fabricated forms as well as fabricatedforms.

2 Not used.3 This Item is intended to cover semi­

conductor lasers but not non-coherentlight-emitting diodes and assemblies orintegrated circuits containing such lightemitting diodes (see Items IL 1544 and1564).

4 Equipment listed in sub-item b containinglasers described in a vi 1 and a vii providedthe lasers have a maximum pulsed outputnot exceeding 2 joules per pulse. Sparelaser rods for equipment exported underthis note will be restricted to rods havingno greater output power or energycapability than those originally exportedwith the equipment.

5 For laser feedback systems and laserinterferometers, see also Item IL 1093 c.

6 Semi-conductor lasers, designed anddestined for use with civilian fibre-opticcommunication systems either unembar­goed or eligible for approval for export bythe italic notes in IL 1519 having anoutput wavelength not longer than 1000

and nanometres and not exceeding 100 m Wdew.

an 7 Nothing in the following shall be con-strued as permitting the export of tech­nology for the following speciallydesigned components for lasers, exceptfor the minium technology for their use(Le. installation, operation and main­tenance):

Sub-item a does not embargouncooled, unsegmented mirrors withglass or dielectric substrates for use asend reflectors for laser resonators. (Forsegmented mirrors, see Item IL 1556.)

viiiTunable CW dye lasers, with both ofthe following characteristics:1 An output wavelength shorter than

0.8 micrometre;2 An output not exceeding an average

or continuous wave maximum ratedsingle- or multi-code output powerof 1 W;

ix Tunable pulsed lasers (for argon andkrypton lasers, see i above), includingdye and N2, with all of the followingcharacteristics:1 An output wavelength shorter than

0.8 micrometre;2 A pulse duration not exceeding 100

nanoseconds;3 A peak power output not exceeding

1 MW;x Single-element semi-conductor lasers

with a wavelength shorter than 1micrometre designed for, and used in,equipment as defined under b xiii andxiv below;

b Laser systems or equipment incorporatinglasers, and specially designed componentstherefor, except the systems and equip­ment listed below which incorporate lasersexcluded from embargo under a above:i Specially designed for industrial and

civilian intrusion detection and alarmsystems;

ii Specially designed for medical appli­cations;

iii Equipment for educational andlaboratory purposes;Note: The educational equipmentreferred to above is defined as devicesdesigned for use in teaching basicscientific principles and delnonstratingthe operation of those principles ineducational institutions.

iv Specially designed for trafficindustrial movement controlcounting systems;

v Specially designed for detection ofenvironmental pollution;

vi Optical spectrometers and densito­meters;

vii Equipment containing continuouswave helium-neon gas lasers (but seesub-item c below);

viiiTextile-cutting and textile-bondingequipment;

ix Paper cutting equipment;x Equipment containing lasers for

drilling diamond dies for the wire IL 1526drawing industry;

xi Electronic scanning equipment with Cable and optical fibres, and com-auxiliary electronic screening unit ponents and accessories, as follows:specially designed for printingprocesses, including such equipmentwhen used for the production of colourseparations;

xii Laser-radar (lidar) equipment speciallydesigned for surveying or meteoro­logical observation;

xiiiConsumer-type reproducers for videoand audio discs, employing non­erasable media;

xiv Price scanners (point of sale);xv Systems designed for surveying b

purposes, provided there is nocapability of measuring range;

xviEquipment ~pecial1y designed for themarking of components;

xvii Specially designed gravure (printingplate) manufacturing equipment;

c Laser measuring systems that maintainover the full scale a resolution equal to orless (finer) than 0.1 micrometre and anaccuracy eqpal to or less (finer) than 1

INDUSTRIAL LIST4 For amplifiers specially designed for and

intended to work with oscilloscopes, seeItem IL 1584.

IL 1522Lasers and laser systems and ~quipment

cORtaining tbem, as follows:a Lasers and specially designed components

therefor, including amplification stages,except the following when not speciallydesigned for equipment covered by bbelow:i Argon, krypton and non-tunable dye

lasers with both of the followingcharacteristics:1 an output wavelength in the range

from 0.2 to 0.8 micrometre;2 A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5

joule per pulse and an average orcontinuous wave maximum ratedsingle- or multi-mode output powernot exceeding 20W;

ii Helium-cadmium, nitrogen andmultigas lasers not otherwise specifiedin this item with both of the followingcharacteristics:1 An output wavelength shorter than

0.8 micrometre;2 A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5

joule per pulse and an average orcontinuous wave maximum ratedsingle- or multi-mode output powernot exceeding 120 W;

iii Helium-neon lasers with an outputwavelength shorter than 0.8 micro­metre;

iv Ruby-lasers with both of the followingcharacteristics:1 An output wavelength shorter than

0.8 micrometre;2 An energy output not exceeding 20

joules per pulse;v CO2, CO or CO/C02 lasers having

either of the following characteristics:1 An output wavelength in the range

of 9 to 11 micrometres and a pulsedoutput not exceeding 2 joules perpulse and a maxiInum rated averagesingle- or multi-mode output powernot exceeding 1.2 kW or a con­tinuous wave maximum ratedsingle- or multi-mode output powernot exceeding 2.5 kW;

2 An output wavelength in the rangeof 5 to 7 micrometres and having acontinuous wave maximum ratedsingle- or multi-mode output powernot exceeding 50 W;

vi Nd:YAG lasers having an outputwavelength of 1.06 micrometres witheither of the following characteristics:1 A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5

joule per pulse and maximum ratedaverage single- or multi-modeoutput power not exceeding IOWor a continuous wave maximumrated single- or multi-mode outputpower not exceeding 50 W;

2 A pulsed output not exceeding 10joules per pulse with a pulse widthnot less than 50 microseconds and amaximum rated average single- ormulti-mode output power not ex­ceeding 50 W;

vii Nd: Glass lasers with both of thefollowing characteristics:1 An output wavelength of 1.06

micrometres;2 A pulsed output not exceeding 2

joules per pulse;

24 Security export control 14 June 1985

c Optical..fibre communication cable oroptical fibres therefor, having any of thefollowing characteristics:1 An attenuation at any operating wave­

length of 3 dB/km or less;2 Optical fibres capable of withstanding

a "proof test" tensile stress of 1.1 xlQ9N/m2;

Technical note: "Proof test" consistsof on-line or off-line production screentesting that dynamically applies aprescribed tensile stress over a 0.5 to3 m length of fibre at a running rate of2 to 5 m/sec while passing betweencapstans approximately 15 cm indiameter. The ambient temperature isa nominal 20°C and relative humidity anominal 40 per cent.

3 Specially designed for underwater use;4 Specially designed to be insensitive to

nuclear radiation;d Optical fibres for sensing purposes,

having any of the following character­istics:1 Specially fabricated either com­

position ally or structurally, ornlodified by coating to be acoustically,thermally, inertially, electromag­netically or nuclear radiation sensitive;

2 Modified structurally or by coating tohave either very low ("beat length"greater than 50 cm) or very high (' 'beatlength" less than 5 cm) birefringence;Technical Note: "Beat length" isdefined as the distance over which twoorthogonally polarized signals, initiallyin phase, must pass in order to achieve2 radian(s) phase difference.

e Secure communication cable, being eithercoaxial or multi-conductor communi­cation cable protected by mechanical orelectrical means from physical damage orintrusion in such a manner that communi­cations security is maintained betweenterminals without the necessity forencryption;

f Components and accessories speciallydesigned for the above optical fibres orcable, including fibre-optic bulkhead orhull penetration connectors impervious toleakage at any depth for use in ships orvessels, and multiport fibre-optic couplers(including but not limited to T, star, bi­directional and wavelength division multi­plexing and demultiplexing couplers),except connectors for use with opticalfibres or cable with a repeatable couplingloss of 0.5 dB or more.(See also Item ML 9 g on the MunitionsList.)

Notes:1 Sub-item e above does not embargo

cable that is 'armoured' by only eithera tough outer sheath or by anelectromagnetic screen.

2 Associated equipment for sub-items a,b, c and d, and specially designedcomponents therefor, are consideredunder Item IL 1519.

3 For military type cable (shear-resistant,etc) see Item ML lIon the MunitionsList.

4 Cable covered by sub-item a 1 abovewhen used for civil applications inoceanographic research or in nauticalresources exploration.

S Cable, optical fibres, connectors andcouplers covered by sub-items a 2, b, c1, 2 and 3 and f above, provided that:a The cable, optical fibres, con-

nectors or couplers are for a specific

civil end-use;b The quantities of cable, optical

fibres, connectors or couplers arenormal for the purpose;

c The optical fibres are speciallydesigned for underwater use or per­formance characteristics inferior tothse described in sub-item c 1 or c 2;and

d Connectors covered by sub-item fare not specially designed fibre­optic bulkhead or hull penetrationconnectors for use in ships orvessels.

IL 1527Cryptographic equipment and speciallydesigned components therefor, designedto ensure secrecy of communications(such as telegraphy, telephony,facsimile, video, and data communic­cations) or of stored information; andsoftware controlling or computersperforming the functions of suchcryptographic equipment.

Notes:1 This Item also covers video systems

which, for secrecy purposes, use digitaltechniques (conversion of an analogue, ievideo or facsimile, signal into a digitalsignal).

2 This Item is not intended to cover simplecryptographic devices or equipment onlyensuring the privacy of communications,as follows:a Equipment for voice transmission

making use of fixed frequencyinversions or fixed band scramblingtechniques in which the transpositionchanges occur not more frequentlythan once every 10 seconds;

b Standard civil facsimile and videoequipment designed to ensure theprivacy of communications by ananalogue transmission using non­standard practices for intendedreceivers only (video system equipmenteffecting the transposition of analoguedata);

c Video systems for pay television andsimilar restricted audience television,including industrial and commercialtelevision equipment using other thanstandard commercial sweep systems;

3 Digital computers and digital differentialanalysers (increlnental computers)designed or modified for, or combinedwith, any cypher nlachines, cryptographicequipment, devices or techniques in­cluding software, microprogrammecontrol (firmware) or specialized logiccontrol (hardware), associated equipmenttherefor, and equipment or systemsincorporating such conlputers or analysersare covered by this Item or Munitions ListItem ML 11.

IL 1529Electronic measuring, calibrating,counting, testing or time intervalmeasuring, whether or not incorporating-frequency standards, having any of thefollowing characteristics:

a Equipment, as follows:1 Designed as reference frequency

standards for laboratory use andhaving either of the followingcharacteristics:i A long-term drift (ageing) over 24

hours or more of 1 part in 1010 orbetter; or

ii A short-term drift (stability) over aperiod from 1 to 100 seconds of 1part in 1012 or better;

2 Designed for fixed ground or mobileuse and con taining frequencystandard(s) having either of thefollowing characteristics:i A long-term drift (ageing) over 24

hours or more of 1 part in 1()9 orbetter; or

ii A short-term drift (stability) over aperiod from 1 to 100 seconds of 1part in 1012 or better;

b Instruments, as follows:1 Designed for use at frequencies ex­

ceeding 18 GHz;2 Comb frequency generators designed

and rated for use at frequencies ex­ceeding 12.5 GHz;

3 Designed for use at frequenciesexceeding 1 GHz, as follows:i "Swept-frequency network

analysers" for the automaticmeasurement of complex equivalentcircuit parameters over a range offrequencies;

ii Specially calibrated microwaveinstrumentation receivers capableof measuring amplitude and phasesimultaneously;

iii Automatic "frequency (heterodyne)converters" and "transfer oscil­lators";

iv Programmable instruments;4 Spectrum analysers employing time

compression of the input signal or FFT(Fast Fourier Transform) Techniques;

S Incorporating computing facilities withuser-accessible reprogramming capa­bility and an alterable programme anddata memory of more than 32,768 bits;Note: Alterable (read/write) memoryis that part of the internal memory ofthe instrument which can be accessedor modified by the user during normaloperations of the instrument for dataand operating parameters or pro­gramme storage and data manipulationrespectively.

6 Digital instruments incorporatingcomputing facilities, as follows:i Digital test instruments with user

accessible reprogrammingcapability (including digital circuittesters, logic (state or timing)analysers, bus analysers, serial dataanalysers, digital word generators)specially designed for examining orcomparing the absolute or relativeinformation content (eg logic states,mnemonics etc), or the timing ofone or more digital bit streams,except:a Logic probes, logic pulsers,

digital current tracers (or current'sniffers'), signature analysersand other digital circuit testerscapable of observing singleevents or providing stimulus atsingle test points;

b Logic clips and logic com­parators;

Security export control 14 June 1985 25

INDUSTRIAL LISTc Logic (state or timing) analysers

with not more than 16 (notincluding qualifier channels)input channels and a maximumsampling rate of 20 MHz or less;

d Digital word generators capableof operating at a maximumclock rate of 2 MHz or less withword lengths of 8 bits or less;

ii Microprocessor and microcomputerdevelopment instruments andsystems, specially designed for usein debugging, diagnosing, emu­lating, simulating, designing,evaluating, programming or re­programming software orequipment of signal processor-,computer- or memory-baseddevices, systems or microsystems(eg emulators, simulators, memoryprogrammers, etc) except thosewhich are used only with micro­processors and microcomputers notcovered by Item IL 1564;

c Digital counters, as follows:1 Capable of counting successive input

signals with less than 5 nanosecondstime difference without prescaling(digital division) of the input signal(for counter/timers having a timeinterval measurement mode, see also dbelow);

2 Employing prescaling of the inputsignal, in which the prescaler is capableof resolving successive input signalswith less than 1 nanosecond timedifference;

3 Capable of measuring burstfrequencies exceeding 100 MHz for aburst duration of less than 5 milli­seconds;

d Time interval measuring equipmentemploying digital techniques, capable ofmeasuring time intervals of less than 5nanoseconds on a single shot basis;

e Testing equipment rated to maintainspecified operating data when operatingover a range of ambient temperaturesfrom below -25°C to above +55°C;

f Digital voltage measuring apparatus, withor without electrical outputs, irrespectiveof the physical units in which calibrated,with a reading speed (from zero to themeasured value) faster than 25 accessesper second and having any of thefollowing characteristics:1 A digital resolution at all points on the

scale greater than one part in 200,000;2 An accuracy, measured without

reference to an external standard,better than 1 part in 50,000 (0.002070)of reading over an am bien ttemperature range of .±. 5°C or more,or a stability better than 10-6 ofreading over a period of 24 hours ormore;

3 Capable of more than 500 independentmeasurements per second.

Notes:1 Reading speed is assumed not to

include changes in range or polarity.2 This sub-item does not embargo:

a Visual quantisation apparatuscapable of providing an averagevalue, displayed or not, of theresults of the measurement;

b Multichannel analysers of all typesused in nuclear experimentation;

c Industrial telemeasuring devices inwhich a pre-set storage value is usedas a basis for measuring.

26 Security export control 14 June 1985

g Transient recorders, utilizing analogue-to­digital conversion techniques, capable ofstoring transients by sequentially samplingsingle input signals at successive intervalsof less than 50 nanoseconds.

Technical notes:1 "Comb frequency generators" (sub-item

b 2) are generally understood to be deviceswhich generate a spectrum of harmonics.

2 "Swept-frequency network analysers" asunderstood in sub-item b 3 i above involvethe automatic measurement of equivalentcircuit parameters over a range offrequencies. This involves swept­frequency measurement techniques butnot CW point-to-point measurements.

3 "Amplitude and phase receivers" (sub­item b 3 ii) are instruments capable ofmeasuring the amplitude of a microwavesignal or the amplitude of two microwavesignals and the relative phase betweenthem. The principal application of theseinstruments is the measurement of nearand far zone phase and amplitude antennapatterns. They can also be used formeasurements of microwave device andcomponents characteristics. In general,they are more sophisticated and sensitive(better than -100 dBm) than phase andimpedance measuring instruments such asRF vector impedance meters and vectorvolt-meters. They also feature widedynamic range (80 dB) and very goodlinearity (approximately.±. 0.25 dB).

4 "Frequency (heterodyne) converters"(sub-item b 3 iii) down convert anunknown frequency by mixing with anaccurately known frequency. Theaccurately known frequency is developedby multiplication of a crystal-derivedreference which is passed through aharmonic generator. By mixing theappropriate harmonic and the unknownfrequencies, an accurate third frequencyresults.

5 "Transfer oscillators" (sub-item b 3 iii)are based also on the property ofharmonic mixing. Differences exist in thata local oscillator is utilized whereas acrystal-derived reference frequency isutilized in the case described in Note 4above. The unknown frequency is mixedwith the local oscillator (LO) and the twoare phase-locked by tuning the LO. TheLO can then be measured by a counter.

6 By 'user accessible reprogrammingcapability' which appears in sub-items b 5and b 6 i above is meant:a The instrument contains a computing

facility, eg a microprocessor; andb The user has the ability to alter the

computing programme throughexternal controls, eg switches,keyboards, digital busses, etc.

7 One example of FFT techniques isdescribed in "An algorithm for themachine computation of complex Fourierseries" by Cooley and Tukey in'Mathematics of Computation', April1965, page 297.

8 "Burst frequency measurement" counters(sub-item c 3) contain special gatingcircuits which start only when the inputsignal is present and stop counting at thecompletion of the burst.

Notes:1 a For frequency spectrum analysers, see

Item IL 1533;b For microwave equipment, see also

Item IL 1537;

I

c For analogue to digital converters,other than digital voltage measuringinstruments, see Item IL 1568;

d For frequency synthesizers, see Item IL1531.

2 Equipment designed for fixed ground usecovered only by sub-item a 2 i above,provided:a The long-term drift (ageing) over 24

hours or more is not better than 5 partsin 1010; and

b It is considered that the equipment is areasonable requirement for the statedlegitimate end-use.

3 Items covered by sub-item b 4 abovehaving any of the following character­istics:a Capable of computing 512 complex

spectral lines in 200 milliseconds ormore;

b Capable ofcomputing 512 real spectrallines in 100 milliseconds or more;

c Having no zoom capability andcapable of computing 512 complexspectral lines in 100 milliseconds ormore, or capable of computing' 512real spectral lines in 50 milliseconds ormore.Technical note:Zoom capability (range translation)permits a spectrum analysis startingfrom an arbitrary frequency ratherthan at zero frequency, leading to animproved resolution.

4 Instruments covered by sub-item b 5above, provided that:a The instruments have been designed

for non-strategic use and by nature ofdesign, software, microprogrammecontrol (firm ware), specialized logiccontrol (hardware) or performance aresubstantially restricted to the particularapplication for which they have beendesigned;

b The instruments are not covered byany other part of this Item and do notexceed the limits of Note 6 to Item ILIS65.(See also Item ML 18 on the MunitionsList, Item IL 1355 and sub-item IL1485 j.

IL 1531Frequency synthesizers (and equipmentcontaining such frequency synthesizers)as follows (for the definition offrequency synthesizers, see technicalnote):

a Frequency synthesizers containingfrequency standards covered by Item IL1529 a or temperature-compensatedcrystal oscillators covered by Item IL 1587c;

b Instrument frequency synthesizers andsynthesized signal generators, andspecially designed components andaccessories therefor, designed for grounduse, producing output frequencies whoseaccuracy and short-and-Iong term stabilityare controlled by, derived from, ordisciplined by the input frequency orinternal master standard frequency, andhaving any of the following character­istics:1 A maximum output frequency in

excess of 550 MHz;

IL 1533Radio spectrum analysers, as follows,and specially designed components,accessories and software therefor:

1 Systems having all of the followingcharacteristics:i Range equal to or less than S mm;ii Linearity equal to or less than 0.1

per cent;iii Drift equal to or less than 0.1 per

cent per day at standard ambienttest room temperatures..±.. 1°C;

2 Linear voltage differential trans­formers with no compensationnetworks and having either of thefollowing characteristics:i Range equal to or less than S mm;ii Linearity equal to or less than 0.2

per cent;Technical note:Linearity measurements are made inthe static mode.

b Linear measuring machines with two ormore axes having both of the followingcharacteristics:i Range in any axis greater than 200 mm;ii Accuracy (including any compen-

sation) less (finer) than 0.0008 mm perany 300 mm segment of travel;Note: This sub-item does not embargooptical comparators.

c Angular measuring systems having anaccuracy equal to or less than one secondof arc;Note: This sub-item does not embargooptical instruments, such asautocollimators, using collimated light todetect angular displacements of a mirror.

d Non-contact type systems having either ofthe following characteristics:1 Effective probe measurement diameter

less than 0.5 mm and drift less than 0.5per cent per day at standard ambienttest room temperatures..±.. 1°C;

2 Linearity less than 0.3 per cent anddrift less than 0.5 per cent per day atstandard ambient test roomtemperatures..±.. 1°C.

Equipment covered by sub-items a and dabove to civil end-users not engaged inaerospace activities.

IL 1532

a Non-programmable and capable ofoperating at frequencies over 12.5 GHz;

b Programmable and capable of operatingat frequencies over 1 GHz;

c Having a display bandwidth in excess of125 MHz;Note: This Item does not embargo in­struments covered only by sub-item c,provided that the instrument is notcapable of operating at frequencies over 2GHz.

d Incorporating computing facilities withuser accessible reprogramming capabilityand an alterable memory of more than

Precision linear angular measuring 8,192 bits;e Having either of the following character-

systems, and specially designed istics for analysing frequencies greatercomponents and software as follows, than IGHz:therefor: 1 Inc;luding a scanning preselector;

2 Incorp'orating a tracking' signala Contact-type systems and linear voltage I \ generator;

differential transformers (L VDT) f Having an overall display dynamic rangetherefor, as follows: of better than 80 dB;

for receivers freed from embargounder 1;(Note: See also Item IL 1516.)

e Radio transmitters incorporating trans­mitter drive units, exciters and masteroscillators using frequency synthesis, asfollows, and specially designedcomponents and accessories therefor:1 Having an output frequency of up to

32 MHz with a frequency resolution ofbetter than 10Hz and with a switchingspeed from one selected outputfrequency to another of less than 10milliseconds;

2 Having an output frequency from32MHz to 235 MHz with a frequencyresolution of better than 250 Hz andwith a switching speed from oneselected output frequency to anotherof less than 10 milliseconds;

3 Having an output frequency greaterthan 235 MHz, except:i Television broadcasting trans­

mitters having an output frequencyfrom 470 MHz to 960 MHz with afrequency resolution of not betterthan 1 kHz and where the manually­operated frequency synthesizer in­corporated in or driving the trans­mitter has an output frequency notgreater than 120 MHz;

ii FM and AM ground communi­cation equipment for use in the landmobile service and operating in the420 to 470 MHz band, with a poweroutput of 50 W for mobile units and300 W for fixed units, with afrequency resolution of not betterthan 6.25 kHz and with a switchingspeed from one selected outputfrequency to another of greaterthan 50 milliseconds;

4 Having more than three differentselected synthesized output frequenciesavailable simultaneously from one ormore outputs;

5 With facilities for pulse modulation ofthe output frequency of the transmitteror of the incorporated frequencysynthesizer;

6 Frequency synthesizers designed forthe above equipment, whether,supplied separately of with the saidequipment, exceeding the parametersspecified in b above.(Note: See also Item IL 1517.)Technical note:"Frequency synthesizer" means anykind of frequency source or signalgenerator, regardless of the actualtechnique used, providing amultiplicity of simultaneous or alter­native output frequencies, from one ormore outputs, controlled by, derivedfrom or disciplined by a lesser numberof standard (or master) frequencies.Note:Equipment covered. by sub-itemb 3 above, with a switching speed notless than 5 milliseconds.

2 Having a phase noise to signal ratiobetter than -60 dB or a signal to AMnoise ratio better than -70 dB referredto the 30 kHz band centred on thecarrier, excluding the 1 Hz bandcentred on the carrier;

3 Electrically programmable in frequency(in that the output frequency can becontrolled or selected by the injectionof digitally coded electrical signalsfrom an external control source) with aswitching speed from one selectedoutput frequency to another selectedoutput frequency of less than 10milliseconds;

4 Electrically programmable in phase (inthat the phase of the output frequencycan be varied relative to the internal orexternal reference standard, or selectedin accordance with an externallysupplied code or signal with aswitching speed from one selectedphase value to another of less than 10milliseconds) except those equipmentsincorporating pre-emphasis networksfor frequency modulation;

5 Having a level of spurious componentsin the output better than -80 dB non­harmonic or -60 dB harmonic com­ponent measured relative to theselected output frequency;

6 Having more than 3 different selectedsynthesized output frequencies avail­able simult.aneously from one or moreoutputs;

7 With facilities for pulse modulation ofthe output frequency;

d Digitally-controlled radio receivers,whether or not computer-controlled,which search or scan automatically a partof the electromagnetic spectrum, usingfrequency synthesizers, as follows, andspecially designed components andaccessories therefor:1 Digitally-controlled receivers in which

the switching operation takes less than10 milliseconds, except non-ruggediseddigitally-controlled preset type radioreceivers designed for use in civil com­munications, which have 200 selectivechannels or fewer;

2 Frequency synthesizers designed forthe above equipment, whether suppliedseparately or with the said equipment,exceeding the parameters specified in babove, except those specially designed

c Airborne communications equipmentusing frequency synthesizers, as follows,and specially designed compbnents andaccessories therefor:1 Designed to receive or transmit

frequencies greater than 156 MHz;2 Incorporating facilities for the rapid

selection of more than 200 channelsper equipment, except those equip­ments operating in the frequency rangeof 108 to 136 MHz incorporatingfacilities for the rapid selection of 720channels or fewer at not less than 25kHz channel spacing which have beenin normal civil use for at least one year;

3 With a switching speed from oneselected output frequency to anotherof less than 10 milliseconds;

4 Frequency synthesizers, designed forthe above equipment, whether suppliedseparately or with the said equipment,exceeding the parameters specified in babove;(Note: See also Item IL 1501 a.)

Security;expart control 14 June 1985 '2:7

INDUSTRIAL LISTNotes:1 This Item is not intended to cover optical

spectrum analysers.2 Radio spectrum analyzers are apparatus

capable of indicating the single-frequencycomponents of multi-frequency signals.

3 For spectrum analyzers employing timecompression of tlie input signal FFTtechniques, see Item IL 1529 b 4.

4 If the radio spectrum analyzer is anoscilloscope plug-in, the associated main­frame is covered by I tern IL 1584.

The shipment to bona fide civil end-users forcivil end-use of equipment covered by sub­item d above.

IL 1534Flatbed microdensitometers (exceptcathode-ray types), having any of thefollowing characteristics, and speciallydesigned components therefor:

a A recording or scanning rate exceeding5,000 data points per second;

b A figure of merit better (less) than 0.1defined as the product of the densityresolution (expressed in density units) andthe spatial resolution (expressed inmicrometres) ;

c An optical density range greater than °to4;Technical note: Density resolution(expressed in density units) is measuredover the optical density of the instrument.

Shipment to civil end-users for civil end-usesof equipment covered only by sub-item babove, provided the spatial resolution is notbetter (less) than 2 micrometres and thedensity resolution is not better (less) than0.01 in density units.

IL 1537Microwave equipment, including para­metric amplifiers, capable of operatingat frequencies over 1 GBz (other thanmicrowave equipment covered by ItemsIL 1501, 1517, 1520 and 1529), asfollows:

a Rigid and flexible waveguides designedfor use at frequencies in excess if 18 GHz;

b Waveguides having a bandwidth ratiogreater than 1.7: 1;

c Waveguide components, as follows:i Directional couplers having a band­

width ratio greater than 1.7: 1 anddirectivity over the band of 20 dB ormore;

ii Rotary joints capable of transmittingmore than one isolated channel orhaving a bandwidth greater than 5 percent of the centre mean frequency,except those used in air traffic controlequipment carrying combinations offrequencies suitable for secondary sur­veillance radar antennae co-mountedon a primary radar antenna and whichdo not have a bandwidth exceeding 5per cent of the centre mean frequency;

ili Magnetic, including gyro-magnetic,waveguide components;

d TEM mode devices using magnetic,including gyro-magnetic, properties;

e TR and anti-TR tubes and specially

28 Security export control 14 June 1985

designed components therefor, exceptthose designed for use in waveguides andhaving any of the following character­istics, which are in normal civil use forground or marine radar:i Operating at a peak power not

exceeding 3 MW and at a frequency of1.5 GHz or less;

ii Operating at a peak power notexceeding 1.2 MW and at a frequencyover the range of 1.5 to 6 GHz;

iii Operating at a peak power notexceeding 300 kW and at a frequencyover the range of 6 GHz to 10.5 GHz;

f Assemblies and sub-assemblies in whichthe isolating base material functions as adielectric (as used in stripline microstrip orslotline) except for those items specificallydesigned for use in civil television systemsto meet ITV standards and using as anisolating material paper base phenolics,glass cloth, melamine, glass cloth epoxyresin, polyethylene terephthalate or otherisolating material with an operatingtemperature not exceeding 150°C (302°F);

g Phased array antennae and sub­assemblies, designed to permit electroniccontrol of beam shaping and pointing (seeMunitions List Item ML 15), and speciallydesigned components therefor (includingbut not limited to duplexers, phaseshifters and associated high speed diodeswitches);Note: Sub-item g above is not intended tocover duplexers and phase shiftersspecifically designed for use in civil tele­vision systems or in other civil radar orcommunication systems not covered else­where in these Lists.

h Microwave assemblies or sub-assemblieshaving circuits fabricated by the sameprocesses used in integrated circuittechnology, which include active circuitelements (for acoustic wave devices, seeItem IL 1568) (see also Item IL 1564).Microwave assemblies or sub-assemblieswhich contain band pass or band stopfilters and are capable of operating at 3GHz or greater;

j Amplifiers (see also ItelTI IL 1521);k PIN modulators (see also Item IL 1544).

Notes:1 Items covered by sub-items c 3 and d

above required as replacement parts inspecific civil equipment not exceeding thecapability of that which could be exportedunder Items IL 1501 or 1520, providedsuch parts do not upgrade the initialperformance of that equipment.

2 Items covered by sub-item e aboverequired as replacement parts in specificcivilian equipment not exceeding thecapability of that which could be exportedunder Item IL 1501, provided such partsdo not upgrade the initial performance ofthat equipment.

3 Items covered by sub-item f abovedesigned for and intended for use in civiltelecommunication systems at frequenciesallocated by the ITUfor that purpose.

4 Items covered by sub-item h above for useatfrequencies between 1 GHz and 3 GHz.

5 Sub-item g above is not intended to coverduplexers and phase shifters specificallydesigned for use in civil television systemsor in other civil radar or communicationsystems not covered elsewhere in the Lists.

6 Equipment containing parametricamplifiers or paramagnetic amplifierscovered by sub-item j above:

Specially designed for medical applica­tions or for use in simple educationaldevices and operating at ISMfrequencies; or

ii Having an output power of not morethan 10 W, which is specially designedfor industrial and civilian intrusiondetection and alarm systems, trafficand industrial movement control andcounting systems, environmentalpollution of air or water detectionsystems, or for simple educationaldevices.

Explanatory note: Simple educationaldevices referred to above are defined asdevices designed for use in teaching basicscientific principles and demonstrating theoperation of those principles ineducational institutions.

IL 1541Cathode ray tubes having any of thefollowing characteristics:

a A resolving power of 32 lines per milli­metre (800 lines per inch) using theshrinking raster method of measurement;

b With travelling wave or distributeddeflection structure using delay lines orincorporating other techniques to mini­mise mismatch of fast phenomena signalsto the deflection structure;

c Incorporating microchannel plate electronmultipliers.Note: Cathode ray tubes covered by sub­item b above which utilise segmented plate(sectioned Y-plate) structures.

IL 1542Cold cathode tubes and switches, asfollows:

a Triggered spark-gaps, having an anodedelay time of 15 microseconds or less andrated for a peak current of 3,000 amperesor more; specially designed parts thereforand equipment incorporating suchdevices;

b Cold cathode tubes, whether gas-filled ornot, operating in a manner similar to aspark-gap, containing three or lnoreelectrodes and having all the followingcharacteristics:1 Rated for an anode peak voltage of

2,500 volts or more;2 Rated for peak currents of 100

amperes or more;3 An anode delay time of 10

microseconds or less; and4 An envelope diameter of less than 25.4

mm (1 in).Technical notes:Triggered spark-gaps are tubes with astructure consisting of two opposed anodeswith shapes resembling flattened hemispheresand with one or more triggering probesplaced approximately in the centre of oneanode. The structure is sealed and contains amixture of gases, principally nitrogen, underless than atmospheric pressure.Sub-item b includes gas krytron tubes,vacuum krytron tubes and similar tubes.

IL 1548Photosensitive components, includinglinear and focal plane arrays, as follows;and dice and wafers therefor:

a Designed for use in pulse modulatorshaving a rated turn·on time of less than 1microsecond where the rated peak currentexceeds 1SO amperes;

b Having a rated turn-off time of less than 1microsecond;

c Having a rated turn-off time of from 1microsecond to less than 2.3microseconds, except those having a ratedpeak current of 50 amperes or less andencapsulated in non-hermetically sealedpackages;

d Having a rated turn-off time of from 2.3to 10 microseconds and a figure of meritgreater than 25.

Technical notes:1 The figure of merit is here defined as the

product of the repetitive peak off-statevoltage (V DRM) in kilovolts and therepetitive peak on-state current (I TRM)in amperes as shown on the thyristor datasheets.

2 Thyristors required as replacement partsin specific civil equipment previouslyexported, provided they do not upgradethe initialperformance ofthat equipment.

3 Thyristors covered by this Item when notfor use in radar or laser modulators.

a Photosensitive components (includingphotodiodes, phototransistors, photo­thyristors, photoconductive cells andsimilar photosensitive components):1 Having a peak sensitivity at a

wavelength longer than 1,200 nano­metres or shorter than 190 nanometres;or

2 Having a peak sensitivity at awavelength' shorter than 300 nano­metres and having an efficiency of lessthan 0.1 per cent relative to peakresponse at wavelengths longer than400 nanometres;Note: Vacuum photodiodes speciallydesigned for use in spectrophotometryhaving a peak response at a wavelengthshorter than 300 nanometres are notcovered by this sub-item.(For photomultiplier tubes whichcontain micro-channel plates, see ItemIL 1549.)

b Semi-conductor photodiodes and photo-.transistors with, a response time constantof 95 nanoseconds or less measured at theoperating temperature of the cell forwhich the time constant reaches aminimum;

c Specially designed or rated as electro­magnetic (including laser) and ionized­particle radiation resistant;

d Linear and focal plane arrays (hybrid ormonolithic) having the characteristics in aor b above, and specially designedcomponents therefor

Notes:1 The time consta.nt is defined as the time

taken from the application of a lightstimulus for. the current increment' toreach a vr.tue of I-lie times the final value'

;,(ie 63 per cent of the final value).wafers 2 'Th:ts Item is not intended to include the

following:

Security export control 14 June 1985 29

and

2 Non-coherent light-emitting diodesembargoed by sub-item f above for use inidentifiable civilian communicationsystems.

3 (For photodiodes see Item IL 1548.)

IL 1547Thyristors, and dicetheretor, as follows:

a Of any type using a bulk semi-conductormaterial other than germanium or silicon;

b Using silicon as the bulk semi-conductormaterial and having any of the followingcharacteristics:1 An operating frequency greater than 1

GHz;2 An operating frequency of 1.5 MHz or

below and a maximum collectordissipation exceeding 300 W, or anoperating frequency greater than 1.5MHz and a maximum collectordissipation exceeding 250 W;

3 An operating frequency greater than200 MHz and a product of theoperating frequency (in GHz) and themaximum collector dissipation (inwatts) exceeding 5;

4 Majority carrier devices, including butnot limited to junction field-effecttransistors and metal-oxide semi­conductor transistors, except field­effect transistors having a maximumpower dissipation of 500 mW or lessand a maximum operating frequencyof 1 GHz or less.

Notes:1 The maximum collector dissipation is

defined as the continuous dissipationmeasured under the optimum coolingconditions specified by the manufac­turer.

2 Operating (specification) frequency isdefined as the frequency used inmeasuring output power or power gainGpE, GpB or GpC). When theseparameters are not specified, theoperating frequency is defined as thefrequency used in measuring gainbandwidth product (fT) or noisefigure.

3 The maximum operating frequency (inHertz) mentioned in sub-item b 4,above is defined as follows:fmax=gm

27rCiwhere gm is the maximum trans­conductance in Siemens (mho) and Ciis the input capacitance in farads.

4 Transistors covered by sub-items b 2and b 3 above, specially designed forTV transposers or for civil mobilecommunication equipment and havinga product of the operating frequency(in Giga Hertz) and' the maximumcollector dissipation (in watts) notexceeding 20.

5 Transistors covered by sub-item b 4above which will be used in civil TV,AM or FM receivers or audiofrequency equipment.

Notes:1 Diodes constructed with a rectifying

deposited metal semi-conductor junctionor barrier, such as hot-carrier orSchottky-barrier diodes, will normally beconsidered under sub-items a and dabove.

IL 1545Transistors and dice and wafers there­

a Mixer and detector diodes designed or for (for photo-transistors, see Item ILrated for use at input or output 1548), as follows,frequencies greater than 3 GHz, except:i Point contact diodes designed or rated

for use at input or output frequecies of12.5 GHz or less;

ii Schottky diodes designed or rated formixer use at input or outputfrequencies of less than 12.5 GHz andhaving a noise figure of more than 6.5dB;

iii Schottky diodes designed or rated fordetector use at input or outputfrequencies of less than 12.5 GHz andhaving a minimum rated tangentialsensitivity of either worse than -45dBm under unbiased conditions orworse than -50 dBm under biasedconditions;

b Oscillator and amplifier devices such asGunn, Impatt, Trapatt, TED, and LSA(including those used for the directconversion of DC tq RF power) designedor rated for use at:1 Output frequencies above 1 GHz but

not exceeding 4 GHz with a peakpower greater than 2 W or a maximumCW power greater than 200 mW; or

2 Output frequencies above 4 GHz butnot exceeding 12.5 GHz with a ,peakpower greater than 1 W or a maximumCW power greater than 100 mW;

c Voltage variable capacitance diodesdesigned or rated for use at input oroutput frequencies greater than 1.7 GHz;

d Fast recovery diodes, as follows:1 Having a rated maximum reverse

recovery time of less than 1 nano­second; or

2 Having both a rated forward rectifiedcurrent over 5 amperes and a ratedmaximum reverse recovery time of lessthan 20 nanoseconds;

Explanatory notes:1 When average reverse recovery time is

quoted instead of maximum reverserecovery time, the maximum may beregarded as two times the average.

2 When reverse recovery time is notquoted, diodes rated for a storedcharge of less than 25 pico-coulombsshall be regarded as embargoed by thissub-item d above.

e PIN diodes designed or rated for use atinput or output frequencies above1.7 GHz, with a peak power greater than5 W or a maximum CW power greaterthan 500mW;

f Non-coherent light-emitting diodes with apeak radiant intensity at a wavelength ofgreater than 1,000 nanometres (forcoherent light-emitting diodes, see ItemIL 1522).

IL 1544Semi-conductor diodes and dice andwafers therefor (except thoseml!de fromgermanium, selenium or copper--oxide)designed or rated for use at input oroutput frequencies above 12.5 GHz orhaving any of the following charac­teristics:

IL 1558Electronic vacuum tubes (valves), asfollows, and specially designed com­ponents therefor:

1 A transmission of more than 90 percent outside the reflection band and areflection of more than 75 per centinside the reflection band, which hasless than 15 nanometres bandwidthand is matched to the frequency of thedisplay light source;

. 2 A rear projection screen brightnessgain of more than 10 times the gain ofa Lambertian scatterer with anequivalent area, and less than 10 percent variation in brightness across theexit aperture;

3 Specially designed for use in helmet­mounted displays.

a Tubes in which space charge control isutilised as the primary functionalparameter, including but not limited totriodes and tetrodes, as follows:1 Tubes rated for continuous wave

operation having either of thefollowing characteristics:i Above 4 GHz at maximum rated

anode dissipation; orii Within the frequency range 0.3

GHz to 4 GHz and for which, underany condition of cooling, theproduct of the maximum ratedanode dissipation (expressed inwatts) and the square of themaximum frequency (expressed inGHz) at the maximum rated anodedissipation is greater than 104except for tubes specially designedfor television transmitters operatingin the frequency range of 0.47 GHzto 0.96 GHz and rated foroperation without a grid current,for which the product of the ratedanode dissipation (expressed inwatts) and the square of thenlaximum frequency (expressed inGHz) may reach 2 x 104;

2 Tubes rated only for pulse operationhaving either of the following charac­teristics:i Above 1 GHz, with maximum peak

pulse output power greater than 45kW; or

ii Between 0.3 GHz and 1 GHz andfor which, under any condition ofcooling, the product of the peakpulse output power (expressed inwatts) and the square of themaximum frequency (expressed inGHz) is greater than 4.5 x 104;

3 Tubes specially designed for use aspulse modulators for radar or similarapplications, having a peak anodevoltage rating of lOOkV or more, orrated for a peak pulse power of 20 MWor more (see also Item IL 1514);

b Tubes which utilise interaction between abeam of electrons and microwaveelements and in which the electrons travelin a direction perpendicular to the appliedmagnetic field, including but not limitedto magnetrons, crossed-field amplifiertubes and crossed-field oscillator tubes,except:1 Fixed frequency and tunable pulsed

magnetrons and crossed-field amplifiertubes which are in normal civil use inequipment which may be exported

Notes:1 This Item does not cover:

a Commercial standard television/video camera tubes not incorpor­ating fibre-optic face-plates coveredby Item IL 1556 a; or

b Commercial standard X-rayamplifier tubes.

2 Non-ruggedised tubes covered by thisItem provided the tubes will be usedfor bona fide medical applications.

3 Electron tubes embargoed only by sub­item a 1 above which are speciallydesigned for electron streak or framingcameras embargoed by Item IL 1585 c,provided it is considered that thequantities requested are reasonable forspecifically identified civil appli­cations.

4 Television/video camera tubes coveredby sub-items b or c above whichincorporate fibre-optic face-plates butnot microchannel-plate electronmultipliers, provided that the tubeswill be used for bona fide civil appli­cations.

or converters incorporating fibre­optic face-plates or micro channel­plate electron multipliers, orelectron tubes for camerasincorporating such intensifiers orconverters.

2 The phrase "Electron tubes forimage conversion or intensifica­tion" in Item IL 1555 a is under­stood to include tubes employed instreaking or frarning camerascovered by Item IL 1585 c.

b Electron tubes for television/videocameras:1 Incorporating fibre-optic face-plates

covered by Itern IL 1556 a;2 Incorporating microchannel-plate

electron multipliers; or3 Coupled with electron tubes covered

by a above.c Ruggedised electron tubes for television/

video cameras having a maximum lengthto bulb diameter ratio of 5: 1 or less.IL 1549

Photomultiplier tubes as follows:

INDUSTRIAL LISTa Germanium photo devices with a peak'

sensitivitiy at a wavelength shorterthan 1,750 nanometres; or

b Infrared single-element encapsulatedphoto-conductive cells or pyroelectricdetectors intended for civilapplications and using any of thefollowing:1 Evaporated lead sulphide;2 Triglycine sulphate with a surface

area of20 mm 2 or less;3 Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate

ceramic.3 Semi-conductor photodiodes for civil

applications covered by sub-item b above,with a response time constant of0.5 nano­second or more and with a peak sensitivityat a wavelength neither longer than 920nanometres nor shorter than 300 nano­metres.

IL 1556IL 1553 Optical elements and elements forFlash-discharge type X-ray systems, optical tubes, as follows:including tubes, having all of thefollowing characteristics:

a Peak power greater than 500 MW;b Output voltage greater than 500 kV; andc Pulse width less than 0.2 microsecond.

a Non-flexible fused fibre-optic plates orbundles, having all of the followingcharacteristics:1 A fibre pitch (centre-to-centre spacing)

of less than 10 micrometres;2 A light-absorbing medium sur­

rounding each fibre, or interstitiallyIL 1555 placed between fibres;

3 A diameter greater than 13mm (Y2 in);Electron tubes, as follows, and specially b Microchannel plates for electron imagedesigned components therefor: amplification having both of the follow­

ing characteristics:1 15,000 or more hollow tubes per plate;

and2 Hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing)

of less than 25 micrometres;c Semi-transparent photocathodes incor­

porating epitaxially grown layers ofcompound semi-conductors, such asgallium arsenide;(For associated starting materials see ItemIL 1757.)

d Diffractive type optical elements speciallydesigned for display screens with any ofthe following characteristics:

a For which the maximum sensitivity occursat wavelengths shorter than 300 nano­metres;Note: Photomultiplier tubes speciallydesigned for use in spectrophotometryhaving a peak sensitity at a wavelengthshorter than 300 nanometres are notcovered by this sub-item.(For photosensitive components, see ItemIL 1548.)

a Having an anode pulse rise time of lessthan 1 nanosecond;

c Those which contain microchannel plateelectron multipliers.

Notes:1 Non-ruggedised tubes covered by sub­

item a above required as replacementparts for specific civil equipment notexceeding the capability of that whichcould be exported under these Lists,provided that these parts do not upgradethe initial performance of suchequipment.

2 For microchannel plate electronmultipliers see Item IL 1556.

a Electron tubes for image conversion orintensification, incorporating:1 Fibre-optic face-plates covered by Item

IL 1556 a;2 Microchannel-plate electron multi­

pliers; or3 Gallium arsenide or other epitaxially

grown semi-conductor photocathodescovered by Item IL 1556 c.Notes:1 Nothing in this sub-item shall be

construed as sanctioning the exportof technology for image intensifiers

30 Security export control 14 June 1985

under the terms of these Lists, asfollows:i Magnetrons designed to operate at

frequencies below 3 GHz with amaximum rated peak output powerof 1.5 MW or less, or between 3GHz and 12 GHz with the productof the maximum rated peak outputpower (expressed in kilowatts) andthe frequency (expressed in OHz)less than 4,200;

ii Crossed-field amplifier tubesdesigned to operate at frequenciesbelow 4 GHz with a maximum ratedpeak output power of 1.2 MW orless and with less than 15 dB gain;

2 Fixed frequency continuous wave mag­netrons designed for medical use or forindustrial heating or cooking purposesoperating at a frequency of 2.375 OHz± 0.05 GHz or 2.45 GHz ± 0.05 GHzwith a maximum rated power not ex­ceeding 6 kW or at a frequency lowerthan 1 GHz with a maximum ratedpower not exceeding 25 kW;

c Tubes which utilise interaction between abeam of electrons and microwaveelements or cavities and in which theelectrons travel in a direction parallel tothe applied magnetic field, including butnot limited to klystrons and travellingwave tubes, except:1 Continuous wave tubes for use in civil

communications designed for octaveor lesser bandwidth (where the highestoperating frequency is equal to or lessthan two times the lowest operatingfrequency) having the following cha­racteristics:i Designed to operate below 20 GHz;ii The product of the rated output

power (expressed in watts) and thefrequency (expressed in GHz) is lessthan 800;

2 Pulsed tubes for civil applicationsdesigned for octave or less bandwidthand having either of the followingcharacteristics:i Peak saturated output power not

exceeding 1 kW and average powernot exceeding 40 W at or below 10OHz;

ii Peak saturated output notexceeding 100 Wand average powernot exceeding 20 W between 10 and200Hz;

3 Pulsed tubes for civil applicationsdesigned for frequency operation atfrequencies below 3.5 GHz, peakoutput power of 1.6 MW or less, andoperating bandwidth less than 1 percent;

4 Tubes used as fixed-frequency orvoltage-tunable oscillator tubesdesigned to operate at frequenciesbelow 20 GHz with maximum outputpower of less than 3 W;

d Tubes which utilise interaction between anelectron beam and microwave elements orcavities but do not require a magneticfield to control or focus the electronbeam, except low power reflex oscillatorklystrons designed to operate at fre­quencies below 20 GHz and at amaximum output power of less than 3 W;

e Tubes which utilise interaction between abeam of electrons and microwaveelements or cavities in which the electronsdrift in a direction parallel to the appliedmagnetic field but also require for theiroperation a large component of velocity

transverse to the direction of the appliedmagnetic field, including but not limitedto gyrotrons, ubitrons and peniotrons;

f Tubes designed to withstand on any axisan acceleration of short duration (shock)greater than 1,000 g;

g Tubes designed for operation in ambienttemperatures exceeding 200°C;

h Tubes of the types described in c, d or eabove, which are designed to operate withno filament or cathode heating element(as indicated by the absence of heatingsupply connections);Tubes which utilise a modulated beam ofelectrons striking one or more semi­conductor diodes to provide power gain.(See also Item IL 1544);

Notes:1 Nothing in the following shall be

construed as sanctioning the export oftechnology for electronic vacuum tubes orspecially designed components therefor(for manufacturing equipment, see ItemIL 1355 a). This Item does not cover thefollowing electronic vacuum tubes andspecially designed components therefor:Tubes covered by sub-items a and cabove, specially designed for civiltelecasting accordiong to CCIR or OIRstandards.

a Tubes covered by sub-items a and band C

above, required as replacement parts forspecific civilian equipment not exceedingthe capability of that which could beexported in the context of other Listitems, provided that these parts do notupgrade the initial performance of thatequipment;

b Pulsed amplifier klystrons and fixedfrequency and mechanically tunablepulsed magnetrons covered by sub-items band c above intended for civil radarequipment previously exported byparticipating countries, provided that theydo not upgrade the initial performance ofthat equipment.

IL 1559Hydrogen/hydrogen isotope thyratronsof ceramic-metal construction and hav­ing any of the following characteristics,and accessories therefor:

a A peak pulse power output exceeding 20MW;

b A peak anode voltage greater than 25 kV;c A peak current rating greater than 1.5 kA.

Note: For thyratrons rated for bothsingle-shot (crowbar) and modulatorservice, the figure for modulator serviceshould be used.

Ceramic-metal structured hydrogenthyatrons to replace such thyratrons inspecific civil radar equipment previouslyexported, provided they do not upgrade theinitial performance of that equipment.

IL 1560Capacitors designed for or capable ofmaintaining their rated electrical andmechanical characteristics during theirspecified operating lifetime, andtechnology therefor, as follows:

a Monolithic ceramic capacitors (other thanboundary layered capacitors) using non­ferro-electric strontium titanate (SrTiOJ.Jrated for operation over the whole rangeof ambient temperatures from below

-55°C to above + 85°C;b Technology for the design and production

of tantalum capacitors rated for operationat ambient temperatures exceeding" 125°C.except sintered electrolytic types having acasing made of epoxy resin or which aresealed or coated with epoxy resin.

Note:Capacitors rated for operation duringtheir specified lifetime at ambienttemperatures below -55°C or above+ 200°C are covered by Item ML 11.

IL 1561Materials specially designed andmanufactured for use as absorbers ofelectromagnetic waves havingfrequencies greater than 2 x IOS Hz andless than 3 x 1012 Hz, except materials asfollows:

"Hair" type absorbers, whetherconstructed of natural or synthetic fibres,with non-magnetic loading to provideabsorption;

ii Absorbers whose incident surface is non­planar in shape, including pyramids,cones, wedges and convoluted surfaces,and which have no magnetic loss; and

iii Absorbers whose incident surface isplanar and which are either plastic foammaterials (flexible or non-flexible) withcarbon loading to provide absorption, ororganic binders with magnetic materialloading which provide resonantabsorption performance. (Resonantabsorption performance is defined as lessthan 5 per cent echo compared with metalover a bandwidth of no greater than ±15per cent of the centre frequency of theincident energy.) Such planar absorbersare further limited to those having both ofthe following characteristics:a A tensile strength of less than 7xlQ6

N/m2 (1,016 psi) and a compressivestrength of less than 14x 166 N/m2

(2,032 psi);b Not capable of withstanding tempera­

tures in excess of 176°C (350°F).Note: Nothing in the above releasesmagnetic materials to provideabsorpfion when contained in paint.

IL 1564Electronic component assemblies, sub­assemblies, printed circuit boards,substrates and microcircuits, includingpackages therefor:

Defined as follows:a Assembly - A number of components

(ie circuit elements, discretecomponents, microcircuits) connectedtogether to perform a specific functionor functions, replaceable as an entity(and normally capable of being dis­assembled).

b Microcircuit A device in which anumber of passive and active circuitelements are considered as indivisiblyassociated on or within a continuousstructure to perform the function of acircuit.

c Monolithic integrated circuit Amicrocircuit fail>ricated as a single com­ponent consisting of elements formedin or on a single semi-conductingsubstrate by diffusion, implantation ordeposition.

Security export control 14 June 1985 31

INDUSTRIAL LISTd Prediffused microcircuit (e.g. gate

array or uncommitted logic array) ­An arangement of monolithicintegrated circuits, formed within asingle semi-conducting substrate,which can be subsequently intercon­nected or otherwise modified toperform one of a variety of functions.

e Film type microcircuit - An array ofcircuit elements and metallic inter­connections formed by deposition of athick or thin film on an insulatingsubstrate.

f Multichip microcircuit - A micro­circuit containing two or more mono­lithic integrated circuit chips bonded toa common substrate.

g Hybrid microcircuit - A microcircuitconsisting of a combination of filmtype microcircuits and monolithicintegrated circuit elements orcombinations of either with discretecomponents or circuit elements.

h Circuit element - A single active orpassive functional item in an electroniccircuit, such as one diode, onetransistor, one resistor, one capacitor.Discrete component - A separatelypackaged circuit element with its ownexternal connections.Integrated optical microcircuit Amicrocircuit containing one or moreelements designed to function as aphotosensor or photo-emitter, or toperform optical or electro-opticalfunctions.

k Module - An assernbly replaceable asan entity, not normally capable ofbeing disassembled.Microprocessor microcircuit - Asingle package (normally single-chip)electronic logic unit capable ofexecuting from external memory aseries of general purpose instructionscontained in the external memory.Explanatory note: The unit normallydoes not contain integral user memory,although internal memory on the chipmay be present for internal utilisationby the chip in performing its logicfunction. User memory is customarilyprovided via external memory chips,although some products have somelimited on-board memory that isnormally used for purposes other thanprogramme storage.

m Microcomputer microcircuit Anelectronic logic unit capable ofexecuting instructions from internalmemory, on data contained in theinternal memory.Explanatory note: In certain cases theinternal memory may be augmented byan external memory.

n Substrate - A sheet of base materialwith or without an interconnectionpattern and on which, or within which,discrete components or integratedcircuits may then be located.

11 Listed as follows:a Substrates for printed circuits

including ceramic substrates andcoated metal substrates (single-sided,double-sided or multi-layer), and thincopper foils therefor, except:i Printed circuit boards manufac­

tured from any of the followingmaterials:1 Paper base phenolics;2 Glass cloth melamine;

32 Security export control 14 June 1985

3 Glass epoxy resin uncoated orcoated with copper foil of athickness of 18 micrometres(0.00071 inch) or greater;

4 Polyethylene terephthalate;5 Any other insulating material

having all of the following cha­racteristics:a A maximum continuous rated

operating temperature not ex­ceeding 423K (1 50°C);

b A dissipation factor equal toor greater than 0.009 at 1MHz;

c A relative dielectric constantequal to or less than 8 at 1MHz;

d A coefficient of expansionequal to or greater than 10-5per °C over a temperaturerange of 273 to 393K (0 to120°C);

ii Ceramic substrates having not morethan two layers of interconnection,including the ground plane;

iii Copper foil having a thickness of 18micrometres (0.00071 inch) orgreater;

b Ceramic microcircuit packages whichare designed for hermetically sealed pinor pad grid array, leadless carrier, orsurface mounted configurations,except when having all of the followingcharacteristics:i Single-in-line, dual-in-line or flat­

pack configuration;ii Pin, pad or lead spacings of 2.50

mm or greater, or 100 mils orgreater;

iii 40 leads or less;c Assemblies, modules and printed

circuit boards with mounted com­ponents, as follows:1 Those including substrates for

printed circuits covered by 11 aabove;

2 Those which contain embargoedmicroprocessor, microcomputer ormemory microcircuits or otherembargoed components, except:i Those of which the only em­

bargoed components arecapacitors; or

ii Power supply assemblies.

Notes:1 For the embargo status of assemblies,

modules and printed circuit boardswith mounted components which aredesigned for, or which have the samefunctional characteristics as, electroniccomputers or related equipment, see IL1565.

2 Assemblies, modules and printedcircuit boards with mountedcomponents which are designed for, orwhich have the same functionalcharcteristics as embargoed equipmentshall be rated against the parameters ofthe appropriate equipment item,except that, in such cases, thetemperature parameter will be below-55°C and above + 85°C. .

3 Sub-item 11 c 2 above does not coverassemblies, modules and printedcircuit boards with mountedcomponents designed for equipmentnot otherwise embargoed and which,by nature of their design,performance, lack of "user-accessibleprogrammability", lack of "user­accessible microprogrammability",

software, microprogramme control orspecialised logic control, aresubstantially restricted to the particularapplication for which they have beendesigned.

4 "User-accessible programmability" isthe facility allowing a user to insert,modify or replace programmes bymeans other than:a A physical change in wiring or

interconnections; orb The setting of function controls,

including entry of parameters.5 "User-accessible microprogramma­

bility" is the facility allowing a user toinsert, modify or replace micro­programmes.

NB: A facility limited to one or both ofthe following is not considered to bewithin this definition:a Loading, reloading or inserting of

microprogrammes provided by thesupplier; or

b Simple loading of micro­programmes which mayor may notbe provided by the supplier, butwhich are neither designed to beaccessible to the user noraccompanied with training or soft­ware for user accessibility.

Civil applications of assemblies,modules and printed circuit boardswith mounted components embargoedby sub-item 11 c 2 above, which bynature of their design or performanceare substantially restricted to theparticular application for which theyhave been designed, if the embargoedcomponents are covered by the italicnotes.

d Microcircuits (monolithic integratedcircuits, microprocessor, micro­computer, multichip, hybrid, film typeor integrated optical microcircuits),except:i Encapsulated passive networks;Note: Technology for the manufactureof thin-film passive networks is notreleased by this sub-item.orii Encapsulated microcircuits which

are not designed or rated asradiation hardened~ which are notrated for operation below -40°Cor above + 85°C, which arepackaged in TO-5 outline cases(0.305 to 0.370 inch diameter) or innon-hermetically sealed cases andwhich are:1 Bipolar types designed for

operation as digital logic circuitelements but limited to gates,inverters, buffers, bilateralswitches, drivers, counters,latches, adders, comparators,parity generators, multiplexers,expanders, flip-flops, multi­vibrators, code converters,registers, encoders, decoders,demultiplexers, diode matrices,multipliers and Schmitt triggers,and having all of the followingcharacteristics:a Encapsulated in a package

having 24 terminals or less;b A basic propagation delay

time not less than 3 nano­seconds;

c A power dissipation per basicgate of not less than 2 milli­watts and, for types having abasic gate propagation delayof 3 nanoseconds or moreand less than 5 nanoseconds,a product of the basic gatepropagation delay time (innanoseconds) and the powerdissipation per basic gate (inmilliwatts) not less than 30pJ(ie a speed/power productper gate not less than 30pJ).

2 CMOS types designed foroperation as digital logic circuitelements but limited to gates,inverters, buffers, flip-flops,latches, multivibrators, bilateralswitches, display drivers, fixedcounters, fixed frequencydividers, storage registers,decoders, voltage translators,encoders and Schmitt triggersand having both of the followingcharacteristics:a Encapsulated in a package

having 24 terminals or less;b Minimum value of the basic

gate propogation delay timeunder any rated conditions ofnot less than 10 nanoseconds;

Technical notes:i The basic gate power dissipa­

tion and the basic gatepropagation delay are thosevalues corresponding to thebasic gate utilised within afamily of microcircuits. Theymay be specified either as thepower dissipation/propaga­tion delay per typical gate, oras the typical power dissipa­tion/propagation delay pergate, for a given family.

ii Basic gate propagation delayis not to be confused withinput/output delays ofcomplex devices.

3 Silicon single-chip micro­computer microcircuits that aremask programmed by the"manufacturer" for a civilapplication prior to export andhaving all of the followingcharacteristics:a A word size to "speed" ratio

of less than or equal to 1.1 bitper microsecond;

b A "speed-power dissipationproduct" of greater than orequal to 1.2 microjoule;

c An on-chip read-onlymemory (ROM), not includ­ing the mircocode, of lessthan or equal to 4,096 Byte;

d An on-chip random accessmemory (RAM) of less thanor equal to 128 Byte;

e Containing no programmableread-only memory (PROM);

f An operand (data) wordlength of less than or equal to8 bit;

g Not capable of using off-chipmemory for programmestorage;

h Not containing multiplicationinstructions, general purposeoperating systems (e.g.CP /M) or high orderlanguages (e.g. Tiny Basic);

Not rated for operationbelow 253K (-20°C) orabove 348K ( +75°C).

Explanatory notes:1 For "speed H or "speed­

power dissipation product"computation see Note 2b tothis Item.

2 Bit-slice microcomputermicrocircuits are not releasedby this sub-item.

4 Silicon microprocessor micro­circuits having all of the follow­ing characteristics:a A word size to "speed" ratio

of less than or equal to 1.25bit per microsecond;

b A "speed-power dissipationproduct" of greater than orequal to 2 microjoule;

c Containing no on-chip ROMor PROM;

d Containing on-chip RAM ofless than or equal to 1024 bit;

e Capable of addressing off­chip memory not greater than65,536 Byte;

f An operand (data) wordlength of less than or equal to8 bit and not having anarithmetic logic unit (ALU)wider than 8 bit;

g Not containing multiplicationinstructions;

h Not rated for operationbelow 253K (-20°C) orabove 348K ( + 75°C).

Explanatory notes:1 For "speed" or "speed­

power dissipation product"computation see Note 2 b ofthis Item.

2 Bit-slice microprocessormicrocircuits are not releasedby this sub-item.

S Memory microcircuits, asfollows:a MOS dynamic random access

memories (DRAM) having allof the following characteris­tics:i A maximum number of

bits per package of 4,096bit and a maximum accesstime of no less than 250nanoseconds;

ii Not rated for operationbelow 253K (-20°C) orabove 348K (+ 75°C);

b Mask-programmed ROM'snot rated for operation below253K (-20°C) or above 348K(+75°C), as follows:i With a maximum number

of bits per package of2,048 bit and a maximumaccess time of no less than450 nanoseconds;

ii PMOS or NMOS typeswith a maximum numberof bit per package of 8,192bit and a maximum accesstime of no less than 450nanoseconds;

iii PMOS or NMOS typesspecifically programmedor designed as charactergenerators, having astandard character font,and having a maximum

access time of no less than250 nanoseconds;

c MOS static random accessmemories (SRAM) havingboth of the following charac­teristics:i A maximum number of

bits per package of 1,024bit;

n A maximum access timeof no less than 450 nano­seconds;

d Bipolar RAM's, as follows;i With a maximum number

of bits per package of 64bit and a maximum accesstime of no less than 30nanoseconds;

ii With a maximum numberof bits per package of 256bit and a maximum accesstime of no less than 40nanoseconds;

Ui With a maximum numberof bits per package of1,024 bit and a maximumaccess time of no less than45 nanoseconds.

6 a Non-programmable micro­circuits, not capable ofaddressing external memory,specially designed for, andwhich 'by virtue of circuitdesign are normally limited touse only for simplecalculators which perform asingle function in response toa keystroke, capable ofperforming a floating pointaddition of 13 decimal digits(mantissa only) or less in noless than 0.02 second;

b Programmable microcircuitsspecially designed for, andwhich by virtue of circuitdesign are normally Hmited touse only for simple key pro­grammable calculatorshaving both of the followingcharacteristics:i Capable of executing a

sequence of no more than256 programme stepsintroduced into aprogramme memory onthe chip by a sequence ofkeystrokes;

ii Capable of performing afloating point addition of13 decimal digits(mantissa only) or less inno less than 0.02 second;

c P-channel or N-channel MOSmicrocircuits speciallydesigned as. and which byvirtue of circuit designed arenormally limited to use onlyas, serial digital shift registerswith a maximum clock rate of2.5 MHz, and a maximumnumber of bits per packageof 1.024.

7 a Untuned AC amplifier micro­circuits having a bandwidthof less than 3 MHz and amax!mum rated power dissi­pation of 5 W or less at a casetemperature of 25°C;

b Audio amplifier microcircuitshaving a maximum ratedcontinuous power output of

.Securtty export control 14 June 1985 33

INDUSTRIAL LIST25 watts or less at a casetemperature of 25°C.Note: For audio amplifiers,the 358K (85°C) upper limitspecified in the heading of d iiis not applicable. The lowerlimit of 233K (-400C) isapplicable.

8 Operational amplifier micro­circuits having all of the follow­ing characteristics:a A typical unity-gain open­

loop bandwidth of not morethan5MHz;

b A typical open-loop voltagegain of not more than 106,Le. 120dB;

c Either. a maximum intrinsicrated input offset voltage ofno less 1.0 mV or a maximuminput offset voltage drift ofno less than 5 microvolt perK(OC);

d A typical slew rate, at unitygain, not exceeding 6 voltsper microsecond providedthat, for microcircuits havinga typical slew rate, at unitygain, greater th an 2.5microvolt/second, the typicalpower dissipation is greaterthan 10 milliwatt peramplifier.

9 Analogue multiplier or dividermicrocircuits having both of thefollowing characteristics:a A best case rated non­

linearity of not better than0.5 per cent of full scale;

b A -3 dB small-signal band­width of not more than 1MHz.

10 Isolation amplifier micro­circuits.

11 Instrumentation amplifiermicrocircuits having all of thefollowing characteristics:8 A best case rated non­

linearity of not better than0.01 per cent at a gain of 100;

b A maximum gain-bandwidthproduct not greater than 7.5MHz (eg a maximum band­width of 7.5 kHz at -3 dBand at a gain of 100);

c A typical slew rate at unitygain not exceeding 3 volt/microsecond.

12 Voltage regulator microcircuits,as follows:a Linear types, having both of

the following characteristics:i A rated nominal output

voltage of 40 volts or less;ii A maximum output

current of 2 amperes orless;

b Switching types, having bothof the following character­istics:i A rated nominal output

voltage of 40 volts or less;H A maximum output

current of 150 milli­amperes or less.

Explanatory note: For voltageregulators, the + 85°C uppertemperature limit specified in d His not applicable. The lower limitof -40°C is applicable.

13 Voltage reference microcircuits

34 Security export control 14 June 1985

having both of the following·characteristics:a A rated accuracy of no better

than 0.1 per cent;b A temperature coefficient of

voltage not less than 15 x10-6 per K(OC).

14 Voltage comparator micro­circuits having both of thefollowing characteristics:a A maximum input offset

voltage of not less than 2millivolts;

b A typical switching speed ortypical response time of notless than 30 nanoseconds.

15 Bipolar microcircuits designedfor operation in civil applica­tions as externally controlled (byinductive, magnetic or opticalmeans) electronic switches, or asthreshold value switches withswitching times of 0.5microsecond or greater.

16 Non-coherent light-emittingalpha-numeric displays notincorporating an integratedcircuit.

17 N on-coherent light-emittingalpha-numeric displaysincorporating an integratedcircuit used for decoding,controlling or driving thatdisplay, provided that theintegrated circuit is not integralwith the actual display device.

18 Simple encapsulated photo­coupler (transoptor) assemblieswith electrical input and outputand which incorporate non­coherent light-emitting diodes.

19 Interface microcircuits, asfollows:a Line drivers and line receivers

having a typical propagationdelay time from data input tooutput of not less than 15nanoseconds;

b Sense amplifiers, having bothof the following character­istics:i A typical propagation

delay time from data inputto output of not less than15 nanoseconds;

ii A typical input thresholdvoltage of not less than 10millivolts;

c Memory and clock drivers,having all of the followingcharacteristics:i A maximum rated output

current of 500 milli­amperes or less;

ii A maximum rated outputvoltage of 30 volts or less;

iii A typical propagationdelay time from data inputto output of not less than20 nanoseconds;

d Peripheral and displaydrivers, having all of thefollowing characteristics:i A maximum rated output

current of 500 milli­amperes or less;

ii A typical propagationdelay time from data input

to output of not less than20 nanoseconds;

Hi A maximum rated outputvoltage of 80 volts or less.

Explanatory note: When propa­gation delay time is notspecified, typical turn-on orturn-off time, whichever is less,should be used.

20 Voltage-to-frequency convertermicrocircuits not employingdelta or delta/sigma modulationtechniques, having both of thefollowing characteristics:a A rated non-linearity of not

better than 0.01 per cent offull scale;

b A gain drift not less than 50part per million (ppm) perdegree C at rated frequency.Note: Gain drift specifies themaximum change in gainover a specified temperaturerange.

21 RMS-to-DC voltage convertermicrocircuits.

22 Analogue-to-digital and digital­to analogue converter micro­circuits as follows:a Analogue-to-digital converter

microcircuits having both ofthe following characterists:i A maximum conversion

rate to rated accuracy notgreater than 50,000 com­plete conversions persecond; or a maximumconversion time tomaximum resolution ofnot less than 20 micro­seconds;

ii A rated non-linearity ofnot better than 0.025 percent of full scale over thespecified operating tem­perature range;

b Digital-to-analogue convertermicrocircuits having both ofthe following characteristics:i A maximum settling time

to rated linearity of notless than 5 microsecondsfor 'voltage output', andnot less than 250 nano­seconds for current outputconverters

ii A rated non-linearity ofnot better than 0.025 percent of full scale over thespecified operating tem­perature range.

Note: This sub-item does notrelease coder, decoder orcoder/ decoder (codec) micro­circuits specially designed forvoice. (See Item IL 1527.)

23 "Non-reprogrammable" siliconmicrocircuits which are speciallydesigned or programmed by the"manufacturer" for functionalpurposes in the followingapplications:a Automotive, electronics (eg

entertainment, instrumen­tation, safety, comfort,operations and pollution);

b Home electronics, includingradio and television, appli­ances, clocks, watches, audioand video tape recorders,

safety, comfort and amuse­ment;

c Personal communications upto 150 MHz, includingamateur radio communica­tions and intercom;

d Unembargoed cameras (in­cluding cine cameras) butexcluding imaging micro­circuits;

e Medical electronic prostheses(eg cardiac pacemakers,hearing aids).

Technical notes:1 A microcircuit whose

function cannot be altered byaccepting or executing in­structions from any externalsource is "non­programmable".

2 The temperature limitsspecified in the heading of d iiabove do not apply to sub­sections d ii 23 a or d.

24 Timing microcircuits havingboth of the following character­istics:a A typical timing error of not

less than 0.5 per centb A typical rise time of not less

than 100 nanoseconds.2S Sample and hold microcircuits

having both of the followingcharacteristics:a An acquisition time of not

less thari 10 microseconds;b A maximum non-linearity

error of not better than 0.01per cent of full scale for ahold time of 1 microsecond.

26 Analogue-to-digital convertermicrocircuits specially designedfor digital voltmeter applicationsand permitting characteristicscorresponding to those ofinstruments free from embargounder Item IL 1529f.

iii Unen capsuiated m 0 noli t hi cintegrated circuits which are notdesigned or rated as radiationhardened, and which are:1 Bipolar types designed for

operation as digital logic circuitelements but limited to gates,inverters, buffers, bilateralswitches, drivers, counters,latches, adders, comparators,parity generators, multiplexers,expanders, flip-flops, multi­vibrators, code converters,registers, encoders, decoders,demultiplexers, diode matrices,multipliers and Schmitt triggers,and having both of the followingcharacteristics:a A product of the typical basic

gate propagation delay time(in nanoseconds) and thepower dissipation per basicgate (in milliwatts) not lessthan 70pJ (ie speed-powerproduct/gate not less than70pJ);

b A typical propagation delaytime not less than 5 nano­seconds.Note: This sub-item does notpermit export of complexcustom bipolar digitaldevices.

2 Operational amplifiers, having

all of the following character­istics:a A typical unity-gain open­

loop bandwidth of not morethan 5MHz;

b A typical open-loop voltagegain of not more than100,000 or 100 dB;

c A maximum intrinsic ratedinput offset voltage of notless than 5 millivolts;

d A typical slew rate at unitygain not exceeding 1 volt/microsecond.

3 Audio amplifiers having amaximum rated power output ofIOW or less at a case tempera­ture of 25°c.

4 Non-reprogrammable typesspecially designed for and whichare by virtue of circuit design arenormally limited to civil uses intelevision and radio receivershaving all of the followingcharacteristics:a Rated for operation at 11

MHz or less;b Not specially designed for

station scanning applications;c Not utilising charge-coupled

device technology;d Not intended for beam -lead

bonding;e Not intended for video or

luminance amplifiers withmaximum rated supplyvoltages exceeding 30 volts orwith typical bandwidthsgreater than 7.5 MHz.

5 Non-reprogrammable typeswhich are specifically designedfor time-keeping applications(e.g. watches and clocks).

Notes:1 Nothing in the above shall be

construed as sanctioning theexport of wafer or chip design orprocessing information inherentin the manufacture of anyembargoed class of assembly,sub-assembly, microcircuit orcircuit element, irrespective ofany release of devices in thatclass. This restriction alsoapplies to technology embodiedboth in the equipment coveredby Item IL 1355 and in its use.

2 Definition of Terms:a "Speed" is defined as the

time to fetch an operand Cand another operand D, bothfrom an external storageoutside any work register,add these operands and putthe result back in storage.The addressing mode whichyields the shortest executiontime shall be used. The resultof the add operand shall bestored in either the samelocation of one of theaddends or in some otherlocation. This choice shall bemade to give the shortestexecution time at the highestspecified clock frequency.

b "Speed"-power dissipatiofiproduct". The power dissi­pation shall be the typicalvalue at the clock frequency

used in the "Speed"computation. The typicalvalue may be obtained by anyof the following means:i The specified typical

internal power dissipa­tion;

ii One half the maximuminternal power dissipa­tion;

ill The product of thenominal supply voltageand typical total supplycurrent; or

Iv One half the product ofthe nominal supplyvoltage and maximumtotal supply current;

whichever is the lowest valuespecified.

c For the purposes of this Itemthe "manufacturer" is theindividual or organisationdesigning the microcircuit orprogramme for the intendedapplication (in contrast to anindividual or organisationmerely programming amicrotircuit at, or inaccordance with a user'srequest).

3 Microcircuits are only eligiblefor release from embargo if thedesign or programme isoriginated either by the"manufacturer" alone or inconcert with the microcircuituser and is unalterably fixed atthe time of manufacture, and ifthe "manufacturer" establishesthe design and performance ofthis microcircuit for the intendedend-use. (Microcircuits,including gate arrays, andprogrammable logic arrays,based only or primarily oncustomer·supplied circuit designor programmes and not meetingthe criteria of this Note are notreleased under this Item.)

4 Devices covered by sub-items ((c and not released by sub·items11 d i and ii above when theyconsist of, or are incorporatedin, plug-in printed boards orplug-in modules for use inspecifically identified equipmentpreviously exported, and whichdo not upgrade the initialperformance of that equipment,provided that the plug-in printedcircuit boards or plug-inmodules cannot operate inde­pendently from the equipmentto which they are to beconnected or in which they areto be inserted.

5 Integrated circuits embargoed bysub-item 11 d if above only byvirtue of being encased inhermetically sealed dual-in-linepackages provided that it isconsidered that the statedlegitimate civil end-use requiressuch a package.

6 Devices (encapsulated or,unencapsulated) described insub-items I1 c and d, providedthat the devices have beendesigned specifically foridentifiable civil applications

Security eXpOrt control 14 June 1985 35

INDUSTRIAL LISTand, by nature of design orperformance, are substantiallyrestricted to the particularapplication for which they have

· been designed.

IL 1565Electronic computers, "rela tedequipment" , equipment or systemscontaining electronic computers, andtechnology therefor, as follows; andspecially designed components andaccessories, for these electroniccomputers and "related equipment":(For the embargo status of "Software" ,see Item IL 1566.)

Technical notes:1 Electronic computers, and' 'related equip­

ment" are categorized as follows:"analogue computer" -

Equipment which can, in the form of oneor more continuous variables:a Accept data;b Process data; andc Provide output of data.

"digital computer" -Equipment which can, in the form of oneor more discrete variables:a Accept data;b Store data or instructions in fixed or

alterable (writable) storage devices;c Process data by means of a stored

sequence of instructions which ismodifiable; and

d Provide output of data.Note: Modifications of a stored sequenceof instructions include replacement offixed storage devices, but not a physicalchange in wiring interconnections.

"hybrid computer" ­Equipment which can:a Accept data;b Process data, in both analogue and

digital representations; andc Provide output of data.

"related equipment" -Equipment "embedded" in, "incorpor­ated" in, or "associated" with electroniccomputers, as follows:a Equipment for interconnecting

"analogue computers" with "digitalcomputers";

b Equipment for interconnecting"digital computers";

c Equipment for interfacing electroniccomputers to "local area networks" orto "wide area networks";

d Communication control units;e Other inputloutput (1/0) control

units;f Recording or reproducing equipment

referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL1572;

I Displays; orh Other peripheral equipment.Note: "Related equipment" whichcontains an "embedded" or "incorpor­ated electronic computer, but which lacks"user-accessible programmability"', doesnot thereby fall within the definition of anelectronic computer.

2 This Item includes:a Assemblies, modules, or printed circuit

boards with mounted,' componentsreferred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL1564; ,

b Assemblies of materials or thin filmdevices or devices containing themreferred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL

36 Security export control 14 June 1985

1588;c Central processing unit "main

storage" combinations;d Digital differential analyzers (in­

cremental computers); ande Processors for stored-programme

control.(This ends the Technical notes. For acomplete list of definitions of terms used inthis Item, see Note 16 below.)

Listed as follows:8 "Analogue computers" and "related

equipment" therefor .. which are designedor modified for use in airborne vehicles,missiles, or space vehicles and rated forcontinuous operation at temperaturesfrom below 228K (-45°C) to above 328K(+ 55°C);

b Equipment or systems containing"analogue computers" embargoed bysub-item 8;

c "Analogue computers" and "relatedequipment" therefor, other than thoseembargoed by sub-item 8, except thosewhich neither:1 Are capable of containing more than

20 summers, integrators, multipliers orfunction generators; nor

2 Have facilities for readily varying theinterconnections of such components;

d "Hybrid computers" and "related equip­ment" therefor, with all the followingcharacteristics:1 The analogue section is embargoed by

sub-item c;2 The digital section has an internal fixed

or alterable storage of more than 2,048bit; and

3 Facilities are included for processingnumerical data from the analoguesection in the digital section or viceversa;

e "Digital computers Y' or embargoed

"analogue computers" containingequipment for interconnecting' 'analoguecomputers" with "digital computers";

f "Digital computers" and "relatedequipment" therefor, with any of thefollowing characteristics:1 Designed or modified for use in

airborne vehicles, missiles or spacevehicles and rated for continuous oper­ation at temperatures from below 228K(-45°C) to above 328K ( + 55°C);

2 Designed or modified to limit electro­magnetic radiation to levels much lessthan those required by governmentcivil interference specifications;

3 Designed as ruggedized or radiation­hardened equipment and capable ofmeeting military specifications forruggedized or radiation-hardenedequipment; or

4 Modified for military use;I Equipment or systems containing "digital

computers" embargoed by sub-item f;h "Digital computers" and "related equip­

ment" therefor, other than those embar­goed by sub-items e or f, even when"embedded" in.. "incorporated" in, or"associated" with equipment or systems:Note: The embargo status of these"digital computers" and "related equip­ment" therefor is governed by theappropriate Item provided that:

a They are "embedded" in otherequipment or systems;

b The other equipment or systems aredescribed in other Items in theseLists; and

c The technology for these "digital

computers" and "relatedequipment" is governed by sub­item j below.

1 including "digital computers" and"related equipment", as follows:Designed or modified for:Note: "Digital computers" and"related equi'pment" containingequipment, devices or logic control forthe following functions are alsoincluded.a "Signal processing";b "Image enhancement";c "Local area networks";

Note: For the purpose of this sub­item, data communication systemswhen located within a single pieceof equipment (eg television set,car), are not considered to bedesigned or modified for "localarea networks".

d "Multi-data-stream processing";Note: For the purpose of this sub­item, "digital computers" and"related equipment" are notconsidered to be designed ormodified for "multi-data-streamprocessing", if they:8 Utilize staged (pipelined) in­

struction interpretation for con­ventional single instructionsingle data sequence processing;or

b Have an arithmetic unit imple­mented with bit-slice micro­processor microcircuits.

e Combined recognition, under­standing and interpretation ofimage, continuous (connected)speech or connected word text otherthan "signal processing" or "imageenhancement" described in sub­item h 1 i a or b;

f "Real time processing" of sensordata:1 Concerning events occurring

outside the "computer usingfacility"; and

2 Provided by equipment embar­goed by Items IL 1501, 1502,1510 or 1518;

Note: This does not includedigital radar signal processing byequipment which is:8 Embargoed by Item IL 1501 c

2 vi only, for which the con­ditions of Item IL 1501apply; or

b Freed from embargo by thetwo year limit in Item IL 1501c 2 vii.

I Microprocessor or microcomputerdevelopment systems;Note: For microprocessor or micro­computer development systems, seeItem IL 1529 b 6 ii.

h "Fault tolerance";Note: For the purpose of this sub­item, "digital computers" and"related equipment! .. are not con­sidered to be designed or modifiedfor "fault tolerance", if theyutilize:8 Error detection or correction

algorithms in "main storage";b The interconnection of two

"digital computers" so that, ifthe active central processing unitfails, an idling but mirroringcentral processing unit can con­tinue the system's functioning;

c The interconnection of twocentral processing units by datachannels or by use of sharedstorage to permit one centralprocessing unit to perform otherwork until the second centralprocessing unit fails, at whichtime the first central processingunit takes over in· order to con­tinue the system's functioning;or

d The synchronization of twocentral processing units by"software" so that one centralprocessing unit recognizes whenthe other central processing unitfails and recovers tasks from thefailing unit.

Not used."User-accessible Inicrogramma­bility":Note: For the purpose of this sub­item, "digital computers" and"related equipment" are notconsidered to be designed ormodified for "user-accessibleInicroprogrammability", if thisfacility is limited to:a Loading, reloading or inserting

of "microprogrammes", pro­vided by the supplier; or

b Simple loading of "micropro­grammes", which mayor maynot be provided by the supplier,but which are neither designed tobe accessible to the user noraccompanied by training or"software" for user accessi­bility.

k "Data (message) switching";I "Stored-programme-controlled

circuit switching"; orrn "Wide area networks";

ii Having the following characteristics:a Size, weight, power consumption

and reliability or other character­istics (eg bubble memory), whichallow easy application in mobiletactial Inilitary systems; and

b Ruggedized above the level requiredfor a normal commercial (office)environment, but not necessarily upto levels specified in sub-item f;

2 except:"Digital computers" or "relatedequipment" therefor, provided that:a They are "embedded" in other

equipment or systems;b They are not the "principal

element" of the other equipment orsystems in which they are"embedded";

c The other equipment or systems arenot described by other Items inthese Lists;

d The "total processing data rate" ofanyone "embedded" "digitalcomputer" does not exceed' 28million bit per second;

e The sum of the "total processingdata rate" of each "embedded""digital computer" does not exceed50 million bit per second; and

f The "embedded" "digitalcomputers" or "related equip­ment" therefor do not include:1 Equipment or systems

embargoed by Item IL 1519 c orby Item IL 1567; or

2 Equipment described in sub-itemh 1 i a to rn, other than for:

"Signal processing" or"image enhancement" whenlacking "user-accessible pro­grammability" and when"embedded" in medicalimaging equipment; or

ii "Local area networks" im­plemented by using integralinterfaces designed to meetANSI/IEEE Std 488-1978 orIEC Publication 625-1;

ii "Digital computers" or "relatedequipment" therefor, provided that:a They are "incorporated" in other

equipment or systems;b They are not the "principal

element" of the other equipment orsystems in which they are "incor­porated";

c The other equipment or systems arenot embargoed by other Items inthese Lists;

d The "total processing data rate" ofanyone "incorporated" "digitalcomputer" does not exceed 5million bit per second;

e The "total internal storage avail­able to the user" does not exceed4.9 million bit; and

f The "incorporated" "digital com­puters" or "related equipment"therefor do not include:1 Elnbargoed "related equip­

ment";2 Equipment or systems embar­

goed by Item IL 1519 c or byItem IL 1567;

3 Equipment described in sub-itemh 1 ii; or

4 Equipment described in sub-itemh 1 i a to rn, other than for:i "Signal processing" or

"image enhancement" whenlacking "user-accessible pro­grammability" and when"embedded" in medicalimaging equipment; or

ii "Local area networks" im­plemented by using integralinterfaces designed to meetANSI/IEEE Std 488-1978 orIEC publication 625-1;

Note: "Digital computers" or"related equipment" "incorpor­ated" in equipment exportableunder the provisions of Iterns IL1501, 1502, 1510 or 1518, whichare for internal functions whichincidentally might be consideredto be described by sub-item h 1 if, are exportable as part of thatequipment. "Digital com­puters" or "related equipment"for the "real-time processing"of the outputs of the equipmentembargoed by Items IL 1501,1502, 1510 or 1518 and for AirTraffic Control systems arecovered by this Item.

iii "Digital computers" other than thosedescribed in sub-item h 1 above,shipped as I complete systems andhaving all the following characteristics:a Designed and announced by the

manufacturer for identifiable civiluse;

b Not specially designed for anyequipment embargoed by any otherI tern in these Lists;

c "Total processing data rate" notexceeding 2 million bit per second;

d "Total internal storage available tothe user" not exceeding 1.1 millionbit; and

e They do not include any of thefollowing:1 A central processing unit imple­

mented with more than ..Qnemicroprocessor or microcom­puter microcircuit;Note: This limit does not includeany dedicated microprocessor ormicrocomputer microcircuitused solely for display, keyboardor input/output control, or anybit-slice microprocessor micro­circuit.

2 A microprocessor or micro­computer microcircuit with:i A principal operand (data)

word length of more than 8bit; or

ii A typical 'speed'-power dissi­pation product of less than:a 2 microjoule for micro­

processor microcircuits;or

b 1.2 microjoule for micro-computer microcircuits;

Technical note: 'Speed' isdefined here as the time neededto fetch an operand C andanother operand D, both froman external storage outside anywork register, add theseoperands and put the result backin storage.

3 Analogue-to-digital or digital­to-analogue converter micro­circuits:i Exceeding the limits of Item

IL 1568 k; andii Not for direct driven video

monitors for normal com­mercial television;

4 Embargoed "related equip­ment"; or

5 Equipment embargoed by ItemIL 1519 c or by Item IL 1567;

iv Peripheral equipment, as follows,which may contain "embedded"microprocessor microcircuits butwhich lacks "user-accessible program­mability" :a Card punches and readers;b Paper tape punches and readers;c Manually operated keyboards in­

cluding teletype devices;d Manually operated graphic tablets

not having more than 1,024resolvable points along any axis;

e Impact printers;f Nbn-impact printers, not embar­

goed by Item IL 1572 b or c, whichdo not exceed:1 2,000 lines per minute; or2 300 characters per second;

g Plotting equipment, not elnbargoedby Item IL 1572 b or c, producing aphysical record by ink, photo­graphic, thermal, or electrostatictechniques, which has:1 A linear accuracy worse than or

equal to ..±. 0.004 per cent; and2 An active plotting area less than

or equal to 1,700 mm (66.9 inch)by 1,300 mm (51.2 inch);

h Digitizing .equipment, generatingrectilinear coordinate data bymanual or semi-automatic tracingof physical records, which has:1 A linear accuracy worse than or

Security exoort control 14 June 1986 37

INDUSTRIAL LISTequal to ±. 0.004 per cent; and

:1 An active digitizing area lessthan or equal to 1,700 mm (66.9inch) by 1,300 mm (51.2 inch);

i Not used;j Optical mark recognition (OMR)

equipment;k Optical character recognition

(OCR) equipment which:1 Does not contain "signal pro­

cessing" or "image enhance­ment" equipment; and

2 Is only for:i Stylized OCR characters;ii Other internationally

standardized stylizedcharacter fonts; or

iil Other characters limited tonon-stylized or hand printednumerics and up to 10 handprinted alphabetic or othercharacters;

Cathode-ray tube displays forwhich circuitry and character­generation devices, external to thetube, limit the capabilities to:1 Alpha-numeric characters in

fixed formats;:1 Graphs composed only of the

same basic elements as used foralpha-numeric character com­position; or

3 Graphic displays for which thesequence of symbols and basicelements of symbols are fixed;

rn Cathode-ray tube graphic displays,not containing cathode-ray tubesembargoed by Item IL 1541, whichare limited as follows:1 The "maximum bit transfer

rate" from the electroniccomputer to the display does notexceed 9,600 bit per second;Note: Direct driven videomonitors are excluded from thislimitation.

2 Not more than 1,024 resolvableelements along any axis; and

3 Not more than 16 shades of greyor colour;

° Cathode-ray tube graphic displays,not containing cathode-ray tubesembargoed by Item IL 1541, pro­vided that they are:1 Part of industrial or medical

equipment; and2 Not specially designed for use

with electronic computers;o Graphic dsiplays specially designed

for signature or security checkinghaving an active display area not ex­ceeding 150 sq cm (23.25 sq inch);

p Other displays, provided that:1 Circuitry and character­

generation devices external tothe display device (eg panel,tube) and the construction of thedisplay device limit the capa­bilities to:i Alpha-numeric characters in

fixed formats;ii Graphs composed only of the

same basic elements as usedfor alpha-numeric charactercomposition;

Hi Graphic displays for whichthe sequence of symbols andbasic elements of symbols arefixed; and

2 They are limited to:i A capability for displaying no

38 Security export control 14 June 1985

more than 3 levels (off, inter­mediate and full on); and

ii A minimum character heightof not less than:a 5.5 mm (0.22 inch) if the

area is 1,200 sq cm (186 sqinch) or less; or

b 20 mm (0.79 inch) if thearea is more than 1,200 sqcm (186 sq inch); and

3 They do not have as an integralpart of the display device:i Circuitry; orii Non-mechanical character­

generation devices;q Light gun devices or other manual

graphic input devices which are:1 Part of unembargoed displays;

and2 Limited to 1,024 resolvable

elements along any axis;r Disk drives for non-rigid magnetic

media (floppy disks) which do notexceed:1 A "gross capacity" of 17 million

bit;2 A "maximum bit transfer rate"

of 0.52 million bit per second; or3 An "access rate" of 6 accesses

per second;s Cassette/cartidge tape drives or

magnetic tape drives which do notexceed:1 A "maximum bit packing

density" of 63 bit per mm (l,6oobit per inch) per track;

2 A "maximum bit transfer rate"of 1.28 million bit per second; or

3 A maximum tape read/writespeed of 254 cm (100 inch) persecond; or

Cassette/cartridge tape driveswhich do not exceed:1 A "maximum bit packing

density" of 107 bit per mm(2,700 bit per inch) per track; or

2 A "maximum bit transfer rate"of 0.128 million bit per second;

v Input/output interface or controlunits, as follows, which may contain"embedded" microprocessor micro­circuits but which lack' 'user-accessibleprogrammability" :a Designed for use with peripheral

equipment free from embargounder sub-item h 2 Iv above; or

b Designed for use with digitalrecording or reproducing equip­ment specially designed to usemagnetic card, tag, label or bankcheque recording media, free fromerrlbargo according to Item IL 1572a ii;

Not used;

Technology, as follows:1 Technology applicable to the:

i Development, production or use (ieinstallation, operation andmaintenance) of electronic com­puters or "related equipment" ,even if these electronic computersor "related equipment" are notembargoed by this Item; excepta Technology which is unique to

"related equipment" free fromembargo under sub-item h 2 iv ato c, e, f, I, 0, P or q and whichis not otherwise embargoed byany other Item in these Lists;

b The .minimum technical in­foJmation necessary for the use

of electronic computers or"related equipment" free fromembargo; or

ii Development, production or use ofequipment or systems embargoedby sub-item b or g; or

2 Technology for the integration of:i Embargoed electronic computers or

embargoed "related equipment"into other equipment or systemswhether or not the other equipmentor systems are embargoed; orNote: Nothing in the above shouldbe construed to embargo tech­nology for the integration which isunique to the other equipment orsystems if they are free fromembargo.

ii Unembargoed electronic computersor unembargoed "relatedequipment" into embargoedequipment or systems.Note: This does not, however,release from elnbargo the tech­nology for the integration ofelectronic computers or "relatedequipment" which are freed fromembargo only by sub-item h 2 I oronly by sub-item h 2 H.

Notes:1 HDigital computers" and Hrelated equip­

ment" therefor embargoed by sub-item hwhen contained in other equipment orsystems covered by another Item in theseLists, may be exported subject to theprovisions of that Item, provided that:a They are Hincorporated" in other

equipment or systems,'b They are not the ~principal element"

of the equipment or systems in whichthey are Hincorporated";

c The other equipment or systems areembargoed by other Items in theseLists and they are permitted for exportaccording to the provisions of theappropriate Item;

d The Htotal processing data rate" ofany Hincorporated" Hdigital com­puter" does not exceed 15 million bitper second;

e All other parameters do not exceed therelevant limits of Note 9 b 1 ii to iv andb 2 to 9 to this Item; and

f The Hincorporated" "digital com­puters" or Hrelated equipment" there­for do not include:1 Equipment embargoed by Item IL

1519 c or by Item IL 1567;2 Equipment described in sub-item h

1 ii; or3 Equipment described in sub-item h

1 I a to rn, other than for:i HSignal processing" or Himage

enhancement" when lacking"user-accessible programma­bility" and being Hembedded"in medical imaging equipment;or

ii "Local area networks"implemented by using integralinterfaces designed to meetANSI/IEEE Std 488-1978 orIEC Publication 625-1.NB: HDigital computers" orHrelated equipment" Hincorpor­ated" in equipment exportableunder the provisions of Items IL1501, 1502, 1510 or 1518, whichare for internal functions whichincidentally might be consideredto be described by sub-item h 1 i

designed components embargoedby this Item; or .

2 Equipment or components embar­goed by other Items in these Lists;

b The parts:1 Are destined for embargoed equip­

ment previously authorized forexport or for equipment free fromembargo;

2 Are shipped in the minimumquantities necessary for the typesand quantities of exported equip­ment being serviced; and

3 Do not upgrade the performance ofthe exported equipment beyond thelevel:i Specified in the relevant italic

Note or Note 12 to this Item; orii Specified as free from embargo,·

c If the parts are 'advanced technologyparts', the western supplier's serviceorganization must:1 Guarantee that parts will be

replaced on a one-for-one exchangebasis;

2 Take measures to obtain custody ofthe defective parts; and

3 If custody is not obtained, certifythat the defective parts aredestroyed.Technical note: For the purpose ofthis paragraph, 'advanced tech­nology parts' are either:a Part~ embargoed by Item IL

. 1564 11. c 2;b Microprocessor, microcom­

puter, memory, programmedlogic array or arithmetic logicunit microcircuits embargoed byItem IL 1564 I1 d;

c Magnetic tape heads, magneticdisk heads, magnetic drumheads, or non-exchangablemagnetic disk or drum recordingmedia, embargoed by Item IL1572; or

d Acoustic wave devices embar­goed by Item IL 1586, other thanthose exportable under the italicNote pursuant to the Note toItem IL 1586.

Not used.

9 "Digital computers" or "related equip­ment" therefor embargoed by sub-item h,provided that:a The "digital computers" or Hrelated

equipment" therefor:1 A re not described in sub-items h 1 i

d to m;2 Are not used with "digital com­

puters" produced in proscribedqreas;NB: This does not preclude theexchange of data media. .

3 Are exported as:i Complete systems; orii Enhancements to a previously

exported system provided thatthe enhanced system does notexceed the limits of sub­paragraph b of this Note,·

4 Have not been designed for anyequipmerzt:i Embargoed by any other Item in

these Lists; andii IVot covered by the italic Note to

such an Item:5 Have been primarily designed and

used for non-strategic applications;and

6 Do not have any of the following

ment" therefor, embargoed by sub-itemb provided that:a The Hdigital computers" and the

Hrelated equipment":1 Have been designed and announced

by a manufacturer for identifiableand dedicated medical applications;

2 Are substantially restricted to thearea of medical applications bynature of design and performance;

3 Are the equipment necessary for themedical application;

4 A re exported as complete systems;5 Will be located within one

Hcomputer using facility"; and6 Do not include communication

control units or Hcommunicationchannels";

b Equipment for "signal processing","image enhancement", or Hmulti­data-stream processing" is:1 Integrally "embedded";2 Designed specially for reconstruc­

tive tomography; and3 Does not have "user-accessible

microprogrammability";c The "total processing data rate" of

anyone "incorporated" HdigitaIcomputer" does not exceed 15 millionbit per second;

d The "digital computers" or "relatedequipment" therefor do not include:1 Equipment embargoed by Item IL

1519 c or Item IL 1567; or2 Equipment described in sub-item h

1 i c and h 1 i e to m."Digital computers" or "related equip­ment" therefor, embargoed by sub-itemh, provided that:a Reserved;b They are described in sub-item h 1 only

by an accident of definition; andc They fulfil anyone of the following

conditions:1 They are shipped as complete

systems and do not exceed:i A Htotal processing data rate"

of 15 million bit per second; andii Any of the limits for parameters

in Note 9 b 1 ii to iv and b 2 to 9to this Item;

2 They fail to meet the conditions of 8sub-items h 2 iii, iv or v only by anaccident of definition; or

3 They:i Are designed for identifiable

commercial (office) or personaluse and substantially restrictedto the particular application forwhich they have been designed;

ii Are ofa type 'generally availableto the public' in non-proscribedareas; and

iii Fulfil the conditions of c 1above.

NB: For the purpose of this Note'generally available to the public'means:a A Iso available at retail selling

points, other than thosespecialized in selling electroniccomputers to the general publicin model series exceeding thelimits in c 1 above; and

b Selling by means of over-the­counter transactions from stock.

7 Spare parts for exported electronic corn,...puters or "related equipment", providedthat:a The parts are:

1 HRelated equipment" or specially

Technical notes:1 The percentage for Note 3 d 1 i above

applies to the actual output voltage; allthe other percentages apply to fullscale, that is from maximum negativeto maximum positive referencevoltages.

2 Total errors at 1 kHz for Note 3 d 1 iiand 3 d 2 ii above are to be measuredwith those resistors incorporated in theinverter, summer or integrator whichprovide the least error.Total error measurements include allerrors of the unit resulting from, forexample, tolerances of resistors andcapacitors, tolerances of input andoutput impedances of amplifiers, theeffect of loading, the effect of phaseshift and the generating offunctions.

4 Not used.5 HDigital computers" and "related equip-

f are exportable as part of thatequipment. HDigital com­puters" or Hrelated equipment"for the Hreal-time processing"of the outputs of the equipmentembargoed by Items IL 1501,1502, 1510 or 1518 and for AirTraffic Control systems arecovered by this Item.

2 The minimum technical information forthe use (ie installation, operation andmaintenance) of electronic computers orHrelated equipment" authorized forexport, when shipped together with orsolely for use with these electroniccomputers or "related equipment".

3 "Analogue computers" and "relatedequipment" therefor embargoed by sub­item c, provided that:a The equipment is primarily used in

non-strategic applications;b 1 The equipment will be used

primarily for the specific 11on­strategic application for which theexport would be approved;

2 The number, type and character­istics ofsuch equipment are reason­able for this application; and

3 The equipment will not be used forthe design, development or pro­duction of embargoed items,especially for micro-electronicsproduction;

c The nanalogue computers" useneither:1 Optical computation devices; nor2 A coustic wave devices embargoed 6

by Item IL 1586 other than thosecovered by the italic Note to ItemIL 1586;

d The "analogue computers" are limitedas follows:1 The rated errors for summers,

inverters and integrators are not lessthan:i Static : 0.01 per cent;ii Total at 1 kHz : 0.15 per cent;

2 The rated error for multipliers arenot less than:i Static : 0.025 per cent;ii Total at 1 kHz : 0.25 per cent;

3 The rated errors for fixed functiongenerators (log x and sine/cosine)are not less than:

Static : 0.1 per cent;4 No more than 350 operational

amplifiers; and5 No more than four integrator time

scales switchable during oneprogramme.

Security export control 14 June 1985 39

characteristics:i They fall within the scope of

both sub-items h 1 ii a and b; orU They fall within the scope of

sub-item h 1 ii a and are micro­processor based systems havinga word length ofmore than 8 bit;or

ill They are ruggedized above thelevel required for a normalcommercial/civil environment,but not necessarily up to thelevels specified in sub-item f andare microprocessor basedsystems having a word length ofmore than 8 bit;NB: 8-bit word length systemswith a 16-bit architecture areregarded as 8-bit systems for thepurpose of this sub-paragraph.

b The Hdigital computers" and Hrelatedequipment" therefor do not exceedany of the following limits:1 Central processing unit "main

storage" combinations:I HTotal processing data rate" ­

28 million bit per second;ii HTotal connected capacity" of

{{main storage" 9.8 millionbit;

ill "Non-volatile storage" with{{user-accessible programma­bility" including bubble memory- none;NB: Magnetic core {{mainstorage" may however beincluded.

iv Number of microprocessor ormicrocomputer microcircuitsimplementing the centralprocessing unit - three;NB: This limit does not includeany dedicated microprocessor ormicrocomputer microcircuitused solely for dispaly, keyboardor input/output control, or anybit-slice microprocessor micro­circuit.

2 Input/output control unit - drum,disk or cartridge type streamer tapedrive combinations:i HTotal transfer rate" 11

million bit per second;ii HTotal access rate" - 160

accesses per second;iil Total connected Hnet capacity"

- 2,600 million bit;iv HMaximum bit transfer rate" of

any drum or disk drive - 10.3million bit per second;

v Number of streamer tape drives- one, which has a {{maximumbit transfer rate" of 5.5 millionbit per second;

vi Number ofindependent drum ordisk drives including thestreamer tape drive - four;

vii Exchangeable disk packs whichcontain magnetic heads:a HAccess rate" of an inde­

pendent seek mechanism ­20 accesses per second;

b {{Net capacity" - 240million bit;

3 Input/Output control unitbubble memory combinations:i For point ofsale devices used by

cashiers:Total connected Hnet capacity"- 5.3 million bit;

ii For Hdigital computers" and

40 Security export control 14 June 1985

Hrelated equipment" other thanthose in i above:Total connected Hnet capacity"- 2.1 million bit;

4 Input/output control unit ­magnetic tape drive. combinations:I HTotal transfer rate" 3.2

million bit per second;ii Number of magnetic tape drives

twelve;iil HMaximum bit transfer rate" of

any magnetic tape drive 1.6million bit per second;

Iv HMaximum bit packing density"63 bit per cm (1,600 bit per

inch) per track;v Maximum tape read/write speed

- 317.5 cm (125 inch) persecond;

5 Communication control unit -"communication channel"combinations:I HTotal data signalling rate" of

all {{communication channels"terminating remote from theHcomputer using facility" ­9,600 bit per second;

II Maximum Hdata signalling rate"of any "communicationchannel" - 4,800 bit persecond;

iil Number of "communicationchannels" not dedicated fulltime to the given application ­two, provided that they:a Have telex interfaces for

services conforming toCCITT recommendationsF60 to 79;

b Are connected to the publicswitched network; and

c Have a Hdata signalling rate"not exceeding 300 bit persecond at the interfacebetween the "digitalcomputer" and the telexcommunication control unit;

iv HCommunication channels" ter­minating within the '{computerusing facility", which utilize orare connected to a commoncarrier communication facilityor to an internal PABX otherthan that identified in lil above- none;

6 Input/output or communicationcontrol unit - directly connecteddata channel combinations:I "Total transfer rate" - 1.6

million bit per second;ii HTran~fer rate of any data

channel" 1.6 million bit persecond;

lii Terminations of such combin­nations or any extensions theretooutside the "computer usingfacility" - none;

7 Communication control unit ­{{local area network" combinations:I "Total data signalling rate" on

the common transmissionmedium - 10 million bit persecond;

ii Maximum' {data signalling rate"of any flcommunicationchannel" - 1.6 million bit persecond,'

lii Packet switching protocol levels.:.- those limits specified in:a ISO/DIS7498, Data Pro­

/cessing - Open System Inter-

connection, Basic ReferenceModel, February 4, 1982,Layer 2;

b CCITT X.25, Volume VIIIFascicle VIII. 2, VIIth

Plenary Assembly, 10-21November 1980, Level 2,(pages 104 to 120)/ or

c Draft IEEE 802.2, LogicalLink Control, Draft D,November 1982;

Iv Inter-network gateways none;v Maximum number of '{data

devices" 24;vi Terminations of such combi­

nations or any extensions theretooutside the "computer usingfacility" - none;

vii All "digital computers" con­nected to a "local area network"will be considered to be a singlesystem sharing "main storage"(for purposes of computing theparameters of this Note);NB: If the "total data signallingrate" on the common trans­mission medium does not exceed1.6 million bit per second, thissub-paragraph will not apply.

8 "Other peripheral devices":I Maximum bit transfer rate of

any "terminal device" locatedremote from the {{computerusing facility" 9,600 bit persecond;

ii Displays or graphic inputdevices:Resolvable elements along anyaxis - 1,024, and shades ofgreyor colour - 32;

9 Other limits on equipment:I "Signal processing" or "image

enhancement" equipment:"Equivalent nlultiply rate"100,000 operations per second;

ii Analogue-to-digital or digital­to-analogue converter micro­circuits exceeding the limits ofItem IL 1568 k (not includingthose converter microcircuits"embedded" in equipmentotherwise exportable, which arefor the internalfunctions ofsuchequipment, and are exported aspart of that equipment) none;

IU Equipment described in Note 9 b1 to 5 above (including interfaceequipment and terminatingmodems of all "communicationchannels") located outside the"computer operating area" ­none;

. c Exports of "digital computers" or"related equipment" covered by thisNote are subject to the followingconditions:1 The number, type and character­

istics of the equipment are reason­able for the application;

2 When the parameters of the equip­ment do not exceed:I "Total processing data rate" ­

5 million bit per second;ii "Total connected capacity" of

Hmain storage" - 4.9 millionbit; and

IU "Maximum bit transfer rate" ofany drum or disk drive 5.5million bit per second;

Then there are no quantity limi­tations on the export of equipmentper transaction,·

3 When the parameters of any equip­ment involved in one transactionexceed any limit of2 above, but thefollowing parameters are not ex­ceeded:i ''Total processing data rate" ­

15 million bit per second; andII Number of independent drum or

disk drives including thestreamer tape drive - four, ofwhich not more than two drumor disk drives have a "maximumbit transfer rate" exceeding 5.5million bit per second;

Then the "cumulative totalprocessing data rate" must notexceed 100 million bit per second;

4 When the following parameter ofany equipment involved in onetransaction exceeds:i "Total processing data rate" ­

15 million bit per second;Then the "cumulative total pro­cessing data rate" must notexceed 38 million bit per second;and

ii The following information shallbe provided:a A signed statement from the

end-user or importingagency;

b A full description of theequipment, its intendedapplication and work load;and

c Complete identification ofallend-users and their activities.

10 Not used.11 Not used.

12 Licence applications for "digital com­puters" or "related equipment" thereforembargoed by sub-item h will receivefavourable consideration, provided that:a The "digital computers" or "related

equipment" therefor:1 Are not described in sub-items h I i

d to m:2 Are not used with "digital com­

puters" produced in proscribedareas;NB: This does not preclude theexchange of data media.

3 Are exported as:i Complete systems; orii Enhancements to a previously

exported system provided thatthe enhanced system does notexceed the limits of sub­paragraph b of this Note;

4 Have not been designed for anyequipment:i Embargoed by any other Item in

these Lists; andii Not eligible for export under an

italic Note to such an Item;5 Have been primarily designed and

used for non-strategic applications;and

6 Do not have any of the followingcharacteristics:I They fall within the scope of

both sub-items hIli a and b; orii They fall within the scope of

sub-item hIli a and are micro­processor based systems havinga word length of more than 16bit; or

iii They are ruggedized above thelevel required for a normalcommercial/civil environment,but not necessarily up to the

levels specified in sub-item f andare microprocessor basedsystems having a word length ofmore than 16 bit;NB: 16-bit word length systemswith a 32-bit architecture areregarded as 16-bit systems forthe purpose of this sub­paragraph.

b The "digital computers" and "relatedequipment" therefor do not exceedany of the following limits:1 Central processing unit - "main

storage" combinations:i "Total processing data rate" ­

48 million bit per second;li "Total connected capacity" of

"main storage" - 25.2 millionbit;

iii "Non-volatile storage" with"user-accessible programma­bility" including bubble memory- none;NB: Magnetic core "mainstorage" may however be in­cluded.

iv "Virtual storage" capability ­512 M Byte;(For M Byte see Note 17 of thisItem.)

NB: Supermini "digital computers"with a "virtual storage" capabilityexceeding the level in this sub­paragraph will not be eligible forconsideration under this Note. It isrecognized however, that other"digital computers" (eg main­frames) may have a "virtualstorage" capability exceeding thislimit and in such cases they may beconsidered under this Note.

2 Input/output control unit - drum,disk or cartridge type streamer tapedrive combinations:I "Total transfer rate" - 15

million bit per second;II "Total access rate" - 320

access per second;iii Total connection "net capacity"

- 7,000 million bit;Iv "Maximum bit transfer rate" of

any drum or disk drive - 10.3million bit per second;

v Number of streamer tape drives- one, which has a "maximumbit transfer rate" of 7.5 millionbit per second;

vi Number of drum or disk drivesexceeding a "maximum bittransfer rate" of 7.5 million bitper second - four;

vii Exchangeable disk-packs whichcontain magnetic heads:a "Access rate" of an inde­

pendent seek mechanism ­29 accesses per second;

b "Net capacity" - 640million bit;

3 Input/output control unitbubble memory combinations:I For point of sale devices used by

cashiers:Total connected "net capacity"- 5.3 million bit;

II For digital computers" and"related equipment" other thanthose in I above:Total connected "net capacity"- 2.1 million bit;

4 Input/output control unitmagnetic tape drive combinations:

"Total transfer rate" - 5.2million bit per second;

iI Number of magnetic tape drives- twelve;

ill "Maximum bit transfer rate" ofany magnetic tape drive - 2.6million bit per second;

Iv "Maximum bit packing density"- 63 bit per mm (1,600 bit perinch) per track;

v Maximum tape read/write speed- 508 cm (200 inch) per second;

5 Communication control unit ­"communication channel" combi­nations:I "Total data signalling rate" of

all "communication channels"terminating remote from the"computer using facility" ­19,200 bit per second;

iI Maximum "data signalling rate"of any "communicationchannel" - 9,600 bit persecond;

iii Number of "communicationchannels" not dedicated fulltime to the given application ­four, provided that they:a Have telex interfaces for ser­

vices conforming to CCITTRecommendations F60 to 79;

b Are connected to the publicswitched network; and

c Have a "data signalling rate"not exceeding 300 bit persecond at the interfacebetween the "digitalcomputer" and the telexcommunication control unit;

Iv "Communication channels" ter­minating within the "computerusing facility", which utilize orare connected to a commoncarrier communication facilityor to an internal PABX otherthan that identified in III above- none;

6 Input/output or communicationcontrol unit - directly connecteddata channel combinations:I "Total transfer rate" - 3.6

million bit per second;II "Transfer rate of any data

channel" - 1.6 million bit persecond;

iii Terminations of such combi­nations or of any extensionsthereto outside the "computerusing facility" - none;

7 Communication control unit ­"local area network" combinations:I "Total data signalling rate" on

the common transmissionmedium - 10 million bit persecond;

iI Maximum "data signalling rate"of any "communicationchannel" - 1.6 million bit persecond;

Hi Packet switching protocol levels- those limits specified in:a ISO/DIS7498, Data Pro­

cessing - Open System Inter­connection, Basic ReferenceMode:, February 4, 1982,Layer 2;

b CCITT X.25, Volume VIII­Fascicle VIiI.2. VUth PlenaryAssembly, 10-21 November1980. Level 2, (pages 104 to120); or

Security export control 14 June 1985 41

INDUSTRIAL LISTc Draft IEEE 802.2; Logical

Link Control, Draft D,November 1982;

Iv Inter-network gateways - none;v Maximum number of "data

devices" - 48;vi Terminations of such combi­

nations or any extensions theretooutside the "computer usingfacility" - none;

vii All "digital computers" con­nected to a "local area network"will be considered to be a singlesystem sharing "main storage"(for purposes of computing theNote 12 parameters);

NB: If the "total data signallingrate" on the common transmissionmedium does not exceed 1.6 millionbit per second, this sub-paragraphwill not apply.

8 "Other peripheral devices":i "Maximum bit transfer rate" of

any "terminal device" locatedremote from the "computerusing facility" 9,600 bit persecond:

ii Displays or graphic inputdevices:a Resolvable elements along

any axis - 512, and shadesof grey or colour 256; or

b Resolvable elements alongany axis - 900, and shadesof grey or colour - 64; or

c Resolvable elements alongany axis 1,024, and shadesof grey or colour 32;

9 Other limits on equipment:I "Signal processing" or "image

enhancement" equipment:a "Equivalent multiply rate"

- 800,000 operations persecond;

b Output - 8 million imageelements per second;

ii Equipment described in 1 to 5above (including interface equip­ment and terminating modemsof all "communicationchannels") located outside the"computer operating area" ­none;

c 1 Applications for approval to exportequipment under this Note mustinclude:i A signed statement by a

responsible representative of theend-user(s) or the importingagency describing the end-useand certifying that:a The "digital computers" or

"related equipment" will:1 Be used only for civil

applications; and2 Not be reexported or

otherwise disposed ofwithout permission fromthe Department of Tradeand Industry;

b Responsible Westernrepresentatives of thesupplier will:1 Have the right of access to

the "computer usingfacility" and allequipment, whereverlocated, during normalworking hours and at anyother time the equipmentis operating; and

.42 Security export control 14 June 1985

2 Be furnished informationdemonstrating continuedauthorized application ofthe equipment; and

c These Western representa­tives will be notified of anysignificant change of appli­cation or of other facts, onwhich the licence was based;

ii A full description of:a The equipment; andb Intended application and

workload; andiii A complete identification of all

end-users and their activities:2 Reserved;3 When the parameters of the equip­

ment do not exceed:i "Total processing data rate" ­

28 million bit per second; andii "Total connected capacity" of

"main storage" - 9.8 millionbit;

Then there is no visitationrequirement;

4 When the parameters of the equip­ment exceed either limit in 3 above,but the following parameters arenot exceeded:i "Total processing data rate"

40 million bit per second; andii "Total connected capacity" of

"main storage" "'-19.6 millionbit;

Then the supplier will:lil Have a responsible Western

representative visit and inspectthe "computer using facility"and all equipment, whereverlocated, at least quarterly forthree years; and

iv Report periodically to thelicensing authorities whether the"digital computers" and"related equipment" thereforare still being used for theapproved purposes at theauthorized location; and

5 When the parameters of the equip­ment exceed either limit in 4 above;Then the supplier will:I Have a responsible Western

representative visit and inspectthe "computer using facility"and all equipment, whereverlocated, at least monthly for twoyears and thereafter quarterlyfor four years; and

ii Report periodically to thelicensing authorities whether the"digital computers" and"related equipment" thereforare still being used for theapproved purposes at theauthorized location.

NB: The visitation requirements ofsub-paragraphs c 4 and c 5 above willbe waived for remote "terminaldevices" if they consist only ofperipheral equipment freed fromembargo by sub-item h 2 Iv above.

13 Not used.14 A limited range of equipment covered by

sub-item h for use with "digital com­puters" or "related equipment" producedin proscribed areas, or the export ofminimum technology, including thetransfer of skills and data necessary forfabrication" assembly and checkout ofequipment, J but excluding design tech­nology, which is necessary to manufacture

such equipment in those areas.15 Reserved.16 Definitions of terms used in Item IL 1565:"access rate"

a Of an input/output control unit ­drum or disk drive combination (Rad) ­Either the "access rate" of an input/output control unit (Rac) or the sum ofthe individual "access rates" of allindependent seek mechanisms (Ras)'whichever is smaller.Thus: Rad = min (Rac; SUM Ras);

b Of an input/output control unit (Rac) -1 With rotational position sensing

(rps), the sum of the .individual"access rates" of all independentseek mechanisms (Ras) connected tothe control unit.Thus Rac = SUM Ras (with rps); or

2 Without rotational position sensing(rps), the number (C) ofindependent read/write channelsconnected to the control unitdivided by the least 'latency time'(t1min) of any connected independentseek mechanism.

Thus: Ract1min (without rps)

c Of a seek mechanism (Ras) -The reciprocal of the 'average accesstime" (taa) of the seek mechanism.

Thus: Ras

'average access time' of seekmechanism (taa)

The sum of the 'average seek time'(tsa) and the 'latency tilne' (tl).

Thus: taa tsa + t.)

'average seek time' (tsa)The sum of the 'maximum seektime' (tsmax ) and twice the'minimum seek time' (tsmin),divided by three.

Thus: tsa

'maximum seek time' (tsmac) -1 For fixed head devices, it is zero; or2 For moving head or lnoving media

devices, the rated time to movebetween the two most widelyseparate tracks.

'minimum seek time' (tsmin)1 For fixed head devices, it is zero; or2 For moving head or moving media

devices, the rated time to movefrom one track to an adjacenttrack.

'latency time' (tl )

The rotational period divided by twicethe number of independent read/writeheads per track.

"analogue computer" -Equipment which can, in the form of oneor more continuous variables:a Accept data;b Process data; andc Provide output of data.

"associated" with equipment or systemsa Can feasibly be either:

i Removed from such equipment orsystems; or

ii Used for other purposes; andb Is not essential to the operation of such

equipment or systems."communication channel" -

The transmission path or circuit includingthe terminating transmission and receivingequipment (modems) for transferring

digital information between distantlocations.

"computer operating area"The immediate contiguous and accessiblearea around the electronic computer,where the normal operating, support andservice functions take place.

"computer using facility" --The end-user's contiguous and accessiblefacilities:a Housing the "computer operating

area" and those end-user functionswhich are being supported by the statedapplication of the electronic computerand its "related equipment"; and

b Not extending beyond 1,500 metres inany direction from the centre of the"computer operating area".

"cumulative total processing data rate" ­The sum of all ' 'total processing datarates" in a given transaction."data device" -Equipment capable of transmitting orreceiving sequences of digital information.

"data (message) switching" -The technique, including but not limited tostore-and-forward or packet switching,for:a Accepting data groups (including

messages, packets, or other digital ortelegraphic information groups whichare transmitted as a composite whole);

b Storing (buffering) data groups asnecessary;

c Processing part or all of the datagroups, as necessary, for the purposeof:1 Control (routing, priority, for­

matting, code conversion, errorcontrol, retransmission orjournaling);

2 Transmission; or3 Multiplexing; and

d Retransmitting (processed) data groupswhen transmission or receiving facilitiesare available.

"data signalling rate"-The rate as defined in ITU Recommen­dation 53-36, taking into account that, fornon-binary modulation, baud and bit persecond are not equal. Binary digits forcoding, checking, and synchronizationfunctions are included.

NB: It is the maximum one-way rate, ie,the maximum rate in either transmissionor reception.

"digital computer"Equipment which can, in the form of oneor more discrete variables:a Accept data~

b Store data or instructions in fixed oralterable (writable) storage devices;

c Process data by means of a storedsequence of instructions which ismodifiable; and

d Provide output of data.NB: Modifications of a stored sequence ofinstructions include replacement of fixedstorage devices, but not a physical changein wiring or interconnections.

"embedded" in equipment or systemsCan feasibly be neither:a Removed from such equipment or

systems; norb Used for other purposes.

"equivalent multiply rate" -The maximally achievable number ofmultiplication operations which can beperformed per second considering that, inthe case of simultaneous multiplicationoperations, all multiplication rates have to

be summed in order to arrive at the"equivalent multiply rate":a Assuming

1 Optimal operand locations in the"most immediate storage"; and

2 Operand lengths at least 16 bit, ormore if this allows for faster oper­ation; and

b Neglecting1 Set-up operations;2 Pipeline filling operations;3 Initialization;4 Interrupts; and5 Data reordering times.

NB: Simultaneous multiplication oper­ations can occur because of:a Multiple arithmetic units for oper­

ations such as complex multiplication,convolution or recursive filtering;

b Parallel pipelining;c More than one arithmetic unit in one

data processing unit; ord More than one data processing unit in

one systems."fault tolerance"

The capability to perform correctlywithout human intervention after failureof any 'assembly', so that there is nosingle point in the system the failure ofwhich could cause catastrophic failure ofthe system's functioning.

'assen1bly'A number of components (ie circuitelements, discrete components,microcircuits) connected together toperform a specific function orfunctions, replaceable as an entity (andnonnally capable of being dis­assembled).

"firmware"See "microprogramme".

"gross capacity"The product of:a The maximum number of binary digit

(bit) positions per unformatted track;and

b The total nurnber of tracks includingspare tracks and tracks not accessibleto the user.

"hybrid computer"Equipment which can:a Accept data;b Process data, in both analogue and

digital representations; andc Provide output data.

, 'image digitizer"A device for directly converting ananalogue representation of an image intoa digital representation.

"image enhancement"The processing of externally derivedinformation-bearing images by algorithmssuch as time compression, filtering,extraction, selection, correlation,convolution or transformations betweendomains (eg Fast Fourier Transform orWalsh Transform). This does not includealgorithms using only linear or rotationaltransformation of a single image, such astranslation, feature extraction,registration or false colouration.

"incorporated" in equipment or systems ­a Can feasibly be either:

i Removed from such equipment orsystems; or

ii Used for other purposes; andb Is essential to the operation of such

equipment or systems."local area network"

A data comlnunication system which:a Allows an arbitrary number of inde-

pendent "data devices" to communi­cate directly with each other; and

b Is confined to a geographical area ofmoderate size (eg office building,plant, campus, warehouse).

"main storage" -The primary storage for data or in­structions for rapid access by a centralprocessing unit. It consists of the internalstorage of a "digital computer" and anyhierarchical extension thereto, such ascache storage or non-sequentially accessedextended storage.

"maximum bit packing density" -The density of recording specified inaccordance with the appropriate ANSI orISO Standard (eg ANSI X3.14-1979, ISO1862-1975; ANSI X3.22-1973, ISO1873-1976; ANSI X3.39-1973, ISO3788-1976; ANSI X3 .48-1977, ISO3407-1976; ANSI X3. 56-1977, ISO4057-1979; ANSI X3.54-1976).

"maximum bit transfer rate" -a Of a drum or disk drive (Rtdmax) is the

product of:1 The maximum number of binary

digit (bit) positions per unformattedtrack; and

2 The number of tracks which simul­taneously can be read or written,divided by the rotational period;

b Of a magnetic tape drive R ttmax), is theproduct of:1 The "lnaximum bit packing

density";2 The number of data bits per

character (ANSl) or per row (ISO);and

3 The maximum tape read/writespeed.

"microprogramme" -A sequence of elementary instructions,maintained in a special storage, theexecution of which is initiated by theintroduction of its reference instructioninto an instruction register.

"most immediate storage" -The portion of the "main storage" mostdirectly accessible by the centralprocessing unit:a For single level "main storage", this is

the internal storage; orb For hierarchial "main storage", this is:

1 The cache storage;2 The instruction stack;o r3 The data stack.

"multi-data-stream processing"The "microprogramme" or equipmentarchitecture technique which permitsprocessing two or more data sequencesunder the control of one or more instruc­tion sequences by means such as:a Parallel processing; orb Structured arrays of processing

elements."net capacity"

Of a drum, disk or cartridge type streamertape drive, or a bubble memory:The total capacity designed to beaccessible to the "digital computer"excluding error control bits.

"non-volatile storage"A storage device the contents of which arenot lost when power is removed.

"other peripheral device"A. "data device" which is:a Peripheral to a central processing unit

- "main storage" combination; andb Not an inpuUoutput control unit ­

drum, disk or magnetic tape drive orbubble memory combinations.

Security export control 14 June 1985 43

INDUSTRIAL LIST"principal element" -

A "digital computer" or "relatedequipment" which is:a Either "embedded" or "incorpor­

ated" in another equipment or system;and

b In replacement value more than 35 percent of the replacement value of thetotal equipment or system, ie includingthe "digital computer" or "relatedequipment" .

"programme" -A sequence of instructions to carry out aprocess in, or convertible into, a formexecutable by an electronic computer.

"real time processing" -Processing of data by an electroniccomputer in response to an external eventaccording to time requirements imposedby the external event.

"related equipment"Equipment "embedded" in, "incor­porated" in, or " associated" withelectronic computers, as follows:a Equipment for interconnecting

"analogue computers" with "digitalcomputers";

b Equipment for interconnecting"digital computers";

c Equipment for interfacing electroniccomputers to "local area networks" orto "wide area networks";

d Communication control units;e Other input/output (I/O) control

units;f Recording or reproducing equipment

referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL1572;

g Displays; orh Other peripheral equipment.NB: "Related equipment" which containsan "embedded" or "incorporated"electronic computer, but which lacks"user-accessible programmability", doesnot thereby fall within the definition of anelectronic computer.

"signal processing"The processing of externally derivedinformation-bearing signals by algorithmssuch as time compression, filtering,extraction, selection, correlation,convolution or transformations betweendomains (eg Fast Fourier Transform orWalsh Transform).

"software"A collection of one or more "pro­grammes" or "microprogrammes" fixedin any tangible medium of expression.

"stored-programme-controlled circuitswitching' ,

The technique for establishing, ondemand and until released, a direct(space-division switching) or logical (time­division switching) connection betweencircuits based on switching controlinformation derived from any source orcircuit and processed according to thestored "programme" by one or moreelectronic computers.

"terminal device" -A "data device" which:a Does not include process control

sensing and actuating devices; andb Is capable of:

t Accepting or producing a physicalrecord;

2 Accepting a manual input; or3 Producing a visual output.

NB: Normal groupings of such equipment(eg a combination of paper tapepunch/reader and printer), connected to a

44 Security export control 14 June 1985

single data channel or "communicationchannel", shall be considered as a single"terminal device".

"total access rate" (Ratot)The sum of the individual "access rates"of all input/output control unit - drumor disk drive combinations (Rad) providedwith the system which can be sustainedsimultaneously assuming the configur­ation of equipment which wouldmaximize this "total access rate".

Thus: Ratot = SUM Rad"total connected capacity"

The storage capacity excluding errorcontrol bits, word marker bits, and flagbits.

"total data signalling rate"The sum of individual "data signallingrates" of all "communication channels"which:a Have been provided with the system;

andb Can be sustained simultaneously

assuming the configuration of theequipment which would maximize thissum of rates.

"total internal storage available to theuser" -

The sum of the individual capacities of allinternal user-alterable or user-replaceablestorage devices, which may be:a Included in the equipment at the same

time; andb Used to store "software" instructions

or data."total processing data rate"

a Of a single central processing unit, isits 'processing data rate';

b Of multiple central processing unitswhich do not share direct access to acommon "main storage", is:The individual 'processing data rate'of each central processing unit, ie, eachunit is separately treated as a singlecentral processing unit as in a above;or

c Of multiple central processing units,which partially or fully share directaccess to a common' 'main storage" atany level, is the sum of:1 The highest of the individual

'processing data rates' of all centralprocessing units; and

2 0.75 times the 'processing data rate'of each remaining central processingunit, sharing the same "mainstorage";

assuming the configuration of equip­ment, which would maximize this sumof rates.

'processing data rate' ­The maximum of either:a the' floating point processing data

rate' (Rr); orb The 'fixed point processing data

rate' (Rx)'NB: The 'processing data rate' of acentral processing unit implementedwith two or more microprocessormicrocircuits, not including anydedicated microprocessor microcircuitused solely for display, keyboard orinput/output control, is the sum of theindividual 'processing data rates' of allthese microprocessor microcircuits.

'floating point processing data rate'(Rr) I

The sum of:1 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a

fixed point instruction' (nix) or 0.85times the 'number of bits in a

floating point instruction' (nir), ifno fixed point instructions areimplelnented;

2 0.15 times the 'number of bits in afloating point instruction' (nir);

3 0.40 times the 'number of bits in afixed point operand' (nox) or 0.40times the number of bits in afloating point operand' (nof), if nofixed point instructions are imple­mented; and

4 0.15 times the 'number of bits in afloating point operand' (nor);

divided by the sum of:1 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a

fixed point addition (tax) or for afloating point addition (taf), if nofixed point instructions are imple­mented;

2 0.09 times the 'execution time' for afloating point addition (taf); and

3 0.06 times the 'execution time' for afloating point multiplication (tmr) orfor the fastest available subroutine(tmsub) to simulate a floating pointmultiplication instruction, if nofloating point multiplication in­structions are itnplemented.

Thus: Rr =

(0.85)nix + (0.15)nif + (0.40)nox + (0.15)nof

(0.85)tax + (0.09)taf + (0.06)tmfor if not fixed point instructions are imple­mented then:

Rf (l.OO)nif + (0.55)nof(0.94)taf + (0.06)tmf

or if no floating point multiplication in­structions are implemented (tmf = tmsub) then:

Rf

(0.85)l1ix + (0. 15)nimf + (0.40)nox + (0.15)nof

(0.85)tax + (0.09) taf + (0.06)tmsubNB: If a "digital computer" hasneither floating point addition norfloating point multiplicaiton instruc­tions, then its 'floating pointprocessing data rate' is equal to zero.

'fixed point processing data rate' (Rx)The sum of:1 0.85 times the 'nulnber of bits in a

fixed point addition instruction'(niax);

2 0.15 times the 'number of bits in afixed point multiplication instruc­tion' (nimx); and

3 0.55 times the 'number of bits in afixed point operand' (nox);

divided by the sum of:1 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a

fixed point addition (tax); and2 0.15 times the 'execution time' for a

fixed point multiplication (tmx) orfor the fastest available subroutine(tmsub) to simulate a fixed pointmultiplication instruction if nofixed point multiplication instruc­tions are implemented.

Thus: Rx+ (0. +

(0.85)tax + (0.15)tmxor if no fixed point multiplication in­structions are implemented (tmxtmsub) then:

Rx

(Q.85)niax + (0.15)nimx + (0.55)nox(0.85)tax + (0.15)tmsub

NB: If a "digital computer" hasneither fixed point addition nor fixed

point multiplication instructions, thenits 'fixed point processing data rate' isequal to zero.

'number of bits in a:Fixed point addition instruction'(niax)Fixed point multiplication instruc-tion' (nimx) -Floating point addition instruction'(niaf) -Floating point multiplication in-struction' (nimf)

The appropriate shortest single fixedor floating point instruction lengthwhich permits full direct addressing ofthe "main storage".NB: When multiple instructions arerequired to simulate an appropriatesingle instruction, the number of bitsin the above instructions is defined as16 bits plus the number of bits (biax 'bimx ' biaf, bimf) which permits full directaddressing of the "main storage".Thus:

niax 16 + biax;nimx 16 + bimx ;niaf 16 + biaf;nimf 16 + bimf;

'number of bits in a floating pointoperand' (nox) -

a The shortest fixed point operandlength; or

b 16 bit;whichever is greater.

'number of bits in a floating pointoperand' (nof) -

a The shortest floating point operandlength; or

b 30 bit;whichever is greater.NB: If the addressing capability of aninstruction is expanded by using a baseregister, then the 'number of bits in aninstruction, fixed or floating point,addition or multiplication' is thenumber of bits in the instruction withthe standard address lengtH including.the number of bits necessary to use thebase register.

'execution time'a The time certified or openly

published by the manufacturer forthe execution of the fastest appro­priate instruction, under thefollowing conditions:1 No indexing or indirect oper­

ations are included;2 The instruction is in the "most

immediate storage";3 One operand is in the accumu­

lator or in a location of the"most immediate storage",which is acting as the accumu­lator;

4 The second Qperand is in the"most immediate storage"; and

5 The result ~is left in theaccumulatorl" or the samelocation in the' 'most immediatestorage", which is acting as theaccumulator;

b If only the maximum and minimumexecution times of the instructionsare. published, the sum of:1 The maximum execution time of

an instruction (tmax); and2 Twice the minimum execution

time of this instruction (tmin);divided by three

Thus: t = tmax + 2tmin3

(t stands for any of the values tax'taf, tmx ' or tmf);

c For central processing units whichsimultaneously fetch more than oneinstruction from one storagelocation:The average of the 'execution times'when executing instructions fetchedfrom all possible locations withinthe stored word.

d If the longest fixed point operandlength is smaller than 16 bit, thenuse the time required for the fastestavailable subroutine to simulate a16 bit fixed point operation.

NB: If the addressing capability of aninstruction is expanded by using a baseregister, then the 'execution time' shallinclude the time for adding the contentof the base register to the address partof the instruction.

"total transfer rate"a Of the input/output control unit ­

drum, disk or cartridge-type streamertape drive combinations (Rtdtot):The sum of the individual 'transferrates' of all input/output control unit- drum, disk or cartridge-typestreamer tape drive combinations (rtd)provided with the system which can besustained simultaneously assuming theconfiguration of equipment whichwould maximize this sum of rates.Thus: Rtdtot = SUM Rtd ;

'transfer rate'1 Of an input/output control unit

drum or disk drive combination(Rtd), the smaller of either:NB: For the 'transfer rate' of aninputloutput control unit - cartridge­type streamer tape drivecombination, see b below.i The input/output control unit

'transfer rate' (Rtc); orii The sum of the individual

'transfer rates' of all inde­pendent seek mechanisms (rts).

Thus: Rtd min (Rtc ; SUM Rts);2 Of an input/output control unit

(Rtc):i With rotational position sensing

(rps), is the product of:a The number of independent

read/write channels (C); andb The greatest "maximum bit

transfer rate" (Rtsmaxmax) ofall independent seek mecha­nisms; or

ii Without rotational positionsensing (rps), is two-thirds ofthis product.

Thus:Rtc = C. Rtsmaxmax (with rps); or

Rtc = 2 C. Rtsmaxmax (without rps);3

3 Of an independent seek mechanism(Rts):The product of:i The "maximum bit transfer

rate" (Rtsmax); andii The rotational period (tr);

divided by the sum of:i The rotational period (tr);it The 'minimum seek time' (1smin);

andiii The 'latency time' (t1);

Thus: Rts = Rtsmax + tr

tr + tsmin + t,

'minimum seek time' (tsmin)-

1 For fixed head devices, it is zero;or

2 For moving head or movingmedia devices, the rated time tomove from one track to anadjacent track.

'latency time' (tt> -The rotational period divided bytwice the number of independentread/write heads per track.

b Of the input/output control unit ­magnetic tape drive combinations(rtttot):The sum of the individual 'transferrates t of all input/output control unit- magnetic tape drive combinations(Rn) provided with the system whichcan be sustained simultaneouslyassuming the configuration ofequipment which would maximize thissum of rates.

Thus: Rmot = SUM Rn;

'Transfer rate' -Of an inputloutput control unit ­cartridge-type streamer or magnetictape drive combination (Rtt):

The product of:1 The number of independent read/

write channels (C); and2 The greatest "maximum bit

transfer rate" (Rnmaxmax) of all tapedrives.

Thus: ~v = C. Rttmaxmax·c Of the input/output or communication

control unit - directly connected datachannel combinations:The sum of the individual "transferrates of all data channels" providedwith the system which can be sustainedsimultaneously assuming the configur­ation of equipment which wouldmaximize this sum of rates.

"transfer rate of any data channel" -The sum of the individual bit transferrates of all the "other peripheraldevices" t excluding "terminal devices tt twhich cari be sustained simultaneously onthe data channel.

"user-accessible microprogrammability" ­The facility allowing a user to insert,modify or replace "microprogrammes tt

•

"user-accessible programmabilityt' -The facility allowing a user to insert tmodify or replace "programmes" bymeans other than:a A physical change in wiring or inter­

connections; orb The setting of function controls

including entry of parameters."virtual storage" -

The storage space that may be regarded asaddressable "main storage" by the user ofa computer system in which virtualaddresses are mapped into real addresses.NB: The size of "virtual storage" islimited by the addressing scheme of thecomputer system and not by the actualnumber of "main storage" locations.

"wide area network tt-

A data communication system which:a Allows an arbitrary number of

independent "data devices" tocommunicate with each other;

b May include' 'local area networks; andc Is designed to interconnect geo­

graphically dispersed facilities.

17 Illustrative examples of how to calculatevarious parameters:

A. Conversion of Byte to bit in computingstorage liT-nits: ...-

$ecltrity export control 14 J·une 1985 46

a Modify "software" or its associ­ated documentation in order to correctfaults, or for other updating purposes;or

b Maintain equipment."operating system" ­

"Software" to control:a The operation of a "digital computer"

or of "related equipment"; orb The loading or execution of "pro­

grammes" ."application software"

"Software" not falling within any of thedefinitions of the other categories of"software" .

3 "Specially designed software" is definedas:The minimum "operating systems", "di­agnostic systems", "maintenance sys­terns", and "application software"necessary to be executed on a particularequipment to perform the function forwhich it was designed. To make otherincompatible equipment perform thesame function requires:a Modification of this "software", orb Addition of "programmes".

(This ends the Technical notes. For acomplete list of definitions of terms used inthe Item, see Note 12 below; see also Item IL1565 for additional definitions relating toelectronic computers.)

Listed as follows:a "Software" of whatever category, as

follows:1 "Software" designed or modified for

any computer that is part of a com­puter series designed and producedwithin a proscribed area; except"application software" designed forand limited to:i Accounting, general ledger, inven­

tory control, payroll, accountsreceivable, personnel records,wages calculation or invoice con­trol;

ii Data and text manipulation such assort/merge, text editing, data entryor word processing;

iii Data retrieval from established datafiles for purposes of report gener­ation or inquiry for the functionsdescribed in i or ii above; or

iv The non "real time processing" ofpollution sensor data at fixed sitesor in civil vehicles for civil environ­mental monitoring purposes;

2 "Software" designed or modified forthe design, development or productionof items embargoed in these Lists;

3 "Software" designed or modified for:i Embargoed "hybrid computers";ii One or more of the functions

described in Item IL 1565 h I i a'tom or for "digital computers" or"related equipment" designed ormodified for such functions, exceptthe minimum "specially designedsoftware" in machine-executableform for "digital computers" and"related equipment" thereforwhich are freed from erubargo onlyby Itern IL 1565 h 2 i or ii, and onlywhen supplied with the equipmentor systems;

4 "Software" for computer-aideddesign, manufacture, inspection or testof items embargoed in these Lists;

5 "Software" designed or modified toprovide certifiable multi-level securityor certifiable user-isolation applicable

18 cycles divided by4.77 MHz = 3.77microseconds138 cycles divided by4.77 MHz = 28.93microseconds

Floating point:FADD 121 cycles divided by

4.77 MHz = 25.37microseconds

FMUL 136 cycles divided by4.77 MHz = 28.51microseconds

point processing data rate'

MUL

Fixed point:ADD

IL 1566"Software" and technology therefor, asfollows:Note: The embargo status of "specially de­signed software" for the use of equipmentdescribed in other Items (except Item IL1565) is dealt with in the appropriate Item,and the embargo status of "software" forequipment described in Item IL 1565 is dealtwith in this Item.Technical notes:1 "Software" is defined as follows:"software" -

A collection of one or more "pro­grammes" or "microprogrammes" fixedin any tangible medium of expression.

"programme" -A sequence of instructions to carry out aprocess in, or convertible into, a formexecutable by an electronic computer.

"microprogramme" -A sequence of elementary instructions,maintained in a special storage, theexecution of which is initiated by theintroduction of its reference instructioninto an instruction register.

2 "Software" is categorized as follows(there is a close relationship and possibleoverlap among these categories):

"development system" -"Software" to develop or produce "soft­ware" . This includes "software" tomanage those activities. Examples of a"development system" are programmingsupport environments, software develop­ment environments, and programmerproductivity aids.

"programming system""Software" to convert a convenientexpression of one or more processes("source code" or "source language")into equipment executable form ("objectcode" or "object language").

"diagnostic system" -"Software" to isolate or detect "soft-

121 ware" or equipment malfunctions.136 "maintenance system" -

"Software'" to:

1611

27

747

100 + 5 + 16lIS + 5 + 16

9 + 5 + 4 18129 + 5 + 4 = 138

31

4

44

LHDHE,MEMDAD

Add

Totals

Multiply Emu-lationroutine

ii "Execution Times'Add 27 cycles divided by

8 MHz = 3.37 microsecondsMultiply 747 cycles divided by

8 MHz = 93.37 microseconds;iii 'Fixed point processing data

rate' (Rx)

Rx0.85 (16+ 16) + 0.15 (16+ 16) + 0.55 (16)

0.85 (3.37) + 0.15 (93.37)

= 2.42 million bit per second;Note: Direct addressing capabilityof the Z80 is 16 bit, which means65,536 addresses of storage.

Iv 'Floating point processing datarate' (Rf )

Rf = 0 million bits per second (nofloating point addition normultiplication instruction);

v "Total processing data rate"(PDR)"Total PDR" (Z80 at 8 MHz) =2.42 million bit per second (max ofRx ; Rf)·

2 8088/8087 at 4.77 MHz clockfrequencyi Instructions length and cycles

Instr.Instruc- Length eye 1 e stions(s) (bytes) (OPN + EA + BUS)

Fixed point:Add ADD'Multiply MUL

Floating point:Add FADD 4Multiply FMUL 4

n Execution times

Operation

INDUSTRIAL LISTa 1 MByte = (1,024)2 Byte = 1,048,576

Byte;b 1 KByte = 1,024 Byte;e 1 Byte: usually equals 8 bit or 9 bit.

B. Limits on "total connected capacity" of"main storage": -The limits in the various Notes to Item IL1565 assume a 9-bit Byte and anappropriate amount of cache storage (16,32, 48 or 64 KBytes), as follows (althoughother combinations within these limitswould be permissible):

"TotalInternal Cache ConnectedStorage Storage Capacity"(MByte) (KByte) (million bit)

0.25 16 2.50.5 16 4.90.75 32 7.41.0 32 9.81.5 48 14.62.0 48 19.42.5 64 24.2

C. Fixed Point Processing Data Rate: ­Two examples of applying the Note 16definition of "fixed point processingdata rate" to a microprocessor follow:

1 Z80 at 8MHz clock frequency:i Instruction length and cycles

Instr.Oper- Instruc- Lengthation tion(s) (Bytes) Cycles

46 Security export control 14 June 1985

to government classified material or toapplications requiring an equivalentlevel of security, or "software" tocertify such "software";

b Categorized "software", as follows:1 "Development systems" as follows:

i "Development systems" employing"high-level language" and designedfor or containing "programmes" or"databases" special to the develop­ment or production of:a "Specially designed software"

embargoed by any other Item inthese Lists;

b "Software" embargoed by sub­items a 2, a 3, b 5 v, or b 5 vi ofthis Item; including any subsetdesigned or modified for use aspart of such a "developmentsystem";

ii "Development systems" employing"high-level language" and designedfor or containing the "software"tools and "databases" for the de­velopment or production of "soft­ware" or any subset designed ormodified for use as part of a "de­velopment system" such as orequivalent to:a Ada Programming Support

Environment (APSE);b Any subset of APSE, as follows:

1 Kernel APSE;2 Minimal APSE;3 Ada compilers specially

designed as an integratedsubset of APSE; or

4 Any other subset of APSE;c Any superset of APSE; ord Any derivative of APSE;

2 "Programming systems" as follows:i "Cross-hosted" compilers and

"cross-hosted" assemblers;ii Compilers or interpreters designed

or modified for use as part of a"development system" embargoedby sub-item b 1 above;

iii Disassemblers, decompilers orother "software" which convert"programmes" in object orassembly language into a higherlevel language, except simpledebugging "application software",such as mapping, tracing, check­point/restart, breakpoint, dumpingand the display of the storagecontents or their assembly languageequivalent;

3 "Diagnostic systems" or "mainten­ance systems" designed or modifiedfor use as part of a "developmentsystem" embargoed by sub-item b 1above;

4 "Operating systems" as follows:i "Operating systems" designed or

modified for "digital computers"or "related equipment" exceedingany of the following limits:a Central processing unit

"main storage" combinations:1 "Total processing data rate"

- 48 million bit per second;2 "Total connected capacity"

of "main storage" - 25.2million bit;

3 "Virtual storage" capability- 512 MByte (For MByte,see Note: 17 of Item IL 1565)

Note: In the case of"software" for mainframe"digital computers" which

may have a "virtual storagecapability" exceeding thelimit of sub-item b 4 i a 3 andwhich may be considered forexport under the conditionsof Item IL 1565 (Notes 9 and12), the limitation of the"virtual storage capability"of 512 MByte does not apply.

b Input/output control unit ­drum, disk or cartridge-typestreamer tape drive combi­nations:1 "Total transfer rate" 15

million bit per second;2 "Total access rate" 320

accesses per second;3 Total connected "net

capacity" - 7,000 millionbit;

4 "Maximum bit transfer rate"of any drum or disk drive10.3 million bit per second;

c Input/output control unit ­bubble memory combinations:Total connected "net capacity"- 2.1 million bit;

d Input/output control unit ­magnetic tape drive combina­tions:1 "Total transfer rate" - 5.2

million bit per second;2 Number of magnetic tape

drives - twelve;3 "Maximum bit transfer rate"

of any magnetic tape drive ­2.6 million bit per second;

4 "Maximum bit packingdensity" - 63 bit per mm(1,600 bit per inch) per track;

5 Maximum tape read/writespeed - 508 cm (200 inch)per second;

Note: This sub-item does notembargo "operating systems"designed or modified for"digital computers" or "relatedequipment":

a Not exceeding the abovelimits even when the "oper­ating systems" can also beused on "digital computers"or "related equipment"exceeding the above limits; or

b Belonging to a series con­taining models exceeding theabove limits, if the "oper­ating systems" are used on"digital computers" or"related equipment" of theseries which do not exceedthe above limits.

ii "Operating systems" providing on­line transaction data processingwhich permit integrated tele­processing and "on-line updating"of "databases" .

5 "Aplication software" as follows:i "Software" for cryptologic or

cryptanalytic applications;ii Artificial intelligence "software",

including "software" normallyclassified as expert systems, whichenables a "digital computer" toperform functions that arenormally associated with humanperception and reasoning orlearning;

iii "Database management systems'"which are designed to handle"distributed databases" for:

a Fault tolerance by usingtechniques such as maintenanceof duplicated "databases"; or

b Integrating data at a single sitefrom independent remote"databases";

iv "Software" designed to adapt"software" resident on one "digitalcomputer" for use on another"digital computer", except"software" to adapt between twolegally exported digital computers.

c Technology applicable to the develop­ment, production or use (ie installation,operation and maintenance) of"software", even if the "software" isunembargoed, except:1 Technical data in the public domain;

or2 The minimum technical information

necessary for the use of "software"free from embargo.Note: For the purposes of this sub­item, technology does not include"software" .

Notes:1 Minimum technical information for the

use (ie installation, operation andmaintenance) of "software" authorisedfor export, when shipped together with orsolely for use with this Hsoftware".

2 Not used.3 "Software" initially exported to a

proscribed destination prior to 1 January,1984, provided that:a The "software" is identical to and in

the same language form (source orobject) as initially exported, allowingminor updates for the correction oferrors which do not modify the initiallyexportedfunctions,·

b The accompanying documentationdoes not exceed the level of the initialexport;

c The "software" is exported to thesame proscribed destination as theinitial export.

4 "Application software" embargoed bysub-item a 1 above, but not otherwiseembargoed by this Item or any other Itemin these Lists, provided that:a The "application software" is

designed for and limited to thefollowing:1 The approved end-use of legally

exported equipment or systems inconjunction with any computer thatis part of a computer seriesproduced within a proscribed areaand based on a design originating ina member country,· or

2 The monitoring and control ofindustrial processes limited to theproduction of items not describedin these Lists; and

b No embargoed technology is provided.5 "Software" not exceeding 5,000 state­

ments in "source language", excludingdata, provided that:a The "software" is neither designed nor

modified for use as a module of alarger "software" module or systemwhich in total exceeds this limit;

b The "software" is not embargoed bysub-item b 5 above; and

c It is considered thot:1 The "software" will be used

primarily for a specific non­strategic application for which theexport would be approved,·

2 The type and characteristics ofsuch, Security export control 14 June 1985 47

INDUSTRIAL LIST"software" are reasonable for thisapplication,' and

3 The "software" will not be usedforthe design, development orproduction of items embargoed inthese Lists.

6 The provisions of this Item may allow theexport of "software" which is either:a "Standard commercially available"

"software":1 Designed for installation by the user

without further support by thesupplier;

2 Designed for use on "digitalcomputers" and "related equip­ment" therefor which do notexceed the performance limits inItem IL 1565 Note 9 b with thesubstitution in Item IL 1565 Note 9b I i of a "total processing datarate" of 15 million bit per second;and

3 'Generally available to the public';or

b "Software" in the public domain.NB: For the purpose of this Note'generally available to the public'means:

a Also available at retail sellingpoints, other than thosespecialised in selling electroniccomputers to the general publicin model series exceeding thelimits in Note 6 a 2 above; and

b Selling by means of over-the­counter transactions from stock.

7 Not used.

8 Normal commercial "software" for civilAir Traffic Control (ATC) systemsapprovedfor export, provided that:a The "software" is commonly used by

civil Air Traffic Control authoritiesoutside proscribed areas, but notprecluding the personalisation ofcertain parameters for civil A ir TrafficControl authorities wherever located;

b The "software" is not designed ormodified for any Hdigital computer"which is part of a "digital computer"series designed and produced within aproscribed area;

c The Hsoftware" is the minimumnecessary to accomplish the normalcivil A ir Traffic Control functionsoutside proscribed areas;

d The "software" will not contain or becapable of accomplishing any of thefollowing functions:1 Electronic Counter Counter

Measures (ECCM);2 Weapon display, allocation or

operation,·3 Intercept guiding capability; or4 Interfacing with altitude deter­

mining radars, except secondarysearch radars,'

e The "software" is further limited bythe amount of "source code", which isto be the minimum necessary for theuse (ie installation, operation andmaintenance) of the Hsoftware";

f In addition to the above limitations,the only other system {{software"allowed is the minimum u pro­gramming system" for the main­tenance ofthe Hsoftware ",'

I Che information to accompany eachapplication must include a signedstatement of the end-user or importingagency, a full description of theHsoftware" and its characteristics vis-

48 Security export control 14 June 1986

a-vis the sub-paragraphs above, itsintended application and workloadand a complete indentification of allend-users and their activities; and

h It is considered that:1 The Hsoftware" will not be used to

provide or process data associatedwith military control centres ormilitary radars, or otherwise beassociated with such radars orcentres; and

2 The type and characteristics of theHsoftware" are reasonable for thespecific civil Air Traffic Controlapplications.

9 "Operating systems" embargoed only bysub-item b 4 ii above when supplied with"digital computers" and "related equip­ment" exported under the provisions ofItem IL 1565, Notes 9 and 12, providedthat these Hoperating systems" are:a For use with a "digital computer"

exported under the provisions of ItemIL 1565;

b In machine executable version;c Limited to the minimum "standard

commercially available" "software";and

d Not designed or modified for "data­base management systems" embar­goed by sub-item b 5 iii above.

10 "Software" embargoed by sub-item a 3 iiabove for "digital computers" and"related equipment" exported under theprovisions ofItem IL 1529, Note 5 or ItemIL 1565, Notes 5 and 9 provided that:a The "software" is limited to:

1 The minimum necessary for theapproved application;

2 Machine-executable form; and3 "Specially designed software" for:

i Equipment approved for exportunder the italic notes solelyapplicable to Item IL 1529, Note5;

ii Equipment approved for exportunder Item IL 1565, Note 5, forone or more of the functionsdescribed in Item IL 1565 h I i a,b ord; or

Hi Equipment approved for exportunder Item IL 1565, Note 9, forone or more of the functionsdescribed in Item IL 1565 h I i a,b orc,'

b The '{specially designed software" for"signal processing" and "imageenhancement" does not provide formore than one of the following:1 Time compression; or2 Transformations between domains

(eg Fast Fourier Transform orWalsh Transform).

11 Favourable consideration will be given toapplications for the export of "software"embargoed by sub-item a 3 ii above for"digital computers" and "related equip­ment" exported under the provisions ofItem IL 1565, Note 12, provided that the"software" is limited to:a "Software" for one or more of the

functions described in Item IL 1565 h )i a, b or c;

b The minimum necessary for theapproved application; and

c Machine-executable form.12 Definitions of terms used in this Item:"analogue computer"

Equipment which can, in the form of oneor more continuous variables:

a Accept data;

b Process data; andc . Provide output of data.

"application software" -"Software" not falling within any of thedefinitions of the other categories of"software' ,

"cross-hosted" -For' 'programming systems", those whichproduce "programmes" for a model ofelectronic computer different from thatused to run the "programming system",ie they have code generators forequipment different from the hostcomputer.

"database" -A collection of data, defined for one ormore particular applications, which isphysically located and maintained in oneor more electronic computers or "relatedequipments" .

"database management system" ­"Application software" to manage andmaintain a "database" in one or moreprescribed logical structures for use byother "application software"independent of the specific methods usedto store or retrieve the" database" .

"development system" -"Software" to develop or produce"software". This includes "software" tomanage those activities. Examples of a"development system" are programmingsupport environments, software develop­ment environments, and programmer­productivity aids.

"diagnostic system" -"Software" to isolate or detect"software" or equipment malfunctions.

"digital computer"Equipment which can, in the form of oneor more discrete variables:a Accept data;b Store data or instructions in fixed or

alterable (writable) storage devices;c Process data by means of a stored

sequence of instructions which ismodifiable; and

d Provide output data.NB: Modifications of a stored sequence ofinstructions include replacement of fixedstorage devices, but not a physical changein wjring or interconnections.

"distributable database"A "database" which is physically locatedand maintained in part vf as a whole intwo or more interconnected electroniccomputers or "related equipment", suchthat inquiries from one location caninvolve "database" access in otherinterconnected electronic computers or

, "related equipment"."firmware"

See "microprogramme"."high-level language" .-

A programming language that does notreflect the structure of anyone givenelectronic computer or that of anyonegiven class of electronic computers.

"hybrid computer" ­Equipment which can:a Accept data;b Process data, in both analogue and

digital representations; andc Provide output of data.

"maintenance system" -"Software" to:a Modify "software" or its associated

documentation in order to correctfaults, or for other updating purposes;or

b Maintain equipment.

"microprogramme" -A sequence of elementary instructions,maintained in a special storage, theexecution of which is initiated by theintroduction of its reference instructioninto an instruction register.

"object code" or "object language" ­See "programming system" .

"on-line updating"Processing in which the contents of a"database" can be amended within aperiod of time useful to interact with anexternal request.

"operating system" ­"Software" to control:a The operation of a "digital computer"

or of "related equipment"; orb The loading or execution of

"progranlmes" ."programme" -

A sequence of instructions to carry out aprocess in, or convertible into, a formexecutable by an electronic computer.

"programming system" -"Software" to convert a convenientexpression of one or more processes("source code" or "source language")into equipment-executable form ("objectcode" or "object language").

"related equipment" -Equipment "embedded" in,"incorporated" in, or "associated" withelectronic computers, as follows:a Equipment for interconnecting

"analogue computers" with "digitalcomputers";

b Equipment for interconnecting"digital computers";

c Equipment for interfacing electroniccomputers to "local area networks" orto "wide area networks";

d Communication control units;e Other input/output (I/O) control

units;f Recording or reproducing equipment

referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL1572;

g Displays; orh Other peripheral equipment.NB: "Related equipment" which containsan "embedded" or "incorporated"'electronic computer, but which lacks"user-accessible programmability", doesnot thereby fall within the definition of anelectronic computer.

, 'self-hostedFor "programming systems", those whichproduce "programmes" for the samemodel of electronic computer as that usedto run the' 'programming system" , ie theyonly have code generators for the hostcomputer.

"software"A collection of one or more "pro­grammes" or "microprogrammes" fixedin any tangible medium of expression.

"source code" or source language"See "programming system".

"specially designed" software -The minimurn "operating systems' , ,"diagnostic systems", "maintenancesystems" and "application software"necessary to be executed on a particularequipment to perform the function forwhich it was designed. To make otherincompatible equipment perform thesame function requires:a Modification of this "software"; orb Addition of "programmes" .

"standard commercially available" ­For "software", that which is:

a Commonly supplied to generalpurchasers or users of equipmentoutside proscribed areas, but notprecluding the personalisation ofcertain parameters for individualcustomers wherever located;

b Designed and produced for civilapplications;

c Not designed or modified for any"digital computer" which is part of a"digital computer" series designed andproduced within a proscribed area; and

d Supplied in a commonly distributedform.

IL 1567Stored-programme-controlled com­munication switching equipment orsystems and technology therefor, asfollows; and specially designedcomponents therefor and "speciallydesigned software" for this equipmentor systems:Technical notes:1 Stored-programme-controlled communi­

cation switching equipment or systems arecategorised as follows:a Communication equipment or systems

for "data (message) switching":"data (message) switching"

The technique, including but notlimited to store-and-forward orpacket switching, for:a Accepting data groups (includ­

ing messages, packets, or otherdigital or telegraphic informa­tion groups which are transmittedas a composite whole);

b Storing (buffering) data groupsas necessary;

c Processing part or all of the datagroups, as necessary, for thepurpose of:1 Control (routing, priority,

formatting, code conversion,error control, retransmissionor journaling);

2 Transmission; or3 Multiplexing; and

d Retransmitting (processed) datagroups when transmission orreceiving facilities are available.

"local area network" -A data communication systemwhich:a Allows an arbitrary number of

independent "data devices" tocommunicate directly with eachother; and

b Is confined to a geographicalarea of moderate size (eg officebuilding, plant, campus,warehouse).

"wide area network" -A data communication systemwhich:a Allows an arbitrary nUITlber of

independent "data devices" tocommunicate with each other;

b May include "local areanetworks"; and

c Is designed to interconnect geo­graphically dispersed facilitie,~.

b Communication equipment or systemsfor "stored-programme-controlledcircuit switching":"stored-programme-controlled circl:itswitching' ,

The technique for es~abiishing, ondemand and until released, a direct(space-division switching) or logical

(time-division switching) connec­tion between circuits based onswitching control informationderived from any source or circuitand processed according to thestored "programmes" by one ormore electronic computers.

2 Electronic computers "embedded" instored-programme-controlled communi­cation switching equipment or systems areto be regarded as specially designedcomponents therefor.

3 This Item includes statistical multiplexers,with digital input and digital output,referred to this Item by Item IL 1519 C, ifthey satisfy the definitions of either "data(message) switching" or "stored­programme-controlled circuit switching".NB: See Item IL 1519 C for statisticalmultiplexers which provide only fixedrouting, ie routing which is neither:a Determined when the circuit is

established; norb Dynamically alterable.

(This ends the Technical notes. for acornplete list of definitions of terms used inthis Item, see Note 8 below; see also Item IL1565 for additional definitions relating toelectronic computers and Item IL 1566 foradditional definitions relating to"software" .)

Listed as followsa Communication equipment or systems for

"data (message) switching", includingthose for "local area networks'" or for"wide area networks";

b Communication equipment or systems for"stored-programme-controlled circuitswitching"; except:1 Key telephone systems, provided that:

i They do not provide direct dialaccess to a group of sharedexchange lines or "trunk lines";

ii They are not designed to beupgraded to "private automaticbranch exchanges (PABXs)";

iii The "software" supplied:a Is limited to:

1 The minimum "speciallydesigned software" necessaryfor the use (ie installation,operation and maintenance)of the equipment or systems;and

2 Machine-executable form;and

b Does not include "software":1 Embargoed by Items IL 1527,

1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in theMunitions List; or

2 To permit user-modificationor generic "software" or itsassociated documentation;and

iv If the equipment or systems are notdesigned for installation by the userwithout support from the supplier,then the "software" necessary forcommissioning is:a Exported on a temporary basis

only; andb Kept under the control of the

supplier;2 "Stored-programme-controlled

telegraph circuit switching" equipmentor systems, provided that:i They are designed for civil end-use;

andii They provide only the services as

defined in CCITT recommen­dations F.60 to 79 (Volume 11

Security eXtlJort control 14 June 1985 49

INDUSTRIAL LISTFascicle 11.4, VII PlenaryAssembly, 10-12 November 1980),ie the telegraph service wherebysubscribers, as defined in CCITTRecommendation X.I classes I and2, can communicate directly andtemporarily between themselvesusing start-stop telegraphequipment operating:a At 300 baud or less; andb With the international telegraph

alphabets No. 2 or 5;iii The "software" supplied:

a Is limited to:1 The minimum "specially

designed software" necessaryfor the use (ie installation,operation and maintenance)of the equipment or systems;and

2 Machine-executable form;and

b Does not include "software":1 Embargoed by Items IL 1527,

1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in theMunitions List; or

2 To permit user modificationof generic "software" or itsassociated documentation;and

iv If the equipment or systems are notdesigned for installation by the userwithout support from the supplier,then the "software" necessary forcommissioning is:a Exported on a temporary basis

only; andb Kept under the control of the

supplier; or

3 "Stored-programme-controlledtelephone circuit switching"equipment or systems, provided that:i The equipment or systems are

designed for fixed civil use as"space-division analogueexchanges" or "time-divisionanalogue exchanges" which fulfilthe definition of' 'private automaticbranch exchanges" ("PABXs");

ii The equipment or systems do notcontain "digital computers" or"related equipment" embargoedby:a Item IL 1565 f;b Item IL 1565 h I i a to k or m; orc Item IL 1565 h I ii;

iii "Communication channels" or"terminal devices" used foradministrative and controlpurposes;a Are fully dedicated to these

purposes; andb Do not exceed a "total data

signalling rate" of 9,600 bit persecond;

iv Voice channels are limmited to3,000 Hz as defined in CCITT Re­commendation G .151 ;

v The PABXs do not have "trunkcircuit" -to-subscriber line ratioswhich exceed:a 5 per cent for "PABXs" with

less than 100 subscriber lines; orb 20 per cent for "PABXs" with

100 or more subscriber lines;vi The PABXs do not have the

following features:a Multi~level call pre-emption,

including overriding or seizingof busy subsriber lines, "trunkcircuits" or switches; or

50 Security export control 14 June 1985

b "Common channel signalling";vii The "software" supplied:

a Is limited to:1 The minimum "specially

designed software" necessaryfor the use (ie installation,operation and maintenance)of the equipment or systems;and

2 Machine-executable form;and

b Does not include "software":1 Embargoed by Items IL 1527,

1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in theMunitions List; or

2 To permit user modificationof generic "software" or itsassociated documentation;and

viii If the equipment or systems are notdesigned for installation by the userwithout support from the supplier,then the "software" necessary forcommissioning is:a Exported on a temporary basis

only: andb Kept under the control of the

supplier; andc Technology applicable to the

development, production or use (ieinstallation, operation and maintenance)of stored-program me-controlledcommunication switching equipment orsystems, even if these equipment orsystems are not embargoed by this Item,exceptThe minimum technical informationnecessary for the use of stored-pro­gramme-controlled communicationsswitching equipment or systems which arefree from embargo.

Notes:1 Minimum technical information for the

use fie installation, operation andmaintenance) of stored-programme­controlled communication switchingequipment or systems authorised forexport, when shipped together with orsolely for use with these stored­programme-controlled communicationswitching equipment or systems.

2 Spare parts for exported stored­programme-controlled communicationswitching equipment or systems~ providedthat:a The parts are:

1 Specially designed components em­bargoed by this Item; or

2 Equipment or componentsembargoed by other Items of theseLists;

b The parts:1 Are destined for embargoed

equipment previously authorisedfor export under an italic note tothis Item or for equipment freefrom embargo;

2 Are shipped in the minimumquantities necessary for the typesand quantities of exportedequipment being serviced; and

3 Do not upgrade the performance ofthe exported equipment beyond thelevel:i Specified in the relevant italic

notefor this Item; orii Specified as free from embargo;

c If the parts are ~advanced technologyparts' a~d not eligible for export underan italic note to another Item on theseLists, the western supplier's service

organisation must:1 Guarantee that parts will be

replaced on a one-jor-one exchangebasis;

2 Take measures to obtain custody ofthe defective parts; and

3 If custody is not obtained, certifythat the defective parts aredestroyed;

Technical note: For the purpose of thissub-paragraph, ~advanced technologyparts' are either:a Parts embargoed by Item IL 1564 11

c2;b Microprocessor, microcomputer,

memory, programmed logic arrayor arithmetic logic unitmicrocircuits embargoed by Item IL156411 d;

c Magnetic tape heads, magnetic diskheads, magnetic drum heads, ornon-exchangeable magnetic disk ordrum recording media, embargoedby Item 111572; or

d A coustic wave devices embargoedby Item 11 1586, other than thoseexportable pursuant to the italicNote to Item IL 1586.

3 HData (message) switching" equipment orsystems embargoed by sub-item a,provided that:a The equipment or systems are designed

to meet the requirements ofeither:1 CCITT Recommendations F. 1 to

79 for store-and-forward systems(Volume 11 - Fascicle 11.4, VllthPlenary Assembly, 10-21 November1980); or

2 leA 0 Recommendations for store­and-forward civil aviation com­munication networks (Annex 10 tothe Convention on InternationalCivil A viation, including all amend­ments agreed up to and including 14December 1981);

b The equipment or systems:1 Are designed and used for fixed

civil Hdata (message) switching"applications;

2 Will be used primarily for the speci­fied civil application; and

3 Will be operated in the importingcountry by:i The Post, Telegraph and Tele­

phone Authority in order toprovide public Hdata (message)switching" servicesfor:a Domestic civil use; orb International civil use with

Western countries;ii A civil authority, which is a

member ofan intergovernmentalorganization including Westerncountries (e.g. ITU or ICAO), inorder to provide an extension ofinternational Hdata (message)switching" services in theimporting country to fulfil acommitment to the intergovern­mental organization; or

iii A civil public service organiz­ation, in order to provide Hdata(message) switching" services ina densely populated, commercialarea for:a Private domestic civil use; orb Private international civil use

with Western countries;c The number, type and characteristics

of such equipment or systems arenormalfor the approval applications,'

d Such equipment or systems will belimited asfollows:1 Suitable combinations of circuits

which do not exceed:i 250 circuits with "data signalling

rates" not exceeding 150 bit persecond;

ii 60 circuits with "data signallingrates" of more than 150 but notexceeding 1,000 bit per second;or

iii 16 circuits with "data signallingrates" of more than 1,000 butnot exceeding 4,800 bit persecond,'

2 The maximum "data signallingrate" ofany circuit does not exceed4,800 bit per second,'

3 The sum of the individual "datasignalling rates" of all circuits doesnot exceed 27,500 bit per second;

4 The sum of the individual "datasignalling rates" of all circuits witha "data signalling rate" of morethan 1,200 bit per second does notexceed 19,200 bit per second;

e The equipment or systems do notcontain "digital computers" or"related equipment" embargoed by:1 Item IL 1565 f;2 Item IL 1565 b 1i a to j, orl orm; or3 Item IL 1565 b 1 ii;

f The "software" supplied:1 Is limited to:

i The minimum "specially de­signed software" necessary forthe use (ie installation, operationand maintenance) of the equip­ment or systems; and

ii Machine-executable form; and2 Does not include "software":

i Embargoed by Items IL 1527,1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in theMunitions List; or

ii To permit user-modification ofgeneric "software" or its associ­ated documentation,'

g If the equipment or systems are notdesigned for installation by the userwithout support from the supplier,then the "software" necessary forcommissioning is:1 Exported on a temporary basis

only; and2 Kept under the control of the

supplier;b Not used;

Not used,'A statement is provided identifying thefollowing:i The equipment or system to be

provided; andii The intended application and

traffic load; andiii A complete identification of all

end-users and their activities.

4 "Stored-programme-controlled telephonecircuit switching" equipment or systemsembargoed by sub-item b, provided that:a The equipment or systems are deSigned

for fixed civil use as Hspace-divisiondigital exchanges" or "time-divisiondigital exchanges" which fulfil thedefinition of "private automaticbranch exchanges" ("PABXs ");

b The equipment or systems:1 Are designed and used for fixed

civil "stored-programme-controlledtelephone circuit switching" appli­cations; and

2 Will be operated in the importing

country by a civil end-user who hasfurnished to the supplier a signedstatement, certifying that theequipment or systems will be usedfor the specified end-use at aspecified location only;

c The number, type and characteristicsof such equipment or systems arenormalfor the approved application;

d The equipment or systems do notcontain "digital computers" or"related equipment" embargoed by:1 Item IL 1565 f;2 Item IL 1565 b 1i a to k or m; or3 Item IL 1565 b I ii;

e The "PABX's" do not have thefollowing features:1 Multi-level call pre-emption,

including overriding or seizing ofbusy subscriber lines, "trunkcircuits" or switches,'

2 "Common channel signalling",·3 Automatic tandem "trunk circuit" 5

switching, including adaptiverouting, or algorithms that wouldpermit a search for "trunk circuit"connection paths within a network;

4 Interconnection to multi-RFchannel radio equipment whichallows the HPABX" to operate in amobile telephone system;

5 Digital "trunk circuit" orsubscriber line interfaces;

6 Digital synchronization circuitry fornetworking two or more exchanges;

7 Those which permit the implemen­tation of switching functions atremote equipments; or

8 Centralized maintenance, includingthe transmission or reception ofinstructions for the purpose of·1 Controlling traffic;ii Directiona/izing paths,'iii A ltering routing tables;iv Connecting or disconnecting

subscriber circuits or "trunkcircuits ",' or

v Managing the switch ornetwork; except;

The routing of simple alarmsannouncing equipment mal­functions;

f "Communication channels" or"terminal devices" used for adminis­trative and controlpurposes:1 Are fully dedicated to these

purposes; and2 Do not exceed a "total data signal­

ling rate" of9,600 bit per second,'g Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz

as defined in CCITT - Recommen­dation 0.151;

b The "PABXs" do not have "trunkcircuit"-to-subscriber line ratios whichexceed:1 35 per cent for "PABXs" with less

than 100 subscriber lines: or2 20 per cent for "PABXs" with 100

or more subscriber lines;Not used.The r 'software" supplied:1 Is limited to:

i The minimum "specially de­signed software" necessary forthe use (ie installation, operationand maintenance) of the equip­ment or systems; and

ii Machine-executable form,· and2 Does not include "software":

i Embargoed by Items IL 1527,1566 a 5 'or Item ML 11 in the

Munitions List,' orn To permit user-modification of

generic "software" or its associ­ated documentation,'

k If the equipment or systems are notdesigned for installation by the userwithout support from the supplier,then the "software" necessary forcommissioning is:1 Exported on a temporary basis

only,' and2 Kept under the control of the

supplier;I Not used.m A statement is provided identifying the

following:i The equipment or system to be

provided; andii The intended application and

traffic load,' andiii A complete identification of all

end-users and their activities.

"Stored-programme-controlled circuitswitching" equipment or systems,embargoed by sub-item b, provided that:a The equipment or systems are designed

for fixed civil use of "stored-pro­gramme-controlled telegraph circuitswitching" for data;

b The equipment or systems:1 Are designed and used for fixed

civil "stored-programme-controlledtelegraph circuit switching" appli­cations; and

2 Will be operated in the importingcountry by a civil end-user who hasfurnished to the supplier a signedstatement, certifying that the equip­ment or systems will be used for thespecified end-use at a specifiedlocation only,·

c The number, type and characteristicsof such equipment or systems arenormalfor the approved application;

d The equipment or systems do notcontain "digital computers" or"related equipment" embargoed by:1 Item IL 1565 f;2 Item IL 1565 b I i a to k or m; or3 Item IL 1565 b I ii;

e The equipment or systems do not havethe following features:1 Multi-level call pre-emption

including overriding or seizing ofbusy subscriber lines, "trunkcircuits" or switches; or

2 "Common channel signalling",.f The maximum internal bit rate per

channel does not exceed 9,600 bit persecond,'

g The telegraph circuits, which may betelephone circuits, may carry any typeof telegraph or telex signal compatiblewith a voice channel bandwidth of3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT Re­commendation 0.151;

b The 'fsoftware" supplied:1 Is limited to:

i The minimum "specially de­signed software" necessary forthe use fie installation, operationand maintenance) of the equip­ment or ,~ystems;and

ii Machine-executable form,· and2 Does not include 'fsoftware":

i Embargoed by Items IL 1527,1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in theMunitions List,· or'

li To permit user modification ofgeneric "software" or its associ­ateddocumentation,'

. Security export control 14 June 1985 51

,INDUSTRIAL LISTNot used.If the equipment or systems are notdesigned for installation by the userwithout support from the supplier,then the Hsoftware" necessary forcommissioning is:1 Exported on a temporary basis

only; and1 Kept under the control of the

supplier,'k Not used.I A statement is provided identifying the

following:i The equipment or system to be

provided; andiI The intended application and

traffic load,' andill A complete identification of all

end-users and their activities.

6 UStored-programme-contro//ed circuitswitching" equipment or systems, embar­goed by sub-item b, provided that:NB: This Note will enter into force on 15September 1988.a The equipment or systems are designed

for fixed civil use as Hstored-pro­gramme-controlled telephone circuitswitching" exchanges which fulfil thedefinitions' of either a Hterminalexchange" or Htransit exchange";

b The equipment or systems:1 Were in service in public networks

before 1 January 1984,' and1 Have received approval as such

through the Department of Tradeand Industry before 15 April 1986;

c The equipment or systems:1 Are designed and used for fixed

civil "stored-programme-controlledtelephone circuit switching" appli­cations,' and

1 Will be operated in the importingcountry by a civil end-user who hasfurnished to the supplier a signedstatement, certifying that the equip­ment or systems will be used for thespecified end-use at a specifiedlocation only;

d The number, type and characteristicsof such equipment or systems arenormalfor the approved application,'

e The equipment or systems cannot beadapted to mobile use or security use,as described in Item IL 1565 f 1 to 4, g,or hi ii a and b;

f The equipment or systems do notexceed any of the following limits:1 A termination capacity ofeither:

i 50,000 subscriber lines; orii 13,000 Htrunk circuits";

1 Designed or modified for amaximum capacity of225,000 busy 7hour call attempts; or

3 Designed or modified for switchedtraffic limited to 5,000 erlang;

g The equipment or systems do not havethe following features:1 Multi-level call pre-emption includ­

ing overriding or seizing of busysubscriber lines, "trunk circuits" orswitches;

1 HCommon channel signalling",'3 Adaptive routing, or algorithms

which would permit a search for"trunk circuit" connection pathswithin a network;

4 Interconnection to multi-RPchannel radio equipment whichallows the exchange to operate in amobile telephone system;

5 Digital subscriber line interfaces;

62 Security export control 14 June 1985

6 Digital synchronization circuitry fornetworking two or more exchanges;or

7 Centralized maintenance, includingthe transmission or reception ofinstructionsfor the purposes of'i Controlling traffic,'ii Directiona/izing paths;ill Altering routing tables,'iv Connecting or disconnecting

subscriber circuits or Htrunkcircuits"; or

v Managing the switch ornetwork,'

except:The routing of simple alarmsannouncing equipment mal­functions;

h ItCommunication channels" orHterminal devices" used for adminis­trative and controlpurposes:1 Are fu/ly dedicated to these

purposes,' and2 Do not exceed a "total data signal-

ling rate" of9, 600 bit per second;Not used.Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hzas defined in CCITT Recommendation0.151;

k The "software" supplied:1 Is limited to:

i The minimum Hspeciallydesigned software" necessaryfor the use (ie installation, oper­ation and maintenance) of theequipment or systems; and

iI Machine-executable form; and1 Does not include "software":

i Embargoed by Items IL 1527,1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in theMunitions List,' or

ii To permit user-modification ofgeneric Hsoftware" or its associ­ated documentation;

If the equipment or systems are notdesigned for installation by the userwithout support from the supplier,then the Hsoftware" necessary forcommissioning is:1 Exported on a temporary basis

only; and2 Kept under the control of the

supplier; andm A statement is provided identifying the

following:i The equipment or system to be

provided;ii The intended application and

traffic load; andlii A complete identification of all

end-users and their activities;

HStored-programme-controlled circuitswitching" equipment or systems, embar­goed by sub-item b, provided that:NB: This Note will enter into force on 15September 1988.a The equipment or systems are designed

for fixed civil use as Hstored­programme-controlled telephonecircuit switching" exchanges whichfulfil the definitions of eitherHterminal exchange" or "transitexchange' ';

b The equipment or systems:1 Are designed and used for fixed

civil "stored-programme-controlledtelephone circuit switching" appli­cations; and

1 Will be operated in the importingcountry by a civil end-user who hasfurnished to the supplier a signed

statement, certifying that the equip­ment or systems will be used for thespecified end-use at a specifiedlocation only,'

c The number, type and characteristicsof such equipment or systems arenormalfor the approved application;

d The equipment or systems cannot beadapted to mobile use or security use,as described in Item IL 1565 f J to 4, gor h Jii a and b;

e The equipment or systems do not havethe following features:1 Multi-level call pre-emption includ­

ing overriding or seizing of busysubscriber lines, Htrunk circuits" orswitches; or

2 "Common channel signalling;3 Adaptive routing, or algorithlns

which would permit a search forHtrunk circuit" connection pathswithin a network;

4 Interconnection to multi-RFchannel radio equipment whichallows the exchange to operate in amobile telephone system,'

5 Digital subscriber line interfaces;6 Digital synchronization circuitry for

networking two or more exchanges,'or

7 Centralized maintenance, includingthe transmission or reception ofinstructionsfor purposes of'I Controlling traffic;ii Directionalizing paths;iil Altering routing tables;Iv Connecting or disconnecting

subscriber circuits or "trunkcircuits"; or

v Managing the switch ornetwork;

except:The routing of Si"lple alarmsannouncing equipment mal­functions;

f "Communication channels" or"terminal devices" used for adminis­trative and controlpurposes:1 Are fully dedicated to these

purposes; and2 Do not exceed a Htotal data signal­

ling rate" of9,600 bit persecond;g Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz

as defined in CCITT Recommendation0.151;

h The' 'software" supplied:1 Is limited to:

i The minimum Hspecially de­signed software" necessary forthe use (ie installation, operationand maintenance) of the equip­ment or systems; and

ii Machine-executableform;2 Does not include Hsoftware":

i Embargoed by Items IL 1527,1566 a 5 or Item ML 11. in theMunitions List,' or

ii To permit user modification ofgeneric Hsoftware" or its associ­ated documentation;

Not used.If the equipment of systems are notdesigned for installation by the userwithout support from the supplier,then the "software" necessary forcommissioning is:1 Exported on a temporary basis

only,' and1 Kept under the control of the

supplier;k Not used.

A statement is provided identifying thefollowing:i The equipment or system to be

provided;ii The intended application and

traffic load; andiii A complete identification of all

end-users and their activities.

8 Definitions of terms used in Item IL 1567"common channel signalling" -

A signalling method in which a singlechannel between exchanges conveys, bymeans of labelled messages, signallinginformation relating as that used for net­work management.

"communication channel" -The transmission path or circuit includingthe terminating transmission and receivingequipment (modems) for transferringdigital information between distantlocations.

"data device" -Equipment capable of transmittIng orreceiving sequences of digitalinformation.

"data (message) switching" -The technique, including but not limitedto store-and-forward or packet switching,for:a Accepting data groups (including

messages, packets, or other digital ortelegraphic information groups whichare transmitted as a composite whole);

b Storing (buffering) data groups asnecessary;

c Processing part or all of the datagroups, as necessary, for the purposeof:1 Control (routing, priority, format­

ting, code conversion, errorcontrol, retransmission orjournaling);

2 Transmission; or3 Multiplexing; and

d Retransmitting (processed) datagroups when transmission or receivingfacilities are available.

"data signalling rate" -The rate as defined in ITURecommendation 53-36, taking intoaccount that, for non-binary modulation,baud and bit per second are not equal.Binary digits for coding, checking, andsynchronization functions are included.NB: It is the maximum one-way rate, ie,the maximum rate in either transmissionor reception.

"digital computer" -Equipment which can, in the form of oneor more discrete variables:a Accept date;b Store data or instructions in fixed or

alterable (writable) storage devices;c Process data by means of a stryred

sequence of instructions which is modi­fiable; and

d Provide output of data.NB: Modifications of a stored sequence ofinstructions include replacement of fixedstorage devices, but not a physical changein wiring or interconnections.

"embedded" in equipment or systems­Can feasibly be neither:a Removed from such equipment or

systems; norb Used for other purposes.

"local area network" -A data communication system which:a Allows an arbitrary number of

independent "data devices" tocommunicate directly with each other;

andb Is confined to a geographical area of

moderate size (eg office building,plant, campus, warehouse).

"private automatic branch exchange"("PABX")-

An automatic telephone exchange,typically incorporating a position for anattendant, designed to provide access tothe public network and serving extensionsin an institution such as a business,government, public-service or similarorganization.

"programme" -A sequence of instructions to carry out aprocess in, or convertible into, a formexecutable by an electronic computer.

"software" -A collection of one or more"programmes" or "microprogrammes"fixed in any tangible medium ofexpression.

"space-division analogue exchange" -A "space-division exchange", using ananalogue (including sampled analogue)signal within the switching matrix. Suchexchanges can route digital signals,subject to the bandwidth limitations ofthe equipment. Thus, such exchanges inpublic networks commonly pass digitaldata at rates of several kilobit per secondper voice channel of 3,100 Hz as definedin CCITT Recommendation G.151.NB: A "space-division analogueexchange" with a wideband switchingmatrix can be converted to a "space­division digital exchange" by modifyingsome or all of the input interface circuitry.

"space-division digital exchange" -A "space-division exchange" whichaccommodates the transmission throughthe switching matrix of digital signalsrequiring a bandwidth wider than a voicechannel of 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITTRecommendation G.151.NB: A "space-division digital exchange"can be converted to a "space divisionanalogue exchange" by modifying someor all of the input interface circuitry.

"space-division exchange" -An exchange in which different streams ofdata or voice signals are routed throughthe switching matrix along physicallydifferent paths. The signal being routedthrough the matrix can be analogue (egconventional amplitude modulation,pulse amplitude modulation) or digital (egpulse code modulation, delta modulationor data).

"specially designed software" -The minimum "operating systems",diagnostic systems", "maintenancesystems" and "application software"necessary to be executed on a particularequipment to perform the function forwhich it was designed. To make otherincompatible equipment perform thesame function requires:a Modification of this "software"; orb Addition of "programmes".

•• stored-programme-con trolled circu i tswitching" -

The technique for establishing, ondemand and until released, a direct(space-division switching) or logical (time­division switching) connection betweencircuits based on switching controlinformation derived from any source orcircuit and processed according to thestored "programmes" by one or moreelectronic computers.

"stored-programme-controlled telegraphcircuit switching" -

Techniques essentially identical to thosefor •'stored-programme-controlled tele­phone circuit switching", for establishingconnections between telegraph (eg tdex)circuits based solely on a subscriber typeof signalling information.

"stored-programme-controlled telephonecircuit switching" -

The technique for establishing within theexchange, on demand and until released,an exclusive direct (space-divisionswitching) or logical (time-divisionswitching) connection between calling andcalled telephone circuits:a Based solely on a subscriber-type of

telephone signalling information,derived from the calling circuit; and

b Processed according to the stored"programmes" by one or more elec­tronic computers.

The telephone circuits may carry any typeof signal, eg telephone or telex,compatible with a voice channelbandwidth of 3,100 Hz or less.

"terminal device" -A "data device" which:a Does not include process control

sensing and actuating devices; andb Is capable of:

1 Accepting or producing a physicalrecord;

2 Accepting a manual input; or3 Producing a visual output.

NB: Normal groupings of suchequipment (eg a combination ofpaper tape punch/reader andprinter), connected to a single datachannel or "communicationchannel", shall be considered as asingle "terminal device".

"terminal exchange" -a A local exchange used for terminating

subscribers' lines;b A remote switching unit which

performs some functions of a localexchange and operates under ameasure of control from the parentexchange;

c A local exchange, typically 2-wire,used as a switching point for trafficbetween subordinate local exchanges,which may also provide 4-wire connec­tions to and from the national long­distance network; or

d An exchange which performs anycombination of functions in a, b or cabove.

"time-division analogue exchange" ­A "time-division exchange" in which theparameter, associated with an individualsegment of a stream of data or voicesignals, varies continuously.

"time-division digital exchange" -A "time-division exchange" in which theparameter, associated with an individualsegment of a stream of data or voicesignals, is one of a finite number ofdigitally coded values.

"time-division exchange" -'An exchange in which segments of differ­ent streams of data or voice signals areinterleaved in tim~ and routed through theswitching matrix along a commonphysical path. The matrix may alsoinclude one or more stages of space­division switching. The signal beingrouted through the matrix can be ana­logue(eg pdse amplitude modulation) ordigital (cg pulse code modulation, deltamodulatitlll or data).

Sec:J.ity export control 14 June 1985 53

0.12 VoltsAmpere x kilogauss

Technical note:Open circuit sensitivity. The slope of astraight line that passes through the pointof origin and through the point U20: il atB = Bn in the characteristic is defined asthe open circuit sensitivity (whereU20 = Hall voltage, open circuit;il = Control current; Bn = Rated valueof applied magnetic control field).

m Specially designed components and testequipment (including adaptors, couplers,etc.) for the above.

Note: Potentiometers covered by sub-items g1 and 2 above, provided that they have beendesigned for civil use, and have been in use incivil equipment for a period of not less thanfive years.

more then 10,000 of full scale overthe specified operating temperaturerange;

iii A figure of merit of I x 1()8 or more(derived from the number ofcomplete conversions per seconddivided by the accuracy);

2 Electrical input type digital-to­analogue converters having any of thefollowing characteristics:i A maximum "settling time" of less

than 3 microseconds for voltageoutput devices and less than 250nanoseconds for current outputdevices;

ii An accuracy in excess of I part inmore than 10,000 of full scale overthe specified operating temperaturerange;

iii A figure of merit greater than 2 x109 for voltage output convertors orI x 1010 for current output con­vertors (the figure of ment isdefined as the reciprocal of theproduct of the maximum settlingtime in seconds and the accuracy);

Technical note: "Settling time" in k 2 iabove is defined as the time requiredfor the output to come within one-halfbit of the final value when switchingbetween any two levels of the con­verters.

3 Solid-state synchro-to-digital ordigital-to-synchro converters andresolver-to-digital or digital-to-resolverconverters (including multi-poleresolvers) having a resolution of betterthe .±.. one part in 5,000 per fullsyna-hrorevolution for single speed synchrosystems or .±. one part in 40,000 fordual speed systems;

4 Mechanical input types (including butnot limited to shaft-position encodersand linear displacement encoders, butexcluding complex servo-followersystems), as follows:i Rotary types having an accuracy of

better than .±. I part in 40,000 offull scale; or

ii Linear displacement types having aresolution of better than.±. 5 micro­metres;

Semi-conductor Hall field probes, asfollows:1 Made of indium-arsenide-phosphide

(lnAsP);2 Coated with ceramic or ferritic

materials (eg special field probes suchas tangential field probes, multipliers,modulators, recorder probes, etc);

3 With an open circuit sensitivity greaterthan

smaller and a length (without shaft-ends)of 101.6 mm (4 in) and smaller or with adiameter-to-length ratio greater than 2: I,having one or more of the followingcharacteristics:1 With a rated linearity of 0.1 per cent or

less;2 All temperature-compensated or tem-

perature-corrected types;Servo motors (gear-head or plain) asfollows:1 Designed to operate from power

sources of more than 300 Hz exceptthose designed to operate from powersources of over 300 Hz up to and notexceeding 400 Hz with a temperaturerange from-55°C to + 125°C;

2 Designed to have a torque-to-inertiaratio of 50,000 radians per second persecond or greater;

3 Incorporating special features tosecure internal damping;

g Precision potentiometers (and specialinstruments rated to have the samecharacteristics as potentiometers in 1 and2 below, such as Vernistats), as follows:1 Linear potentiometers having a

constant resolution and a ratedlinearity of better than 0.05 per centabsolute;

2 Non-linear potentiometers having avariable resolution and a rated con­formityof:i I per cent or less when the

resolution is inferior to that ob­tained with a linear potentiometerof the same type and of the sametrack length; or

ii 0.5 per cent or less when the resol­ution is better than or equal to thatobtained with a linear poten­tiometer of the same type and of thesame track length;

3 Designed for gimbal mounting;Technical notes:1 For the purpose of this sub-item, a

precision potentiometer means onehaving a rated conformity better than;a 0.25 per cent for a linear poten-

tiometer; orb I per cent for a non-linear poten­

tiometer;2 This sub-item is not intended to

embargo potentiometers using onlyswitched elements.

h Direct current and alternating currenttorquers, ie torque motors speciallydesigned for gyros and stablised plat­forms;Electro-optical devices designed tomonitor relative rotation of remotesurfaces;Synchronous motors, as follows:1 Of size 20 (50.8 mm (2in) in diameter)

and smaller and having synchronousspeeds in excess of 3,600 revolutionsper minute;

2 Designed to operate from powersources of more than 400 Hz cycles persecond;

Analogue-to-digital and digital-to­analogue converters other than digitalvoltmeters or counters (see Item IL 1529),as follows:1 Electrical input type analogue-to­

digital converters having any of thefollowing characteristics:i A conversion rate of more than

200,000 complete conversions persecond at rated accuracy;

il An accuracy in excess of I part in

IL 1568

INDUSTRIAL LIST"total data signalling rate" -

The sum of the individual "data signallingrates" of all "communication channels"which:-a Have been provided with the system;

andb Can be sustained simultaneously

assuming the configuration of theequipment which would maximize thissum of rates.

"transit exchange" -a An exchange, typically 4-wire, used as

a switching point for traffic betweenother exchanges in the nationalnetwork (historically known as a trunkexchange);

b A 4-wire exchange serving outgoing,incoming or transit international calls;or

c An exchange which performs anycombination of functions in a or babove or those of a "terminalexchange".

"trunk circuit" -A circuit with associated equipments ter­minating in two exchanges.

"wide area network" -A data communication system which:a Allows an arbitrary number of

independent "data devices" tocommunicate with each other;

,b May include "local area networks";and

c Is designed to interconnect geographi­cally dispersed facilities.

Equipment, as follows:a All classes of devices, regardless of other

characteristics, identified in sub-items b,c, d, e, f, g, j and k below, which aredesigned to operate below -55°C or above125°C;

b Synchros and resolvers (and specialinstruments rated to have the samecharacteristics as synchros and resolvers in1 and 2 below, such as Microsyns,Synchro-Tels and Inductosyns) possessingany of the following characteristics:1 A rated electrical error of 7 minutes of

arc or less or of 0.2 per cent or less ofmaximum output voltage;

2 A rated dynamic accuracy for receivertypes of I degree or less, except thatfor units of size 30 (76.2 mm (3 inches)in diameter) or larger a rated dynamicaccuracy of less than I degree;

3 Multi-speed from single shaft types;4 Designed for gimbal mounting;

c Amplifiers, electronic or magnetic,specially designed for use with resolvers,the following:1 Isolation types having a variation of

gain constant (linearity of gain) of 0.2per cent or better;

2 Summing types having a variation ofgain constant (linearity of gain) or anaccuracy of summation of 0.2 per centor better;

3 Employing solid state Hall effect;d Induction potentiometers (including k

function generators and linear synchros),linear and non-linear, possessing any ofthe following characteristics:1 A rated conformity of 0.25 per cent or

less, or of 13 minutes of arc or less;2 Employing solid state Hall effect;3 Designed for gimbaI mounting;

e Induction rate (tachometer) generators,synchronous and asynchronous, with ahousing diameter of 50.8 mm (2 in) and

54 Security export control 14 June 1985

IL 1570Thermoelectric materials and devices, asfollows:a Thermoelectric materials with a maximum

product of the figure of merit (Z) and thetemperature (T in degrees K) in excess of0.75;

b Junctions and combinations of junctionsusing any of the materials in a above;

c Heat absorbing or electrical power gener­ating devices containing any of the junc­tions in b above, and specially designedcomponents therefor;

d Other power generating devices, andspecially designed components therefor,which generate in excess of 11W per kg(IOW per pound) or of 17.70kW percubic metre (500W per cubic foot) of thedevice's basic thermoelectric components;

Technical note:The figure of merit (Z) equals Seebeckcoefficient squared divided by the product ofelectrical resistivity and thermal conductivity.Note:1 See also sub-Itern IL 1205 c.2 The weight and cubic measurements in

sub-item d above are not intended toencompass the complete device but toinclude only the thermoelectric elementsand assembly and the components forpumping calories. Other components,such as heating and cooling sources orcontainers, device frames or stands andcontrol equipment are not to be includedin the calculations.

IL 1571Magnetometers, magnetometer systemsand related equipment, as follows, andspecially designed components therefor:

a Magnetometers and magnetometer sys-tems having or capable of having a sensi­tivity better than ± 1.0 gamma (± 10-5

oersteds), except magnetometers havingsensitivities not better than ± 0.1 gamma(± 10-6 oersteds) where the reading ratecapability is not faster than once per half­second;

b Magnetometer test facilities able tocontrol magnetic field values to anaccuracy of 1.0 gamma (10-5 oersteds) orless;

c Magnetic compensation systems utilizingdigital computers, non-magnetic plat­forms and calibration systems;

(For optical fibres, see Item IL 1526 c and d.)Technical notes:1 Sensitivity is defined as the visually recog­

nised minimum sinusoidal signal in thefrequency range of 0.025 Hz to 1.5 Hzwhen signal-to-noise ratio is higher than 1.

2 The term' 'specially designed componentstherefor" is intended to include non­magnetic pumping lamps and heatingcoils, cryogenic magnetic componentry,enhanced resonance gases, and any formof dynamic signal-processing gradientcompensation provided as part of, ordesigned for use with, magnetometersembargoed by this Item. Enhancedresonance gases are gases of isotopes ofcesium, rubidium and other metals whichexhibit very sharp bands of response topumping frequencies in optically pumpedmagnetometers.

3 Magnetometer systems use magneticsensors, including those designed tooperate at cryogenic temperatures,compensation systems, displays, recordersand associated electronics for signal

processing, target parameter detection,gradient compensation and dynamicrange control.

IL 1572Recording or ,reproducing equipment, asfollows, and specially designedcomponents therefor:a Using magnetic techniques, except:

i Those specifically designed for voice ormusic and not employing digitaltechniques;

ii Those specifically designed to usemagnetic card, tag, label or bankcheque recording media with amagnetic surface area not exceeding 85sq cm (13 sq in);

b Using electron beam(s) operating in avacuum, or laser-produced light beams(see also Item IL 1522) that producepatterns or images directly on therecording surface, and specialised equip­ment for image development, except:i Equipment specially designed for the

production of audio and video discmasters for the replication of enter­tainment/education discs;

ii Facsimile equipment incorporatinglasers such as used for commercialweather imagery and commercial wirephotos and text;

c Graphic instruments capable of continu­ous direct recording of sinusoidal waves atfrequencies ex<.;eeding 20 kHz;

d Recording media used in equipmentembargoed by a and b above.Note: The term 'recording media' in sub­item d above is intended to include alltypes and forms of specialised recordingmedia used in such recording techniques,including but not limited to tapes, drums,discs and matrices.

Technical notes:1 Nothing in the following shall be

construed as sanctioning the export oftechnology for recording or reproducingequipment or for specially designed com­ponents or recording media therefordescribed below.

2 Sub-items a or b also do not embargo thefollowing recording or reproducing equip­ment and specially designed componentstherefor (recording media used in thisequipment are still embargoed by sub­item d above, see notes 3 and 6), providedthat:a The equipment has been designed for

identifiable civil use and by nature ofdesign or performance is substantiallyrestricted to the particular applicationfor which it has been designed;

b The equipment has all of the followingcharacteristics:1 Not ruggedised;2 Not rated for continuous operation

in ambient temperatures frombelow -20°C to above + 55°C;

3 Not specially designed for under­water use;

c The equipment is limited as follows:1 Video magnetic tape and disc

recorders specially designed fortelevision recording, using a signalregistered with the CCIR, orspecially designed or adapted foruse with medical equipment, andhaving all of the following charac­teristics:i 3 dB recording bandwidth not

exceeding 6 MHz;

ii A signal-to-noise ratio notexceeding 48 dB, unless theequipment is a cassette-typerecorder, in which case thesignal-to-noise ratio does notexceed 52 dB;

iii Maximum length of time of asingle scan not exceeding 20milliseconds;

iv Portable or transportable andhaving a net weight notexceeding 50 kg;

2 Analogue magnetic tape recordersspecially designed for use withmedical equipment; ie for recordingphysiological signals, and having allof the following characteristics:i Bandwidth capability at

maximum design speed notexceeding 300 kHz per track;

ii Recording density not exceeding5,000 magnetic flux sine wavesper linear 25.4 mm (inch) pertrack;

Technical note: Recordingdensity is, for direct recorders,the recording bandwidth dividedby the tape speed; and, for FMrecorders, the sum of the carrierfrequency and the deviationdivided by the tape speed.

iii Not including recording orreproducing heads of the rotaryof floating types or headsdesigned for use in equipmentwith characteristics superior tothose defined in sub-paragraphsi or ii above;

iv Tape speed not exceeding 152.4cm (60 inches) per second;

v Number of recording tracks(excluding audio voice track) notexceeding 20;

vi Start-stop time not less than 25milliseconds;

vii Equipped with tape-derived (off­tape) servo speed control andwith a time displacement (base)error of not less than ±5 micro­seconds at a tape speed of 152.4cm (60 inches) per second andnot less than .±JO microsecondsat any lower tape speedmeasured in accordance withapplicable IRIG and EIAdocuments.

3 Digital tape recorders speciallydesigned for the collection ofmedical data obtained from nuclearor other ionising radiation measure­ments and having all of thefollowing characteristics:i Mean packing density, with less

than 5 per cent loss of pulses,not exceeding 800 pulses per25.4 mm (inch) per track;

ii Characteristics not superior tothose defined in sub-paragraphsc 2 iii, vi and vii above;

iii Tape speed not exceeding 95 cm(37.5 j,nches) per second;

iv Number of recording tracks notexceeding 8;

v Packing density not exceeding800 bits per 25.4 mm (inch) pertrack;

4 Equipment using electron beams(s)operating in a vacuum speciallydesigned for television recording onfilm, using, a signal registered withthe CCIR and having all of the

Security eKport control 14 June 1985 56

iNDUSTRIAL LISTfollowing characteristics:i Pattern or image frame size not

exceeding 3 mm x 2.3 mm;ii Pattern or image not exceeding

312.5 lines per frame;iii Beam spot position stability not

better than 0.3 per cent;iv 3dB recording bandwidth, not

exceeding 4MHz;5 Digital recording and reproducing

equipment operating serially with apacking density not exceeding 800bits per 25.4 mm (inch) per trackspecially designed for use with, andincorporated in, typewriter systemsused for preparing, correcting orcomposing text;

6 Recording or reproducing equip­ment which is limited to both:i A tape width not exceeding

6.35 mm (I~ inch);ii Digital recording techniques in

serial form with a packingdensity not exceeding 800 bitsper 25.4 mm (inch).

Technical note: Packing density is,for digital recorders, the number ofbits per second per track divided bythe tape speed.

3 Sub-item d above, does not embargo thefollowing magnetic tape and flexible disccartridge recording media, provided that:a The magnetic tape is a standard com-

mercial product that has been in use inquantity for at least two years and isnot designed for use in satelliteapplications;

b The base material consists only ofpolyester or cellulose acetate;

c The magnetic tape recording mediawith a magnetic coating materialconsisting only of undoped gamma­ferric (iron) oxide with a rated intrinsiccoercivity not exceeding 350 oersteds islimited to the following types andcharacteristics:1 Video tape designed for television

recording and reproduction orinstrumentation tape designed foranalogue recording and repro­duction and having all of thefollowing characteristics:i Not designed for use in video

recorders having a 3dBrecording bandwidth exceeding 6MHz or in analogue recordershaving a recording density ex­ceeding 5,000 magnetic flux sinewaves per linear 25.4 mm (inch)per track;

ii A tape width not exceeding25.4 mm (l inch);

iii A magnetic coating thicknessnot less than 10.2 micrometres(0.40 mill;

iv A tape length not exceeding1,402 metres (4,600 ft);

2 Computer tape designed for digitallongitudinal recording and repro­duction and having all of thefollowing characteristics:i A magnetic coating certified for

a maximum packing density of6,250 bits per 25.4 mm (inch)(9,042 flux changes per 25.4 mm(inch) along the length of thetape;

ii A magnetic coating thicknessnot less than 5.08 micrometres(0.2 mill;

iii A tape width not exceeding

&8 Security export control 14 June 1985

25.4 mm (1 inch);iv A tape length not exceeding

1,097 metres (3,600 ft);3 Computer tape in cassette/car­

tridges designed for digital longi­tudinal recording and reproductionand having all of the followingcharacteristicsi A magnetic coating certified for

a maximum packing density of1,600 bits per 25.4 mm (inch)(3,200 flux changes per 25.4 mm(inch» along the length of thetape;

ii A magnetic coating thicknessnot less than 4.32 micrometres(0.17 mill;

iii A tape width not exceeding6.35 mm (0.25 inch);

iv A tape length not exceeding274.3 metres (900 ft);

4 Computer flexible disc cartridgesdesigned for digital recording andreproduction and having all of thefollowing characteristics:i A magnetic coating certified for

a maximum packing density of13,262 flux changes per radian(3,268 bits per 25.4 mm (inch) ata radius of 51.536 mm (2.029inches» around the disc;

ii A magnetic coating thicknessnot less than 2.54 micrometres(0.1 mill;

iii A disc thickness not exceeding80 micrometres (0.003 inch);

iv A disc outer diameter notexceeding 201 mm (7.88 inch);

v A disc inner diameter notexceeding 38.] mm (1.5 inch);

d The magnetic tape recording mediawith a magnetic coating materialconsisting only of chromium dioxidewith a rated intrinsic coercivity notexceeding 650 oersteds are limited tovideo tape specially designed for thevideo recorders defined in Note 2 c 1and having both of the followingcharacterics:1 A tape width not exceeding

25.4 mm (1 inch);2 A tape length not exceeding

548.6 mm (1,800 ft);e The magnetic tape recording media in

video tape cassettes are speciallydesigned for video recorders defined inNote 2 c 1 and have all of the followingcharacteristics:1 A rated intrinsic coercivity not ex·

ceeding 750 oersteds;2 A magnetic coating thickness not

less than 2.54 micrometres(0.1 mill;

3 A tape length not exceeding548.6 metres (1,800 ft);

4 A tape width not exceeding19.05 mm (0.75 inch).

4 Sub-item a i also does not embargonormal civil use digital recording andreproducing equipment specially designedfor recording or reproducing voice ormusic on tape or disc.

S Equipment embargoed by sub-item aabove, and specially designed componentsand recording media therefor embargoedby sub-item d for use with the exportedequipment, asfollows:a Video magnetic tape recorders

specially designed for televisionrecording, using a signal registeredwith the CCIR or specially designed or

adapted for use with medicalequipment, and having all of thefollowing characteristics:1 3dB recording bandwidth not ex­

ceeding 6MHz;2 Maximum length of a single scan

not exceeding 20 milliseconds;3 Not ruggedised;

b A nalogue magnetic tape recordershaving all thefollowing characteristics:1 Bandwidth capability at maxilnum

design speed not exceeding 300 kHzper track;

2 Recording density not exceeding5,000 magnetic flux sine waves perlinear 25.4 mm (inch) per track;

Technical note: Recording densityis, for direct recorders, therecording bandwidth divided by thetape speed; and, for FM recorders,the sum of the carrier frequencyand the deviation divided by thetape speed.

3 Not ruggedised;4 Not rated for continuous operation

in ambient temperatures fr01nbelow -20 oe to +55°C;

5 Not specially designed for under­water use;

6 Not including recording or repro­ducing heads of the rotary or float­ing types or designed for use inequipment with characteristicssuperior to those defined in bland2 above;

7 Tape speed not exceeding 152.4 cm(60 inches) per second;

8 Number oj recording tracks(excluding audio voice track) notexceeding 16 channels for directrecording and 28 channels for FMrecording;

9 Start-stop time not less than 25milliseconds;

10 Equipped with tape-derived (off­tape) servo speed control and with atime displacement (base) error ofnot less than ±5 microseconds at atape speed of 152.4 cm (60 inches)per second and nol less than ±10microseconds at any power tapespeed measured in accordance withapplicable IRIG and EIAdocuments;

c Systems for use in civil aircraft orhelicopters to record flight data forsafety or maintenance purposes, andhaving all of the following character­istics:

i In normal civil use for more thanone year,'

ii Not exceeding 100 inputchannels;

iii Sum of the individual channelrecording bandwidth notexceeding 500 Hz;

d Incremental recorders or reproducersfie equipment designed for discontinu­ous sampling or collection of data inan incremental manner) having all ofthe following characteristics:1 The maximum tape speed, at the

maximum stepping rate, does notexceed 50.8 mm (2 inches) persecond;

2 The equipment has all of thecharacteristics specified in sub­paragraphs b 3 to 6.,·

e Digital magnetic recorders speciallydesigned for seismic/geophyisicalapplications and operating in the

IL1574Electronic devices, circuits and systemsspecially designed for or capable ofoperation at temperatures below 103 K(-170°C, -174°F) and containingcomponents manufactured from super­conducting materials which performfunctions such as electromagneticsensing and amplification, currentswitching, frequency selection orelectromagnetic energy storage atresonant frequencies above 1 MHz.These include the following:a Josephson effect devices;b "Dayem bridges";c Weak link devices;d "Proximity-effect devices";

IL 1584Cathode-ray oscilloscopes and speciallydesigned components therefor, in­cluding associated plug-in units, externalamplifiers, pre-amplifiers and samplingdevices, having any of the followingcharacteristics:a An amplifier or system bandwidth greater

than 250 MHz (defined as the band offrequencies over which the deflection onthe cathode-ray tube does not fall below70.7 per cent of that at maximum pointmeasured with a constant input voltage tothe amplifier);

b A horizontal sweep speed faster than 1nanosecond per cm with an accuracy(linearity) better than 2 per cent;

c Containing or designed for use withcathode-ray tubes covered by Item IL1541 c;

d Ruggedised to meet military specification;e Rated for operation over an ambient

temperature range of below -25°C toabove + 55°C;

fUsing sampling techniques for the analysisof recurring phenomena which increasethe effective bandwidth of an oscilloscopeor time-domain reflectometer to afrequency greater than 4 GHz;

g Digital oscilloscopes with sequentialsampling of the input signal at an intervalof less than 50 nanoseconds.

Explanatory notes:1 Nothing in the above shall be construed as

sanctioning the export of technologyexcept technology for maintenance, repairand operation of oscilloscopes excludedfrom embargo under sub-item a above,which:8 Use cathode-ray tubes embargoed by

Item IL 1541 b; orb Exceed an amplifier bandwidth of 200

MHz.2 In the case of systems, the characteristics

of individual plug-ins, probes ormainframes must not be in excess of whatis required for overall system bandwidth.

IL 1585Photographic'equipment, as follows:a High speed cinema recording cameras and

equipment as follows:1 Cameras in which the film is continu­

ously advanced throughout the record­ing period, and which are capable ofrecording at framing rates exceeding

Security export control 14 June 1985 57

. e Phase slip devices;f SNS (super-normal-super) bridges;g SIS (superconductor-insulator-super-

conductor) devices;h Quasiparticle devices or detectors.Technical notes:1 By "Dayem bridges" are meant super­

conducting thin film devices with areduced section area which acts as aconductive weak link. This weak link hasa much lower critical current than theareas it joins. Dayem bridges can act assuperconducting switches and may beemployed in superconducting quantuminterference devices (squids).

2 By "proximity-effect devices" are meantsuperconducting weak link devices whoselow critical current is due to an overlay ofnormal metal rather than a small area.These devices can be used for the samepurpose as "Dayem bridges" .

specially designed components andrecording media therefor embargoed bysub-item d, for use with those recorders,provided that:a The analogue magnetic tape recorders

are limited as follows:1 Characteristics not superior to

those defined in Note 5 b 1 to 9;2 Equipped with tape-derived (off­

tape) servo speed control and with atime displacement (base) error ofnot less than .±0.8microsecond at atape speed of 152.4 cm (60 inches)per second and not, less than .±1.6microsecond at any lowertape speed measured in accordancewith applicable IRIG and EIAdocuments.

For equipment which may be exported inconjunction with computer shipments, seeItem IL 1565.

IL 1573Superconductive electromagnets andsolenoids, as follows:a Those which have a non-uniform distri­

bution of current-carrying windings,measured along the axis of symmetrywhen specially designed for gyrotronapplication, except those rated formagnetic field strengths of less than 3 tesla(30 kilogauss) or "overall currentdensity" in the windings of less than10,000 A/cm2;

b Those which are specially designed to befully charged or discharged in less thanone minute, provided that:1 The maximum energy delivered during

discharge divided by the duration ofthe discharge is more than 500 kJ perminute;

2 The inner diameter of the current­carrying windings is more than 6 cm;and

3 They are rated for magnetic fieldstrengths of more than 8 tesla (80kilogauss) or "overall current density"in the windings of more than 10,000A/cm2 •

Technical note: "Overall current density"is defined as the total number of ampere­turns in the coil (ie the sum of the numberof turns multiplied by the maximumcurrent carried by each turn) divided bythe total cross-section of the coil(comprising the superconductingfilaments, the metallic matrix in which thesuperconducting filaments are embedded,the encapsulating material, any coolingchannels, etc.).

frequency range of5 to 800 Hz;f Digital recording and reproducing

equipment operating serially with apacking density not exceeding 1,600bits per 25.4 mm (inch) per track,specially designed for use with, andincorporated in, typewriter systemsused in preparing and composing text.

6 For use in civil television recording andreproducing applications, the shipment ofreasonable quantities of the followingtypes of magnetic tape recording mediaembargoed by sub-item d above, whosebase material consists only ofpolyester orcellulose acetate;a With a magnetic coating material

consisting only of undoped gamma­ferric (iron) oxide with a rated intrinsiccoercivity not exceeding 350 oersteds 9and limited to video tape designed fortelevision recording and reproductionwith a tape width not exceeding50.8 mm (2 inches);

b With a nlagnetic coating materialconsisting only of chromium dioxidewith a rated intrinsic coercivity notexceeding 750 oersteds and limited tovideo tape designed for televisionrecording and reproduction with a tapewidth not exceeding 25.4 mm (1 inch);

c With a magnetic coating materialconsisting only of doped or undopedgamma-ferric (iron) oxide with a ratedintrinsic coercivity not exceeding 650oersteds, limited to video tape designedfor television recording and repro­duction and having all of the followingcharacteristics;1 Not designed for use in video

recorders having a 3 dB recordingbandwidth exceeding 6 MHz;

2 A nlagnetic coating thickness notless than 5.1 micrometres (0.2 mil);

3 A tape length not exceeding732 metres (2,400 ft);

4 A tape width not exceeding25.4 mm (1 inch).

7 The shiprnent of reasonable quantities ofcomputer magnetic disc recording mediaembargoed by sub-iteln d above for use incivil digital computer applications,provided that:a The magnetic disc recording media are

a standard commercial product, havenot been designed as ruggedised equip­ment and are neither capable ofmeeting military specifications forrugggedised equipment nor modifiedfor military use;

b The magnetic disc recording ffledia arelimited to the following types andcharacteristics:1 Unrecorded single-disc cartridges

(fron t loading, 2,200 bpi)(2315-type) designed to meet ANSIX3.52-1976;

2 Unrecorded single-disc cartridges(top loading, 2,200 bpi) (5440-type)designed to nleet InternationalStandard ISO 3562-1976;

3 Unrecorded magnetic six-disc packs(2311-type) designed to meet ANSIX3.46-1974 or InternationalStandard ISO 2864-1974(E);

4 Unrecorded I1-disc packs (single­density or double density 2314-type)designed to meet ANSI X3.58-1977or International Standard ISO3564-1976.

8 Analogue magnetic tape recordersembargoed by sub-item a above, and

INDUSTRIAL LIST2 This Item only covers quartz

crystals having piezoelectricqualities. It is understood that thisdefinition does not cover opticalgrade quartz crystals.

3 Nothing in the Notes above shall beconstrued as sanctioning the exportof technology for quartz crystalelements of assemblies thereof.

a Monocrystals of ferrites and garnets,synthetic only;

b Single aperture forms possessing any ofthe following characteristics:1 Switching rate of 0.3 microsecond or

faster at the minimum field strengthrequired for switching at 40°C (104OF);

2 A maximum dimension less than0.45mm (18 mils);Explanatory note: See Item IL 1358 formachinery and equipment associatedwith forms having a maximumdimension less than 0.76mm (30 mils).

c Multi-aperture forms with fewer than 10apertures possessing any of the followingcharacteristics:1 Switching rate of 1 microsecond or

faster at the minimum field strengthrequired for switching at 40°C (104°F);

2 A maximum dimension less than2.54mm (100 mils);

d Multi-aperture forms having 10 or moreapertures;

e Memory storage or switching devices, asfollows:1 Thin film (including plated wire and

plated rods);2 Single crystal or amorphous film

magnetic bubble;3 Moving domain; or4 Crosstie;

f Magnetic ferrite materials having squareloop characteristics, suitable for operationabove 1 GHz and having all of thefollowing characteristics:1 i A saturation magnetisation of

greater than 0.2 tesla (2,000 gauss)for lithium-based ferrites;

ii A saturation magnetisation ofgreater than 0.3 tesla (3,000 gauss)for other than lithium-basedferrites;

2 A dielectric loss tangent of. less than0.001 measured at a frequency of IGHz or greater;

3 A ratio of the remanent magnetisation(Br) to the saturation magnetisation(411'Ms) equal to or greater than 0.7;

g Rod forms possessing any of the followingcharacteristics:1 Switching rate of 0.3 microsecond or

faster at the minimum field strengthrequired for switching at 40°C (104OF);

2 A minimum dimension less than0.254mm (10 mils);

Single aperture forms embargoed by sub-itemb above, provided they have a switching rateequal to or slower than 0.24 microsecond anda maximum dimension of 0.30 mm (12 rhils)or more.

IL 1588Materials composed of crystals havingspinel, orthorhombic, hexagonal, orgarnet crystal structures; thin filmdevices; assemblies of the foregoing; anddevices containing them, as follows (forequipment which may be exported inconjunction with computer shipments,see Item IL 1565):

employing an interaction betweenacoustic waves (bulk wave or surfacewave) and light waves which permit thedirect processing of signals, including butnot limited to, spectral analysis,correlation and convolution.Technical note: This sub-item embargoesdevices made from acousto-opticmaterials including but not limited tolithium niobate, bismuth germaniumoxide, bismuth silicon oxide, galliumarsenide, gallium phosphide, telluriumoxide, and lead molybdenate.

Note: Devices covered by sub-item a I abovewhich are specially designed for use in civiltelevision equipment and which operate atfrequencies below 1 GHz.

IL 1587Quartz cystals and assemblies thereof inany stage of fabrication (ie worked,semi-finished or mounted), as follows:a For use as filter elements, and having any

of the following characteristics:1 Designed for operation over a

temperature range wider than 125°C;2 Crystals or assemblies of crystals which

use the trapped energy phenomenonwhich have more than three series orparallel resonances on a single quartzelement;

For use as oscillator elements speciallydesigned for temperature-controlledcrystal ovens of for TCXO's covered by cbelow, and having an average ageing rateof .±..1 x 10-9 per day or better (less);Technical note: Ageing rate shall bemeasured over a longer period at aconstant temperature of +60°C or higher+ 2°C.Temperature-compensated crystaloscillators (TCXO) having any of thefollowing characteristics:1 A stability with respect to temperature

of better than .±..O.00015 per cent overtheir operating temperature range;

2 An operating temperature range widerthan 120°C;

3 Capable of reaching to within 1 x10-7of normal operating frequency orbetter in 3 minutes or less from switch­on at an ambient temperature of 25°C;

4 Rated to have an acceleration sensi­tivity of less than 1 x 10-9 of theoperating frequency per g (whereg = 981 cm/sec2) over a vibration testfrequency range from 10 to 2,000 Hzsine wave and with a maximum level ofacceleration not exceeding 20 g;

5 Designed to withstand a shock greaterthan 10,000 g (where g 981 cm/sec2)

over a period of 1 millisecond;6 Radiation hardened to better than

10-10 of the operating frequency pergray (I rad 10-2 gray).Notes:1 This Item does not embargo quartz

crystals for use as filter elementswhich have either of the followingcharacteristics:a Designed for operation as inter­

mediate frequency filters oper­ating from 10.5 to 11 MHz orfrom 21 to 22 MHz with 3 dBbandwidths not exceeding 40kHz; or

b Designed for operation as singleside-band filters operating atfrom 1 to 10 MHz with 2 dBbandwidths not exceeding 4kHz.

IL 1586

13,150 frames per second, using anycamera and film combination from thestandard 8mm to the 90mm sizeinclusive;

2 Special optical or electronic deviceswhich supplement, replace or are inter­changeable with standard camera com­ponents for the purpose of increasingthe number of frames per second;

b High speed cameras in which the film doesnot move, and which are capable ofrecording at rates exceeding 1,000,000frames per second for the full framingheight of standard 35mm wide photo­graphic film, or at proportionately higherrates for lesser frame heights, or atproportionately lower rates for greaterframe heights;

c Cameras incorporating electron tubescovered by Item IL 1555 a;

d Streak cameras having writing speeds of1Omm/microsecond and above;

e Camera shutters with speeds of 50 nano­seconds or less per operation; and special­ised parts and accessories therefor;

f Film, as follows:1 Having an intensity dynamic range of

1,000,000: 1 or more; or2 Having a speed of ASA 10,000 (or its

equivalent) or better;3 Colour film having a spectral sensi­

tivity extending beyond 7,200Angstroms or below 2,000 Angstroms; b

g High speed plates having an intensitydynamic range of 1,000,000: 1 or more.

Acoustic wave devices, as follows, andspecially designed components therefor:a Surface acoustic wave and surface c

skimming (shallow bulk) acoustic wavedevices (ie signal-processing devicesemploying elastic waves in materials,including but not limited to, lithiumniobate, lithium tantalate, bismuth ger­manium oxide, silicon, quartz, zinc oxide,aluminium oxide (sapphire), galliumarsenide and alpha-aluminium phospate(berlinite), which permit direct processingof signals, including but not limited to,convolvers, correlators (fixed, pro­grammable and memory), oscillators,bandpass filters, delay lines (fixed andtapped) and non-linear devices having anyof the following characteristics:1 A carrier frequency of greater than 400

MHz;2 A carrier frequency of 400 MHz or

less, except those specially designed forhome electronics and entertainmenttype applications, having any of thefollowing characteristics:i A side-lobe rejection of greater than

45 dB;ii A product of the maximum delay

time and the bandwidth (time inmicroseconds and bandwidth inMHz) greater than 100;

iD A dispersive delay of greater than10 microseconds;

Iv An insertion loss of less than 10 dB;b Bulk (volume) acoustic wave devices (ie

signal-processing devices employingelastic waves in the various materialsdescribed in a above) which permit directprocessing of signals at frequencies over 1GHz, including but not limited to, fixeddelay lines, non-linear and pulse com­pression devices;

c Acousto-optic signal-processing devices

68 Security export control 14 June 1985

IL 1670Tantalum powder and tantalum alloys,as follows:a Tantalum powder containing less than 200

parts per million of total metallicimpurities, and sintered anodes madetherefrom;

b Tantalum-based alloys containing 60 percent or more of tantalum, and scrapforms thereof.

more than 14 per cent chromium); exceptproducts obtained by casting and having acarbon content of more than 1.5 per cent;

b Steel alloys in crude or semi-fabricatedform, which contain a combination of thefollowing major alloy elements in theamounts listed:1 4.5 to 5.95 per cent nickel by weight;2 0.3 to 1.0 per cent chromium;3 0.2 to 0.75 per cent molybdenum;4 0.04 to 0.15 per cent vanadium;5 Less than 0.19 per cent carbon;(See also Item IL 1672.)

IL 1658Molybdenum alloys containing 97.5 percent or more of molybdenum, exceptwire.

IL 1661Nickel-based alloys (ie containing ahigher percentage by weight of nickelthan of any other element), as follows:a With a combined content of aluminium

and titanium greater than J1 per cent; orb Dispersion strengthened containing more

than 1 per cent of oxides of thorium,aluminium, yttrium, zirconium, cerium,or lanthanum; or

c Containing 0.05 per cent or morescandium, yttrium, didymium, cerium,lanthanum, neodymium, or praseo­dymium.(See also Item IL 1672.)

IL 1649Niobium (columbium), as follows:a Niobium-based alloys containing 60 per

cent or more niobium or niobium­tantalum in combination;

b Scrap forms of the alloys described in aabove.(See also Items IL 1675 and 1760 and sub­item ML 20 b.)

IL 1648Cobalt based alloys (ie contains a higherpercentage by weight of cobalt than ofany other element), as follows:a Containing 5 per cent or more of

tantalum; orb Dispersion strengthened containing more

than 1 per cent of oxides of thorium,aluminium, yttrium, zirconium or cerium;or

c Containing 0.05 per cent or more ofscandium, yttrium, didymium, cerium,lanthanum, neodymium, or praseo­dymium.(See also Item IL 1672.)

IL 1631Magnetic metals of all types and ofwhatever form possessing .one or moreof the following characteristics:a Initial permeability: 120,000 gauss­

oersteds (0.15 henry/m) or more calulatedat induction 0 and magnetic field strengthoor the equivalent;

b Remanence: 98.5 per cent or over ofmaximum magnetic flux for materialshaving magnetic permeability;

c A conlposition capable of an energyproduct of:1 95,500 joules/m3 (12 x 1()6 gauss­

oersteds) or greater; or2 55 ,700 joules / m3 (7 x 106 gauss­

oersteds) or greater and having acoercive force of 159,155 amperes/m(2,000 oersteds) or greater;

d Grain-orientated iron alloy sheets or stripsof a thickness of 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) orless;

e Magnetostrictive alloys as follows:1 Saturation magnetostriction greater

than 5 x 10-4 ; or2 Magnetomechanical coupling factor

(k) greater than 0.8;Technical note: It is understood that themeasurement of the initial permeabilitywill be carried out on fully annealedmaterial having a thickness between 3 and100 mil. For convenience of figure ofinitial permability is shown at II 0 ..0. Ifthis figure is normally calculated at levelsabove p 0.0 its value is to be equivalent ofthat which would be obtained had themeasurement been at l.l 0.0.

IL 1603Seamless tube and pipe which have anoutside diameter of 60 mm (2.36 inches)or greater, and seamless fittingstherefor, which are made of nickel-basesuperalloys that contain the followingmajor alloying elements: 19.0 weight percent or more chromium, 7.4 per cent ormore molybdenum, a maximum of 6.0per cent iron, and 3.0 per cent or moreniobium (columbium) or niobium andtantalum combined.Tube and pipe embargoed by this Item tocivil end-users.

uniform size of particles in metalpowders regardless of the type of metaland the embargo status of the powder.

IL 1602Pyrolitic deposition technology andspecially designed components therefor,as follows:a Technology for producing pyrolitically

derived materials formed on a mould,mandrel or other substrate from precursorgases which decompose in the 1,573 K(1,300°C) to 3,173 K (2,900°C)temperature range at pressures of133.3 Pa to 19.995 kPa (including thecomposition of precursor gases, flowrates, and process control schedules andparameters);

b Specially designed nozzles for the aboveprocesses.

IL 1635IL 1601 Iron and steels, alloyed as follows:

a Containing 10 per cent or moreInert gas and vacuum atomizing tech- molybdenum (but more than 5 per cent IL 1671nology to achieve sphericity and molybdenum in any alloys (~ontaining Titanium-based alloys in crude and

Explanatory note: Nothing in this Item shallpermit the export of technology or technicaldata associated with the design, manufactureor upgrading of equipment excluded fromembargo by this definition, when suchtechnology or technical data is also relevantto equipment embargoed by this definition.Note: Marine gravimetric systems having astatic accuracy ofone milligal or above, or anin-service (operational) accuracy of onemi//igal or above with a time to steady-stateregistration of two minutes or greater underany combination of attendant correctivecompensations and motional influences, tocivil end-use, for civil end uses.

Group HMetals, mineralsand theirmanufactures

In this Group:Raw materials cover all materials fromwhich the metal can be usefullyextracted, ie ores, concentrates, mattle,regulus, residues and dross (ashes); andUnless p·rovision to the contrary is madein particular items of the definition, thewords metal and alloys cover all crudeand semi-fabricated forms as follows:

Crude forms:Anodes, balls, bars (including notched barsand wire bars), billets, blocks, bloOIllS,brickets, cakes, cathodes, crystals, cubes,dice, grains, eranules, ingots, lumps, pellets,pigs, powder, rondles, shot, slabs, slugs,sponge, sticks.Semi-fabricated forms (whether or notcoated, plated, drilled or punched):i Wrought or worked material fabricated

by rolling, drawing, extruding, forging,impact-extruding, pressing, graining,atomising and grinding, ie angles,channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foiland leaf forgings, plates, powder,pressings and stampings, ribbons, rings,rods (including bare welding rods, wirerods and rolled wire), sections, shapes,sheets, strip, pipe and tube (including tuberounds, squares and hollows) drawn orextruded wire;

ii Cast material produced by casting in sand,die, metal, plaster or other types ofmoulds, including high pressure castings,sintered forms, and forms made bypowder metallurgy.

IL 1595Gravity meters (gravimeters), gravitygradiometers and specially designedcomponents therefor, except gravitymeters for land use having staticaccuracies of 100 microgal or lessaccurate and land gravity meters of theWorden type.

Security export control 14 June 1985 69

INDUSTRIAL LISTsemi-fabricated form, or as scrap, G Ihaving tJie following nominal compo- roupsitions of 6 per cent aluminium, 2 percent tin, 4 per cent zirconium, 6 per centmolybdenum, and the balance titanium.

Single oxides of silicon, boron,aluminium or tantalum;

ii Single or complex borides of silicon;and

iii Single or complex borides or carbidesof aluminium;

Technical notes:1 For the purpose of this item, "high

purity" is defined as a total metallicimpurity, excluding intentional ordesired additions, of less than:a 1,000 ppm for single oxides or

. single carbides;b 5,000 ppm for complex com­

pounds, single borides or singlenitrides.

2 "Fine powders with uniform particlesize distribution" are defined aspowders with at least 90 per cent of theparticles being less than or equal to 10micrometres, and the average particlesize being less than or equal to 5 micro­metres.(For zirconia, these limits will be 5micrometres and 1 micrometre respec­tively.)

Notes:1 For compounds of thorium or

hafnium, see also Items A2 and A8on the International Atomic EnergyList.

2 For compounds of zirconium, see alsoItem A4 on the International AtomicEnergy List.

3 For compounds of tantalum, see alsoItem IL 1760.

b Non-composite ceramic materials, incrude or semi-fabricated form, havingcompositions of the base materialsembargoed by sub-item a above;

c Granular or fibrous ceramic-ceramiccomposite materials, containing finelydispersed particles or phases or any non­metallic fibrous or whisker-like materials,whether externally introduced or grown insitu during processing, where the fol­lowing materials form the host matrix:1 All oxides, including glasses;2 Carbides or nitrides of silicon or

boron;3 Borides, carbides or nitrides of zir­

conium, hafnium or tantalum;4 Carbon; or5 Any combination of the materials

enumerated in 1 to 4 above;d Precursor materials, Le. special purpose

polymeric or metallo-organic materialsfor producing any phase or phases of thematerials covered by sub-items b or cabove, as follows:1 Polycarbosilanes and polydiorgano­

sHanes (for producing silicon carbide);2 Polysilazanes (for producing silicon

nitride); or3 Polycarbosilazanes (for producing

ceramics with silicon, carbon andnitrogen components).

IL 1746Polymeric substances and manufac­turers thereof, as follows:

a Polyimides (including maleimides);Explanatory note: It is not intended that thissub-item shall cover fully cured polyimide orpolyimide-based film, sheet, tape or ribbonhaving thickness of 10 mils (0.010 in or0.254 mm) whether or not coated orlaminated with heat or pressure-sensitive

Boron element, boron compounds andmixtures in which the boron-IO isotopecomprises more than 20 per cent of thetotal boron content;Boron element (metal) all forms;Boron compounds, mixtures, and com­posites containing 5 per cent or moreboron (except pharmaceutical specialitiespackaged for retail sale), as follows:1 Boron nitride (hexagonal close-packed

structure, white form) and compositesthereof in crude or semi-fabricatedforms; other boron nitrogen com­pounds (eg borazanes, borazines, andboropyrazoyls);

2 Boron hydrides (eg boranes), exceptsodium boron hydride, potassiumboron hydride, monoborane, diboraneand triborane;

3 Organoboron compounds, includingmetallo-organoboron compounds;

IL 1733Base materials, non-composite ceramicmaterials; ceramic-ceramic compositematerials and precursor materials for themanofacture of high temperature finetechnical cer.mic products, as follows:

a A flash point of greater than 204°C(400°F); or

b All of the following characteristics:1 A pour point of -34°C (-30°F); or

lower;2 A viscosity index of 75 or greater; and3 Are thermally stable at + 343°C

(+ 650°F).

IL 1702Hydraulic fluids which contain theprincipal ingredients petroleum (min­eral) oils, synthetic hydrocarbon oils,non-fluorinated silicones or fluoro­carbons, and which have:

a Base materials, i.e. "high purity" "finepowders with uniform particle-sizedistribution", as follows:Single or complex non..composite oxides,borides, carbides or nitriqes of silicon,aluminium, boron, zirconium or tan­talum, except:

I

IL 1715Boron, the following:

Chemicals,metalloidsand petroleumproducts

80 Security export control 14 June 1985 .

(See also Items IL 1635, 1648, 1661 and 1(71)

IL 1674Vanadium of 99.7 per cent or higherpurity (including scrap) and alloys whichcontain vanadium of 99.7 per cent orhigher purity as an alloying (includingscrap).

IL 1675Superconductive materials of all typesand processed conductors containing atleast one superconducting constituent,which are designed for operation at tem­peratores below 1031\ (-170°C, -274°F),except processed conductors whichpossess all of the following charac­teristics:

(See also Item IL 1672.)

IL 1672Aluminides of titanium which contain12 weight per cent or more aluminium,and aluminides of nickel, cobalt andiron which contain 10 weight per cent ormore aluminium, in crude or semi­fabricated forms, and scrap thereof.

a The superconducting constituent, whenevaluated in sample length of less than aone metre, does not remain in the super­conducting state when exposed to anapplied magnetic field in excess of 12 tesla(120 Kiloguass) at temperatures of 4.2 K b(-268°C, -451.8°F); c

b The superconducting constituent or fila..ment has a cross-section area greater than3.14 x 1Q-4 mm2 (20-micrometre diameterfor circular filaments);

c The superconducting filament(s) areembedded in a copper or copper-basedmixture matrix; and

d The conductor is either non-coated orinsulated with varnish, glass fibre,polyamide or polyimide;

Technical note: Superconductive materialsare metals, alloys and compounds which loseelectrical resistance near absolute zero oftemperature, Le. they have infinite electricalconductivity and can carry very largeelectrical currents without Joule heating. Thesuperconducting state for each material isindividually characterized by a critical tem­perature, a critical magnetic field (which is afunction of temperature) and a criticalcurrent density (which is a function of bothmagnetic field and temperatu·re). Materialsremain in the superconducting state providedtemperature, magnetic field and currentdensity are all less than the critical values.Note: Individual shipments of niobium-·titanium wire covered by this Item having afilament cross..sectional area of 9.5 x10-' mm2 (or JJ ..micrometre diameter) orgreater in copper of copper-based mixturematrix, in quantities not exceeding 10 kg.

resinous substances of an adhesive nature,which contain no fibrous reinforcingmaterials and which have not been coated orlaminated with carbon, graphite, metal ormagnetic substances.b Polybenzimidazoles;c Aromatic polyamides, except staples,

fibres, filaments, yarns and threadshaving a fibre modulus of 250 grams-forceper denier or less and a tenacity of 11grams-force per denier or less, and textilesor mat products thereof;

d Polybenzothiazoles;e Polyoxadiazolesf Polyphosphonitriles;Technical notes:1 The characteristics referred to in sub-item

c are defined as follows, in accordancewith the ASTM Standard D2 101-72:a Tenacity: tensile stress when expressed

as force per unit linear density of theunstrained. specimen, ie grams-forceper denier or grams-force per tex.

b Fibre modulus: (secant modulus): ratioof change in stress to change in strainbetween two points on a stress-straincurve, particularly the points of zerostress and breaking stress, and isexpressed in grams-force per denier orgrams-force per tex.

c Denier: nUITlber of graIns in 9,000 m ofmaterial, usually fibre, filament,staple, thread, etc.

d Tex: nurnber of grams in 1,000 m ofmaterial, usually yarn. '

2 It is not intended that this Item shallinclude manufactured articles where thevalue of the polymeric componenttogether with materials mentioned inother items appearing in this schedule isless than 50 per cent of the total value ofthe article.(See also Itern IL 1564.)

IL 1749Polycarbonate sheet of 1.5 mm (0.060inch) to 25.4 mm (1 inch) thickness,.having no "major defects" and havingall of the following opticalcharlacteristics:

a Less than 2 per cent haze as determined bymethod ASTM Dloo3;

b An angular deviation, as determined bymethod ASTM D637, as follows:1 Not more than 12 minutes at any lo­

cation more than 25.4 mm (1 inch)from the edge of the sheet for sheetthickness of 1.5 mm (0.060 inch) to9.5 mm (0.375 inch); or

2 Not more than 20 minutes at anylocation more than 25.4 mm (1 inch)from the edge of the sheet for sheetthickness over 9.5 mm (0.375 inch) to25.4 Inm (1 inch);

c Total number of minor optical defects(excluding those within 25.4 mm (l inch)of the sheet edge) as follows:1 Not exceeding 1 per 0.368 m2 (4 ft2)

for sheet which is 12.7 mm (0.5 inch)or less in thickness; or

2 Not exceeding 2 per 0.092 m2 (1 ft2)for sheet over 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) inthickness;

Technical note: "Major defects" aredefined as variations in the material whichcause angular deviations either side or theundeviated position in excess of thoselisted in sub-item b above. Minor defects

include any embedded particles, bubbles,scratches or internal inhomogeneity whichreduce visibility through the plastic, andthose localized imperfections which causea variation in angular deviation of morethan 5 minutes within a distance of notmore than 508 mm (20 inches) on thescreen when tested by method ASTMD637. (It is not intended that the entiresheet be quantitatively surveyed for suchvariation in deviation, but that localizedimperfections which are suspected ofbeing detrimental be evaluated by meansof this test).(For manufacturers thereof, see Item ML10 on the Munitions List.)

IL 1754Fluoro carbon compounds and manufac­tures, as follows:

a Monomeric and polymeric materials, asfollows:1 Polychlorotrifluoroethylene, oily and

waxy modifications only;2 Copolymers and terpolymers com­

posed of any combination of thefollowing monomers: tetrafluoro­ethylene, chlorotri fl uoroethylene,vinylidene fluoride, hexafluoro­propylene and bromotrifluoro­ethylene, except the copolymers oftetrafluoroethylene and hexafluoro­propylene;

3 Polybromotrifluoroethylene;4 Dibromotetrafluoroethane, except that

having a purity of 99.8 per cent or lessand containing at least 25 particles of200 microns or larger in size per100 ml;

5 Perfluoroalkylamines;b Greases, lubricants and dielectric, damp­

ing and flotation fluids made wholly ofany of the materials in sub-item a above;

c Electric wire and cable coated with or in­sulated with any of the materials in sub­item a 2 above, except oil well loggingcable.

Note: Up to 5 US gallons (18.9 litres) ofpolychlorotrijluoroethylene-based lubricat­ing oils covered jointly by sub-items a 1 and bfor bonafide civil uses.(For hydraulic fluids using these elements,see also Item IL 1702.)

IL 1755Silicone fluids and greases, as follows:

a Fluorinated silicone fluids;b Silicone and fluorinated silicone lubricat­

ing greases capable of operating at tem­peratures of 180°C (356°F) or higher andhaving a drop point (method of test beingASTM or ITP) of 220°C (428°F) orhigher.

Note: Silicone and fluorinated siliconelubricating greases embargoed by sub-item babove, provided that they are not capable ofoperating at temperatures of 205°C (400°F)or higher.(For hydraulic fluids using these elements,see also IL 1701.)

IL 1757Compounds and'materlals, as follows:

a Monocrystalline silicon, except metallur­gical-grade monocrystalline silicon havinga purity not better than 99.97 per cent;Note: Monocrystalline silicon having apurity not better than 99.999 per cent andcontaining at least 0.5 part in }06 each ofiron, carbon, boron andphosporous, plusother impurities.

b Gallium of a purity of 99.9999 per cent orgreater and gallium III/V compounds ofany purity level except:i Gallium phosphide; orii Other gallium III/V compounds

having a dislocation density (etch pitdensity-EPD) greater than 500,000 percm2;

Note: Gallium 1111V compounds intendedfor light-emitting diodes and having all ofthefollowing characteristics:a Dislocation density (etch pit density ­

EPD) greater than 10,000percm2,'

b Carrier concentration greater than 1 x1017 percm3; and

c Carrier mobility less than 3,000cm21Y:.sec.;

c Indium of a purity greater than 99.9995per cent and 111-V indium compoundscontaining more than 1 per cent indium;

d Hetero-epitaxial materials consisting of amonocrystalline insulating substrateepitaxially layered with silicon,compounds of gallium or compounds ofindium;

e Elemental Cd and Te of purity levels of99.999 per cent or greater, and CdTe com­pounds of a purity level of 99.99 per centor greater or single crystals of CdTe ofany purity level;

f Polycrystalline silicon, except poly­crystalline silicon having a purity of 99.99per cent or less and containing at least 0.5part in 1()6 each of iron, carbon, boronand phosphorus, plus other impurities;

g Compounds used in the synthesis of thematerials covered by sub-item f above,having a purity level of 99.5 per cent orbetter, including but not limited to SiH4 ,

SiCIH3, SiC14 , SiC1 3H, and SiC1 2H2 ;

Note:The purity level of a mixture containing asilicon-bearing compound shall be takento be the same as that of the silicon­bearing compound.

h Single crystals sapphire substrates;i 8 203 with a purity of 99.9 per cent or

greater, containing 1,000 parts per millionof H20 or less, in powder or cast form;Monocrystalline germanium with a resis­tivity greater than 100 ohm.cm;

k Resist materials with any of the followingcharacteristics:1 Sensitive to X-rays or deep ultraviolet

light (wavelength less than 436 nano..metres) with a sensitivity of 500 milli..joules/cm2 or better;

2 Sensitive to electrons or ion beamswith a sensitivity of 100 micro­coulombs/cm2 or better;

3 Specified or optimised for, dry develop-ment;

Single .. crystal forms of bismuthgermanium oxide having piezo..electricpropertie~ and single..crystal forms ofHthium niobate, of lithium tantalate andofaluminium phosphate.

. Security export control 14 June 1985 61

INDUSTRIAL LISTIL 1759Syntactic foam for underwater useformulated for applications at depthsgreater than 1,000 metres or with adensity of 0.561 gfcm3 (35 Ibsfcu ft)(specific gravity 0.561) or less.

Technical note: Syntactic foam consists ofhollow plastic or glass spheres less than 100micrometres in diameter uniformityembedded in a resin matrix.For deep submergence vehicles, see Item IL1418.

IL 1760Compounds of tantalum and niobium(columbium), as follows:

a Tantalates and niobates having a purity of98 per cent or more;

b Other compounds containing 20 per centor more of tantalum in which the niobiumcontent with respect to tantalum is lessthan one part per thousand;

Note: This item does not cover single-crystallithium niobate and single-crystal lithiumtantlate, for which see Item IL 1757 1.(See also Items IL 1649 and IL 1670.)

IL 1763Fibrous and filamentary materials whichmay be used in composite structures orlaminates, and such composite struc­tures and laminates, as follows:

a Fibrous and filamentary materials havingboth of the following characteristics:1 "Specific modulus" greater than 3.18

x l()6m (1.25 x 1()8 in);:1 "Specific tensile strength" greater

than 7.62 x l()4m (3 x 1()6 in);b Fibrous and filamentary materials having

both of the following characteristics:1 "Specific modulus" greater than 2.54

x l()6m (1 x lOS in);:1 Melting or sublimation point higher

than 1,992 K (1 ,649°C) (3,OOO°F) in aninert environment except:i Carbon fibres having a "specific

modulus" less than 5.08 x l()6m (2 x108 in) and a "specific tensilestrength" less than 2.54 x 1()4m (l x1()6 in);

ii Multi-phase polycrystalline aluminafibres having a "specific modulus"less than 3.56 x 1()6m(1.4 x lQ8 in);

c Resin-impregnated fibres (prepregs) andmetal-coated fibres (preforms) made withmaterials covered by sub-item a or babove;

d Composite structures, laminates andmanufactures thereof made either with anorganic matrix or a metal matrix utilizingmaterials covered by sub-items a or babove;

Carbon fibres embargoed by sub-items a andb above and having both of the followingcharacteristics:a Specific modulus less than 11.43 x 1fY>m

(4.5 x IQ! in);b Specific tensile strength less than 10.16 x

}OIm (4 x 1()6 in);Technical Dotes:1 The term 'fibrous and filamentary

materials' includes:a Continuous monofilaments;b Continuous yarns and rovings;

62 Security export control 14 June 1985

c Tapes, woven fabrics and randommats;

d Chopped fibres, staple fibres andcoherent fibre blankets;

e Whiskers, either monocrystalline orpolycrystalline, of any length.

:1 "Specific modulus" is Young's modulusin N/m2 (lbs force/sq in) divided byspecific weight in N/m3 (lbs force/cue in),measured at a temperature of (296 .± 2) K(23 .± 2)OC) «73.4 .± 3.6)OF) and arelative humidity of (50 ± 5) per cent.

3 "Specific tensile strength" means ulti­mate tensile strength in N/m2 (lbsforce/sq.in) divided by specific weight inN/m3 (lbs force/cu.in) measured at atemperature of (296 .± 2) K «23 .± 2)OC)«73.4 + 3.6)OF) and a relative humidityof (50 + 5) per cent.

IL 1767Preforms of glass or of any othermaterial specially designed for the fabri­cation of optical fibres covered by ItemIL 1526 c and d.

Technical note: Optical fibre preforms aredefined as bars, ingots, or rods of glass,plastic or other materials which have beenspecially processed for use in fabricatingoptical fibres. The characteristics of thepreform determine the basic parameters ofthe resultant drawn optical fibres.Note:Preforms specially designed for mu/timodeoptical fibres only optimised for communi­cation purposes at 850 nanometres.

IL 1781Synthetic lubricating oils/greases whichare or which contain as their principalingredient, the following:

a Monomeric and polymeric forms ofperfluorotriazjnes, perfluoroaliphaticethers and esters;

b Polyphenyl ethers or thio ethers contain­ing more than three phenyl or alkylphenyl groups.

GroupJSynthetic rubberand syntheticfilmIL 1801Synthetic rubber as follows:

a Fluorinated silicone rubber and otherfluorinated elastomeric material and suchorganic intermediates for their productionas contain 10 per cent or more of com­bined fluorine;

b Polymeric products of butadiene, asfollows:1 Carboxyl terminated polybutadiene;

hydroxyl terminated polybutadiene;thiol terminated polybutadiene; andcyclised 1, 2-polybutadiene;I

2 Mouldable copolymers of butadieneand acrylic acid;

3 Mouldable terpolymers of butadiene,acrylonitrile and acrylic acid or any ofthe homologues of acrylic acid;

c Carboxyl terminated polyisoprene.

Bioiogical, cihemical and radioactivematerials adapted for use in war toproduce casualties in men or animals, orto damage crops;

Security export control 14 June 1985 83

Tanks and self-propelled guns;Military type armed or armoured vehicles,and vehicles fitted with mountings forarms;Armoured railway trains;Military half-tracks;Military type recovery vehicles;Gun-carriers and tractors speciallydesigned for towing artillery;

g Trailers specifically designed to carry'ammunition;

h Amphibious and deep water fordingmilitary vehicles;Military mobile repair shops specificallydesigned to service military equipment;All other speically designed militaryvehicles.

c Military fuel thickeners, including but notlimited to: compounds (e.g. octal) ormixtures of such compou~ds (e.g.

. napalm) specifically formulated for thepurpose of producing materials which,when added to petroleum products,provide a gel-type incendiary material foruse in bombs, projectiles, flamethrowersor other implements of war.

Explanatory note:Specially designed components therefor insub-items a and b above include:a Guided missile propulsion systems;b Metal or plastic fabrications such as

primer anvils, bullet cups and other metalparts;

c Safing and arming devices, fuses andexploding bridge wire connectors;

d Power supplies with high one-timeoperational output.

ML6Tanks and vehicles specially designedfor military purposes, as follows, andspecially designed components and soft­ware therefor:

ML7Toxicological agents and tear gas andrelated equipment, as follows, and~pecially designed software therefor:

a Fire control, gun laying, night sighting,missile tracking and guidance equipment;Range, position and height finders, andspotting i~stiuments specially designedfor military purposes;

c Aiming devices, electronic, gyroscopic,acoustic and optical, specially designedfor military purposes;

d Bomb sights, bombing computers, gunsights and periscopes, specially designedfor military purposes;

e Television sighting units speciallydesigned for military use.

ML5Fire control equipment and range

,finders, as follows, and specially de-gas and pyrotechnic signed components, accessories and

software therefor:

Bombs, torpedoes, grenades (includingsmoke grenades)" smoke canist<~rs,

rockets, mines, missiles guided or un­guided, depth charges, fire bOITtbs,incendiary bombs and military demolitioncharges, devices and kits, pyrotechnicflare signals for military use, cartridgesand simulators therefor;

b Apparatus and devices specially designedfor the handling, control, activation,. alaunching, laying, sweeping, dischar~ing, \detonation or detection of items describedin sub-item a;

ML2Large calibre armament or weapons andprojectors, as follows, and speciallydesigned components and softwaretherefor:a Guns, howitzers, cannon, mortars, tank

destroyers, projectile and rocketlaunchers, military flame throwers,recoilless rifles;

b Military smoke,projectors.

ML3Ammunition, and specially designed bcomponents and software therefor, forthe weapons described under MunitionsList Items ML 1 and 2.

ML4Bombs, torpedoes, rockets and missilesguided and unguided, as follows, andspecially designed software therefor:

Explanatory Notes:1 Specially designed components therefor

include:a Metal or plastic fabrications such as

primer anvils, bullet cups, cartridgelinks, rotating bands and munitionsmetal parts;

b Safing and arming devices, fuses andexploding bridge wire connectors;

c Power supplies with high one-timeoperational output;

This Item does not cover ammunitioncrimped without a projectile (blank star)and dummy ammunition with a piercedpowder chamber.Ammunition and cartridges, as follows: ai Target ammunition or cartridges with b

an expanding bullet of the type usedfor hunting or sport;

ii Ammunition or cartridges specifically cintended for the testing of firearms; d

provided that such ammunition is for the eweapons described in the italic Note to fMunitions List Item ML 1.

MUNmONS LIST

a Rifles, carbines, revolvers, pistols,machine pistols and machine guns exceptantique small arms dating back beyondthe year 1890 and their reproductions;

b Smooth-bore weapons specially designedfor military use;Technical note: Smooth-bore weaponsspecially designed for military use asspecified in sub-item b above are thosewhich:i Are proof tested at pressures greater

than 1,300 bars (19,117 psi); andii Operate normally and safely at

pressures greater than 1,000 bars(14,706 psi); and

iii Are capable of accepting ammunitiongreater than 76.2 mm in length (iecommercial 12-gauge magnum shotgun shells).

The parameters in this Technical note areto be measured according to the standardsof the Commission InternationalePermanente.

c Specially designed components therefor,eg barrels, cylinders and breeches.

Notes:1 Weapons embargoed by this Item not of

the fully automatic firing type, as follows: 2i Rifled-bore weapons specially designed

for sporting target shooting as definedin the Olympic Rules;

ii Rifled-bore weapons specially designed 3for hunting having a magazine capacitynot exceeding 5 rounds;

iii Multiple-barrelled hunting weaponshaving one or more rifled-bore barreland at least one smooth-bore barrel;

iv Clips or magazines for the aboveweapons with a capacity not exceeding5 rounds;

v Weapons using non-centre fireammunition;

Prior to the issuance ofa licence under theterms of this note, a statement must beprovided from a responsiblerepresentative of the end-user orimporting agency describing the end-useand certifying that the weapons will not be are-exported or otherwise disposed ofwithout the permission of the UKgovernment.

2 This Item does not embargo smooth-boreweapons used for hunting and sportingpurposes. These weapons must not bespecially designed for military use or ofthe fully automatic firing type.

3 This Item does not embargo firearmsspecially designed for dummyammunition and which are incapable offiring any embargoed ammunition.

MLlSmall arms and machine guns, asfollows:

(For computer-related terms, see Items IL 1565 or 1566)

ML 11Electronic equipment specially designedfor military use and specially designedcomponents and software therefor.

Air reconnaisance cameras and associ­ated equipment designed for militarypurposes;

2 Film processing and printing machinesdesigned for military purposes;

b Other cameras and electro-optical imagingdevices, including infrared and imagingradar sensors, whether recording, ortransmitting via datalink, designed formilitary (including reconnaissance)purposes;Specialised equipment for the camerasand electro-optical imaging devices em-bargoed by sub-item b above designed tomake the recorded or transmitted infor­mation militarily useful.Note: Specialised equipment covered bysub-item c above which relate to electro­optical imaging devices and imaging radarsensors includes but is not limited todigital image processors and softcopyimagery display devices.

ML 12Photographic and electro-opticalimaging equipment, as follows, andspecially designed components and soft­ware therefor:

ML 13Special armoured equipment, as follows:a Armoured plate;b Combinations and constructions of

metallic or non-metallic materials special­ly designed to provide ballistic protectionfor military systems;Military helmets:Note: This sub-Item is not intended toembargo conventional steel helmets notequipped with, modified or designed toaccept any type of accessory device;

d Body armour, flak suits and speciallydesigned components therefor.

cepted under Item IL 1460; and speciallydesigned components therefor;

b Airborne equipment, including airbornerefuelling equipment, specially designedfor use with the aircraft and helicoptersand the engines of the types of aircraftand helicopters covered by sub-item a andcomponent parts thereof;

c Pressure refuellers, pressure refuellingequipment, equipment specially designedto facilitate operations in confined areasand ground equipment, not elsewherespecified, developed specially for aircraftand helicopters and aircraft and helicopterengines covered by sub-item a;

d Pressurized breathing equipment andpartial pressure suits for use in aircraftand helicopters, anti-"a" suits, militarycrash helmets, parachutes used forcombat personnel, cargo dropping, andaircraft deceleration, liquid oxygen con­verters used for aircraft, helicopters andmissiles, catapults and cartridge actuateddevices utilized in emergency escape ofpersonnel from aircraft and helicopters.

a Combat aircraft and helicopters and otheraircraft and helicopters specially designedfor military purposes, including militaryreconnaissance, assault, military trainingand logistic support, and all aircraft andhelicopters having special structuralfeatures such as multiple hatches, special cdoors, ramps, reinforced floors and thelike, for transporting and airdroppingtroops, military equipment and supplies;aero-engines specially designed or adaptedfor use with such aircraft and helicopters,with; the .exception of aero-engines ex-

ML 10Aircraft and helicopters, of the pilot orpilotless types, and aero-engines andaircraft or helicopter equipment,associated equipment and components,specially deisgned for military purposes,as follows, and specially designedsoftware therefor:

more than 16 per cent TNT;b Nitrocellulose with a nitrogen content of

over 12.2 per cent;c Nitroglycerin;d Single base nitrocellulose;e Sodium azide and other inorganic azides.

a Combatant vessels or vessels designed foroffensive or defensive action (surface orunderwater) whether or not converted tonon-military use and regardless of currentstate of repair or operating condition, andhulls or parts of hulls for such vessels;

b 1 Diesel engines of 1,500 h.p. and overwith rotary speed of 700 Lp.m. or overspecially designed for submarines;

2 Electric motors specially designed forsubmarines, Le. over 1,000 h.p. quickreversing type, liquid cooled andtotally enclosed;

3 Non-magnetic diesel engines, 50 h.p.and over specially designed for militarypurposes.Note: An engine shall be presumed tobe specially designed for militarypurposes if:i It has non-magnetic parts other

than crank-case, block, head,pistons, "covers, end-plates, valvefacings, gaskets, and fuel, lubri­cation and other supply lines; or

ii Its non-magnetic content exceeds 75per cent of total weight.

Magnetic, pressure, and acoustic under­water detection devices specially designedfor military purposes; controls and com- a 1ponents thereof;

d Submarine and torpedo nets;e Compasses and equipment therefor and

ship's course indicators, specially designedfor submarines;

f Specially designed components, access­ories and attachments to the foregoing,such as turrets, naval gun mounts, sub­marine batteries and catapults;

g Hull penetrators and connectors speciallydesigned for military purposes that enable cinteraction with equipment external to avessel.

ML9Vessels of war and special naval equip­ment, as follows, and specially designedsoftware therefor:

ML8Military explosives and fuels, as follows,additives, precursors and stabilizerstherefor, and specially designed soft­ware therefor:

MUNDlONSUSTb Equipment specifically designed and in­

tended for the dissemination of thematerials described in sub-item a;

c Equipment specifically designed and in­tended for defence against the materialsdescribed in sub-item a, and for theirdetection and identification;

d Components specially designed for theitems listed in sub-items band c above.

Note: Sub-item c does not include personalradiation monitoring dosimeters.

Explanatory Notes:1 Additives are substances used in explosive

formulations to improve their properties;2 Stabilizers are substances used in

explosive formulations to improve theirshelf-Jife;

3 Precursors are special chemicals used inthe manufacture of military explosives.Except as they may be proscribed else­where, the term is not intended to coverindustrial"chemicals that are widely avail­able in international markets;

a Military explosives;Note: Military high explosives are solid,liquid or gaseous substances or mixturesof substance which, in their application asprimary, booster, or main charges inwarheads, demolition and other militaryapplications, are required to detonate.

b Military propellants;Note: Military propellants are solid, liquid C

or gaseous substances or mixtures of sub­stances used for propelling projectiles andmissiles, or to generate gases for poweringauxiliary devices for embargoed militaryequipment which, when ignited, burn ordeflagrate to produce quantities of gascapable of performing work, but in theirapplication these quantities are requirednot to undergo a deflagration to deton­ation transition.

c Military pyrotechnics;Note: Military pyrotechnics are mixturesof solid or liquid fuels and oxidizerswhich, when ignited, undergo an energeticchemical reaction at a controlled rateintended to produce specific time delays,or quantities of heat, noise, smoke, visiblelight or infrared radiation. Pyrophoricsare a subclass of pyrotechnics, whichcontain no oxidizers but ignite spon­taneously on contact with air.

d Military high-energy solid or liquid fuels,including aircraft fuels specially formu­lated for military purposes;Note: This sub-item covers finished pro­ducts only and does not cover constituents.

Certain explosive substances and mixturesnormally used for civilian or industrialpurposes or made into cartridges or chargesof an exclusively civilian or industrial naturesuch as propellants for sporting purposes orshooting gallery practice,' cartridges forrivetting guns,' and explosive chargesfor agri­cultural purposes, public works, mines,quarries, or oil-well drilling. The followingare the substances or mixtures to which thisprocedure may apply:a Nitrate-based (40 per cent or. more) and

provided they do not contDin more than40 per cent nitroglycollnitroglycerin or no .

·64 Security export control 14 June 1986.

Note: This Item is not intended to coverML 17 equipment fitted with such industrialMiscellaneous equipment and materials, machinery as is not embargoed by these Lists,

for instance coating machinery, n.e.s., andand specially designed software therefor, equipment for the casting of plastics.as follows:

ML16 ML 19Enviro>nmental chambers capable of

>Forgings, castings and semi-finished pressures below 0.133 microbar <10-4

products specially designed for the Torr) and specially designed componentsgoods described under Items ML 1, 2, 3, therefor.4 and 6 on this List.

ML 14Specialised military training equipmentand specially designed components,accessories and software therefor.

ML 15Military infrared and thermal imagingequipment and image intensifier equip­ment, and specially designed componentsand software therefor.(See also Items IL 1502, 1555, and 1556.)

standards, as follows:i Equipment for determining the ig­

nition and deflagration temperatures;ii Equipment for steel-shell tests;iii Drop hammers not exceeding 20 kg in

weight for determining the sensitivityof explosives to shock;

iv Equipment for determining the frictionsensitivity of explosives when exposedto charges not exceeding 36 kg inweight.

2 "Production" includes design, examin­ation, manufacture, testing and checking.

target;b Particle beam and microwave systems

capable of destruction or effectingmission-abort of a target;

c Specially designed components forsystems embargoed by a and b above,including but not limited to:1 Prime power generation, energy

storage and switching, and fuel­handling equipment;

2 Target acquisition and tracking sub­systems;

3 Sub..systems capable of damageassessment;

4 Beam-handling and projectionequipment;

5 Equipment with rapid beam slewcapability for rapid multiple targetoperations;

6 Specially designed components for theequipment embargoed by sub-items 1to 5 above;

Note: See Item IL 1522 for embargo para..meters of lasers and associated lasercomponents.

ML24

a Laser systems specially designed fordestruction or effecting mission-abort of a

ML23Directed energy weapons systems, asfollows, and specially designed softwaretherefor:

ML22Electrically triggered shutters of thecarbon injection or photochromicfunction type having a a shutter speed ofless than 100 microseconds, and speciallydesigned software; except shutters whIchare an essential part of a high-speedcamera.

ML 20 "Software" <as defined in Item IL1566), as follows:

Cyrogenic and superconductive equip-ment and components, and specially a "Software" specially designed for thedesigned software therefor, as follows: modelling, simulation or evaluation of

military weapons systems;b "Software" for determining the effects of

conventional, nuclear, chemical or bio..logical warfare weapons.

a Equipment specially designed or con..figured to be installed in a vehicle formilitary ground, marine, airborne orspace application and capable of oper­ating while in motion and of producing ormaintaining temperatures below l03K(-170°C, -274°F), and speciallydesigned accessories, components andsoftware therefor;

b Superconductive electrical equipment(rotating machinery and transformers)designed for operation at temperaturesbelow l03K (-170°C, -274°F), and thatare specially designed or configured to beinstalled in a vehicle for military ground,marine, airborne or space applicationsand capable of operating w~ile in motion,except direct..current hybrid homopolargenerators that have single-pole normalmetal armatures which rotate in amagnetic field produced by super­conducting windings, provided thosewindings are the only superconductingcomponent in the generator, and speciallydesigned accessories, components andsoftware therefor.

Explanatory Notes:1 Equipment used to determine the safety

data of explosives, as required by theInternational Convention on theTransport of Dangerous Goods (C.I.M.,articles 3 and 4 in Annex 1 RID, providedthat the equipment will be used only bythe railway authorities of current C. I.M.members, or by Government accreditedtesting facilities in those countries, for thetesting of explosives to transport safety

ML 18Equipment and technology for the pro­duction of items referred to in this List,as follows, and specially designedsoftware therefor:

8 Self-contained diving and underwaterswimming apparatus, as follows:1 Closed and semi-closed circuit

(rebreathing) apparatus;2 Specially designed components for use

in the conversion of open-circuitapparatus to military use;

3 Articles exclusively designed for militaryuse with self-contained diving andunderwater swimming apparatus;

b Fire arms silencers (mufflers);c Power-controlled searchlights and control

units therefor, designed for military useand specially designed software therefor;

d Construction equipment built to militaryspecifications, specially designed for air­borne transport.

8 Specially designed production equipment;b Components specially designed for equip­

ment embargoed by sub-item 8;c Production equipment embargoed else­

where on these Lists including that underthe italic Notes;

d Specific production technology, even ifthe equipment with such technology is tobe used is unembargoed;

e Technology specific to the design of, theassembly of components into, and theoperation, maintenance and repair ofcomplete production installations even ifthe components themselves areunembargoed.

. Security export control 14 June 1985 86

Atomic Energy List b Any other materials containing lithiumenriched in the 6 isotope (including com­pounds, mixtures and concentrates),except lithium enriched in the 6 isotopeincorporated in thermoluminescent dosi­meters.

Nuclear MaterialsA.AtSpecial and other fissionable materials:

a Plutonium all isotopes, alloys,compounds, and any material containingthe foregoing;

b Uranium 233, uranium enriched in theisotopes 235 or 233, alloys, compoundsand any material containing theforegoing;

Note: "Uranium enriched in the isotopes 235or 233" is defined as uranium containing theisotopes 235 or 233, or both, in an amountsuch that the abundance ratio of the sum ofthese isotopes to the isotope 238 is greater 'than the ratio of the isotope 235 to theisotope 238 occurring in nature.

A2Source materials:

Any of the following source materials in anyform or incorporated in any substance inwhich the concentration of source materialby weight exceeds 0.05 per centa Uranium containing the mixture of

isotopes occurring in nature;b Uranium depleted in the isotope 235;c Thorium;d Any of the foregoing in the form of metal,

alloy, chemical compound or concentrate.Exceptions:I Source materials having an uranium

content of:1 10 kg or less for any application; or2 100 kg or less for civil, non-nuclear

applications;ii 1,000 kg or less of thorium nitrate (mantle

grade) for use in the production ofthoriated gas mantles;

ill Thorium alloys containing less than 5 percent thorium by weight;

Iv Depleted uranium specially fabricated forthe following civil applications:1 Shielding;.2 Packaging;3 Ballasts;4 Counter·weights.

A3Deuterium, and compounds, mixturesand solutions containing deuterium,including heavy water and heavy paraf­fins, in which the ratio of deuteriumatoms to hydrogen atoms exceeds1:5,000 by number:

Exception:Shipments of the above having a deuteriumcontent of 10 kg or less.

88 Security export control 14June 1985

A4Zirconium metal, alloys containingmore than 50 per cent zirconium byweight, compounds, in which the ratioof hafnium to zirconium is less than1:500 parts by weight, and manufactureswholly thereof:Exceptions:i Zirconium metal and alloy in ship­

ments of 5 kg or less;ii Zirconium in the form of foil or strip

having a thickness not exceeding0.025mm (0.00095 in.) and speciallyfabricated and intended for use inphoto flash bulbs, in shipments of200 kg or less.

ASNicl(el powder and porous nickel metal,as follows:

a Powder with a nickel purity content of 99per cent or more and a particle size of lessthan 100 micrometres;

b Porous metal material with a mean poresize of 25 micrometres or less, and a nickelpurity content of 99 per cent or more.

Exception: 'Single porous nickel metal sheets not exceed­ing 930cm2 in size, intended for use in batter­ies for civil applications.Note: Sub-item b above refers to porousnickel metal manufactured from nickelpowder defined in sub-item a above whichhas been compacted and sintered to form ametal material with fine pores interconnectedthroughout the structure.

A6Nuclear-grade graphite, i.e. graphitehaving a purity level better than fiveparts per million boron equivalent andwith a density greater than 1.5 gfcm3:

Exception:Individual shipments of lOOkg or less.

A7Lithium, as follows:

a Metal, hydrides or alloys containinglithium enriched in the 6 isotope to a con·centration higher than the one existing innature (7.5 per cent on an atom percent­age basis);

A8Hafnium, as follows: metals, alloys andcompounds of hafnium containing morethan 60 per cent hafnium by weight, andmanufacturers thereof.

Exception:Shipments of the above having a hafniumcontent of 1kg or less.

A9Beryllium, as follows: metal, alloyscontaining more than 50 per centberyllium by weight, compoundscontaining beryllium and manufacturers'thereof:

Exceptions:i Metal windows for X-ray machines;ii Oxide shapes in fabricated or semi­

fabricated forms specially designed forelectronic component parts or assubstrates for electronic circuits;

iii Shipments of 500 g or less of berylliumhaving a purity of 99 per cent or less, or100 g or less of beryllium having a purityof greater than 99 per cent, provided ship­ments exclude single crystals;

iv Shipments of 5 kg or less of berylliumcontained in compounds with a purity ofless than 99 per cent.

At2Tritium, compounds and mixturescontaining tritium in which the ratio oftritium to hydrogen by atoms exceeds 1part in 1,000, and products containingone or more of the foregoing:

Exceptions:i Shipments of tritium, compounds,

mixtures and individual products contain­ing one or more of the foregoing sub·'stances not exceeding 100 curies;

ii Tritium contained in luminous paint, self­luminous products, gas and aerosol detec­tors, electron tubes, lightning or staticelimination devices, ion generating tubes,detector cells of gas chromatographydevices, and calibration standards;

iii Compounds and mixtures of tritium,where the separation of the constituentscannot result in the evolution of anisotopic mixture of hydrogen in which theration of tritium to hydrogen by atomsexceeds 1 part in 1,000.

a A multiphase output of 600 Hz to 2 kHz;b Frequency control better than 0.1 per cent;

B5 c Harmonic distortion of less than 2 percent; and

Plants for the production of heavy water, d An efficiency greater than 80 per cent.deuterium, or deuterium compounds, (See also Item B 1 on this LisL)and specially designed or prepared equip-ment and components therefor.

B.Nuclear facilities

C6Frequency chaIrgers (converters or in­vertors) specially designed or preparedto supply motor staton for gas centri­fuge entrichment, having all of thefollowing characteristics, and speciallydesigned components therefor:

C5Equipment specially designed for theproduction of tritium.

C2Power generation or propulsion equip­ment specially designed for use withmilitary nuclear reactors.

CtNeutron generator systems, includingtubes, designed for operation without anexternal vacuum system and utilizingelectrostatic acceleration to induce atritium-deuterium nuclear reaction.

C3Electrolytic cells for the production offluorine with a production capacitygreater than 250 g of fluorine per hour.

C4Equipment specially designed for theseparation of isotopes of lithium.

C.Nuclearrelatedequipment

a Pressure vessels, Le. metal vessels ascomplete units or as major shop-fabricatedparts therefor;

b Fuel element handling equipment, in­cluding reactor fuel charging and dis­charging machines;

c Control rods, including the neutronabsorbing part and the support or sus­pension structures therefor, and controlrod guide tubes;

d Electronic controls for controiling thepower levels in nuclear reactors, includingreactor control rod drive mechanisms andradiation detection and measuring in­struments to determine neutron fluxlevels;

e Pressure tubes;f Coolant pumps;g Internals specially designed or prepared

for the operation of a nuclear reactor,including but not limited to core supportstructures, thermal shields, baffles, coregrid plates and diffuser plates;

h Heat exchangers.Note: A "nuclear reactor" includes the itemswithin or attached directly to the reactorvessel, the equipment which controls the levelof power in the core, and the componentswhich normally contain or come into directcontact with or control the primary coolantof the reactor core.

B3Nuclear reactors, i.e. reactors capable ofoperation so as to maintain a controlled,self-sustaining fission chain reaction,and equipment and components speciallydesigned or prepared for use inconnection with a nuclear reactor,including:

B4Plants specially designed for the fabri­cation of nuclear reactor fuel elementsand specially designed equipment there­for.

a Fuel element chopping machines;b Critically safe tanks (e.g. small diameter,

annular or slab tanks);c Countercurrent solvent extractors;d Process control instrumentation specially

designed or prepared for monitoring orcontrolling the reprocessing of irradiatedsource and special and other fissionablematerials.

Note: A plant for the reprocessing of irradi­ated nuclear reactor fuel elements includesequipment and components which normallycome into direct contact with and directlycontrol the irradiated fuel and the majornuclear material and fission product pro­cessing streams.

B2Plants for the reprocessing of irradiatednuclear reactor fuel elements, andspecially designed or prepared equipment B6and components therefor, including:

Plants for the production of uraniumhexafluoride (UF,) and specially designedor prepared equipment (including UF,purification equipment) and componentstherefor.

a Units specially designed for separatingisotopes of source material, special andother fissionable materials, such as:1 Gas centrifuges;2 Jet nozzle separation units;3 Vortex separation units;4 Laser isotopic separation units;5 Chemical exchange separation units;6 Electromagnetic separation units;7 Plasma separation units;8 Gaseous diffusion separation units;

b Specially designed components for theabove, including:1 Valves wholly made of or lined with

aluminium, aluminium alloys, nickelor alloy containing 60 per cent or morenickel, 0.5 cm or greater in diameter,with bellows seals:Exception:Valves not so defined.

2 Blowers and compressors (turbo,centrifugal and axial flow types)wholly made of or lined withaluminium, aluminium alloys, nickelor alloy containing 60 per cent or morenickel and having a capacity of 1,700litres (1.7m3) per minute or greater,including compressor seals:Exception:Blowers and compressors not sodefined.

3 Gaseous diffusion barriers;4 Gaseous diffusion housings;5 Heat exchangers made of aluminium,

copper, nickel or alloys containingmore than 60 per cent nickel, or com­binations of these metals at sub-atmos­pheric pressure with a leak rate of lessthan 10 pascal (0.1 millibar) per hourunder a pressure differential of 105pascal (1 bar):Exception:Heat exchangers not so defined.

BtPlants for the separation of isotopes ofsource material, special and otherfissionable materials, and specially­designed or prepared equipment andcomponents therefor, including:

Security export control 14 June 1985 67

Batteries 1205Bearings - Ball, Roller, etc1371Beryllium AEL A9Blowers Isotopeseparation AEL BlBombs ML4Boron 1715Bragg cells 1586Butadiene 1801

Absorbers-electromagneticwaves 1561Accelerometers 1485Acoustics (ultrasonics) 1502Acoustic wave devices 1586JAircraft and equipment1460, 1485, 1501, ~LI0Aircraft engines, 1460, ~L10Aircraft manufacturingequipment 1081Aircraft engine makingmachinery 1086Alloys 1600 seriesAluminium (as an alloy)1661Ammunition ML3Amplifiers

- Instruments 1521, 1568- Diodes (or devices) 1544

Integrated circuits 1564- Microwave 1537

Analogue computers 1565Analogue to digitalconverters

(instruments) 1568- (microcircuits) 1564

Antennae 1501, 1537Anti-friction bearings 1371Anti-TR tubes 1537Armour ~L13

Cable and wire - insulated1754Cable - coaxial 1526Cable - communication1526Cable manufacturingequipment 1353Calibrating equipment 1529Cameras - photographic1585, ML12Camera tubes, TV 1555Capacitors 1560Carbines MLlCarbon fibres 1763Carbon fibres (machy forWInding, etc) 1357Carboxyl terminatedpolymers 1801Cathode ray tubes 1541Cathode ray oscilloscopes1584Cells - electrolytic AEL C3Cells photo (etc) 1548Cells - fuel, photovoltaic1205Centrifuges - gas AEL B1Ceramic materials 1733Cerium (as an alloy) 1648,1661Chatnbers (environmental)ML19Chemical exchangeseparation units AEL B1CNC equipment 1091Cobalt alloys 1648Cocks, valves, etc 1133Coding machines seeCryptographyCold-cathode tubes andswitches 1542Columbium - see Niobium

IndexItem

InternationalList Number

Comb frequency generators1529Communication switchingequipment 1567Communication equipmentand systems, as follows

Airborne communication1561Types using IR, UV orultrasonics 1502Types using freqsynthesizers 1531Radio, line, or fibre optic1519Radio relay 1520Communication receivers1516/1531Communicationtransmitters1517/1531-DO- burst frequency 1529Military MLl1

Compasses, gyro 1485Cornputers 1565Construction equipment(military) ML 17Containers, fluorine 1145Converters, frequency 1529Converters, AID, D/A, etc1568, 1564Counters, digital 1529Cryogenics equipmentML20Crystal pullers, furnaces andgas systems 1355Crystals, garnet, ferrite, etc1588Crystals, quartz 1587Cryptographic equipment1527

Data communications 1519Dayem bridges 1574Dete.ction equipment, UV,IR and sonic 1502Deuterium AEL A3Didymium (as an alloy)1648,1661Digital!analogue converters,etc 1568, 1564Digital counters 1529Digital transmission of data1519Digital recorders 1572Diodes - photo 1548Diodes, pin 1537, 1544Diodes, other 1544Direction-finding equipment1501Directional couplers,waveguide 1537Diving apparatus ML 17Dry docks, floating 1425Duplexers 1537Deep submergence vehicles1418Densitometers, flatbed 1534

Electric arc devices 1206Electron beam etchingequipment 1355Electron beam recordingequipment 1572Electronic equipment(military) ML 11Electron (imaging) tubes1555Electronic tubes (valves, etc)1558Electro-chemical devices1205Electro-magnetic separationunits AEL BlElectro-optical devices 1568Electronic computers 1565Embedded computers 1565Engines, marine gas turbines1431Engines, aero 1460, ML 10Environmental chambers~L 19

Epitaxial growth equipment1355Equipment for Mfr ofelectronic devices 1355Esters, ethers, etc 1781Explosives ML 8

Fibrous materials 1763Fibres - optical, and cable1526Fibres optical, preforms1767Filaments and fibrelaminates 1763Filament and fibreprocessing machines 1357Film photographic 1585Fire control equipmentML5Fissionable materials AELAlFlash-discharge X-raysystems 1553Flight-instruments systems1485Flight recorders 1572Floating dry docks 1425Flow-forming machinery1075Fluids, oil, greases 1702,1754, 1755, 1781Fluorine productionequipment 1110Fluorine transportationcontainers 1145Fluorocarbon compounds1754Fluorocarbon processingequipment 1352Frequency changers AEL C6Frequency generators 1529Frequency spectrumanalysers (radio) 1533Frequency synthesizers 1531Fuel cells 1205Fuels (military) ML8Function generators 1568Furnaces, electric vacuum1203Furnaces, diffusion 1355

Gallium compounds 1757Gaseous diffusion barriers,housing and separation unitsAELB1Gas turbine manufacturingmachinery 1080, 1086'Gas turbine engines, marine1431Gas. turbine engines and jets(aircraft) 1460Gear making machinery1088Graphic recorders 1572Graphite nuclear grade AELA6Gravity meters (gravimeters)1595Greases, oils, fluids 1702,1754, 1755, 1781Ground test equipment,aircraft 1501Guns ML1, ML2Gyroscopes 1485

Hafnium AEL A8Hall field probes,semiconductor 1568Heat exchangers, nuclearplant AEL BlHelicopters and equipment1460, ML 10Helmets (military) ML 10,ML13Hovercraft 1416Hydraulic fluids 1702Hydrofoil manufacturingequipment 1364

Iqtage converters/intensifiers1555, ML 15

Incorporated computers1565Incremental recorders/reproducers 1572Indium compounds 1757Induction potentiometers1568Induction rate generators1568Inductosyns 1568Inertial (navigation)equipment 1485Infrared detection,communication etc 1502Infrared devices 1548, 1549,ML15Integrated circuits 1564Integrated flight instrumentsystems 1485Interlacing machines 1357Instruments (general) 1529Ion implantation 1355Ionized gas generators 1206Iron alloys and steel 1635Isostatic presses 1312Isotope separationequipment AEL B1

Jet engines 1460, ML 10Jet engine mfr machinery1080Jet nozzle separation unitsAELB1Josephson effect devices1574

Klystrons 1558Krytron tubes 1542

Lanthanum (rare earth metalin alloys) 1648, 1661Large calibre weapons ML 2Lasers and equipmentincorporating lasers 1522Laser recording 1572Laser isotopic separationunits AEL B1Lithium and equipment forseparation of isotopes AELA7, C4Location apparatus(underwater) 1510Logic instruments (probes,test instruments, etc) 1529Logic units (microcircuit)1564Logic control, etc (seeComputers) 1565Lubricants 1754, 1755, 1781

Machine toolsl 091, 1093Magnetic cards, etc 1572Magnetic media, mfrmachinery 1356Magnetic metals 1631Magnetic tape (recording)1572Magnetometers 1571Magnetrons 1558Majority carrier devices(transistors) 1545Marine gas turbine engines1431Measuring instruments(electronic) 1529Measuring systems precision1532Memory microcircuits 1564Memories, computer 1565Metal-working processes1001Metals (magnetics) 1631Microcircuits andmicroprocessors 1564Microsyns (synchros) 1568Microwave equipment 1537Mills, rolling 1305Military electronics ML 11Military explosives ML 8Military infrared equipmentML 15

Military helmets ML 10, ML13Military test equipment ML18Military training equipmentML 14Military vehicles ML 6Missiles ML 4Modems 1519Modulators, pulse 1514Modulators, pin 1537, 1544Molybdenum alloys 1658Monocrystals 1757Motors, servo, synchro andtorque 1568Multiplexing equipment 1519

Naval equipment ML 9Navigation equipment 1485,1501Neodymium (rare earthalloy) 1648, 1661Nickel and alloys 1661, AELASNiobium and alloys 1649,1760Nuclear-grade graphite AELA6Nuclear plant (andassociated equipment) AELAl,A2,A3,B2,B3,B4,B5and B6Nuclear reactors (andassociated equipment) AELB3,C2Neutron generators AEL ClNumerical control systems1091

Oils and greases 1702, 1754,1755, 1781Optical communication 1519Optical (electro) devices1568Optical elements (for opticaltubes) 1556Optical fibres and cables1526Optical fibre manufacture1353Optical fibre preforms 1767Optical quality machinetools 1370Oscillator diodes (or devices)1544Oscillator elements (quartz)1587Oscilloscopes (cathode ray)1584

PABX 1567Parachutes ML 10Petroleum (hydraulic fluids)1702Phaselamplitude receivers1529Phase slip devices 1574Photographic equipment1585, ML 12, ML 22Photomultipliers (tubes)1549Photosensitive components(diodes, transistors,thyristors, cells) 1548Photovoltaic cells 1205Piezo-electric (quartz) 1587Pin modulators 1537, 1544Pistols ML 1Plasma etching equipment1355Plasma separation unitsAELB1Plates, photographic 1585Plutonium AEL AlPolycarbonate sheet 1749Polycrystals 1757Polymeric materials 1746Polymers, various 1700seriesPolyphenyl ethers (etc) in oil1781

68 Security export control 14 June 1985